{"@context":{"@language":"en","AIPUUID":"https:\/\/open.library.ubc.ca\/terms#identifierAIP","AggregatedSourceRepository":"http:\/\/www.europeana.eu\/schemas\/edm\/dataProvider","CatalogueRecord":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/isReferencedBy","Collection":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/isPartOf","Creator":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/creator","DateAvailable":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/issued","DateIssued":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/issued","Description":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/description","DigitalResourceOriginalRecord":"http:\/\/www.europeana.eu\/schemas\/edm\/aggregatedCHO","Extent":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/extent","FileFormat":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/elements\/1.1\/format","FullText":"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2009\/08\/skos-reference\/skos.html#note","Genre":"http:\/\/www.europeana.eu\/schemas\/edm\/hasType","Identifier":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/identifier","IsShownAt":"http:\/\/www.europeana.eu\/schemas\/edm\/isShownAt","Language":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/language","Notes":"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2009\/08\/skos-reference\/skos.html#note","Provider":"http:\/\/www.europeana.eu\/schemas\/edm\/provider","Publisher":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/publisher","Rights":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/rights","SortDate":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/date","Source":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/source","Subject":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/subject","Title":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/title","Type":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/type","Translation":"http:\/\/purl.org\/dc\/terms\/description"},"AIPUUID":[{"@value":"c0a70938-6bb9-4afe-b7a5-026ac5c5e532","@language":"en"}],"AggregatedSourceRepository":[{"@value":"CONTENTdm","@language":"en"}],"CatalogueRecord":[{"@value":"http:\/\/resolve.library.ubc.ca\/cgi-bin\/catsearch?bid=1586123","@language":"en"}],"Collection":[{"@value":"British Columbia Historical Books Collection","@language":"en"}],"Creator":[{"@value":"Gowen, Herbert H. (Herbert Henry), 1864-1960","@language":"en"}],"DateAvailable":[{"@value":"2017-03-01","@language":"en"}],"DateIssued":[{"@value":"1899","@language":"en"}],"Description":[{"@value":"\"A record of the Bishop's activities in his large diocese, based on his diaries and those of his wife, with numerous extracts from letters. The work reflects to some degree the social and economic life of the province in the 1880's.\" -- Lowther, B. J., & Laing, M. (1968). A bibliography of British Columbia: Laying the foundations, 1849-1899. Victoria, BC: University of Victoria, p. 155.","@language":"en"}],"DigitalResourceOriginalRecord":[{"@value":"https:\/\/open.library.ubc.ca\/collections\/bcbooks\/items\/1.0342895\/source.json","@language":"en"}],"Extent":[{"@value":"xxv, 232, 20 pages : photographs ; 20 cm","@language":"en"}],"FileFormat":[{"@value":"application\/pdf","@language":"en"}],"FullText":[{"@value":" X\/\nI\nCHURCH WORK IN BRITISH\nCOLUMBIA ^T-JTT\nRCH WORK\nBRI\"\nriSH COLUMBIA\nERBERT H. GOWEN, F.R.G.S.\n1ANS, GREEN, AND GJj^J\nTERNOSTER ROW, LONDON\nNEW YORK AND BOMBAY CHURCH WORK\nIN\nBRITISH COLUMBIA\nBEING A MEMOIR OF THE EPISCOPATE\nActon Windeyer Sillitoe, d.d., d.cl.\nFIRST BISHOP OF NEW WESTMINSTER\nREV. HERBERT H. GOWEN, F.R.G.S.\nLONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.\n39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON\nNEW YORK AND BOMBAY ACTON WINDEYER SILLITOE.\n1840-1894.\nOnce for the least of children of Manasses\nGod had a mission and a deed to do,\nWherefore the welcome that all speech surpasses\nCalled him and hailed \"him greater than he knew ;\nAsked him no more, but took him as he found him,\nFilled him with valour, slung him with a sword,\nBade him go on until the tribes around him\nMingled his name with naming of the Lord.\nF. W. H. Myers. *\n(Saint Paul.) PREFACE\nOUR only qualification for writing this short\npreface to Mr. Gowen's excellent work is that\nwe loved, and still warmly love, our old Bishop.\nHe was to us, for years, not Bishop only, but\nfather, brother, guide, and friend.\nPerhaps some apology is needed for our rashness,\nfor we are not men of great reputation or position,\neither in the Church or the world.\nNor can we lay claim to the possession of what\nare called \"literary\" gifts or experience, for we\nhave seldom seen ourselves in print Love makes\nus bold.\nWhen others, greater and better \"men, and in\nevery way more fitted for the task than ourselves,\n\u2022 were, for various reasons, unable to take it in hand,\nit was given to us by those we could not, if we\nwould, refuse. This must be our plea for the\nkind indulgence of our friends.\nFor ourselves, and those who were closely bound\nto Acton Windeyer Sillitoe by ties of kindred and\nfriendship, we gratefully thank Mr. Gowen for\ngiving us this memoir, and for all the valuable\ntime and work he has so generously and lovingly\nexpended upon its production. It was necessary to curtail and slightly revise it\nbefore finally sending the manuscript to press, and\nwith Mr. Gowen's kind permission, one of us (Mr.\nEdwardes) undertook that somewhat delicate duty.\nSeparated from the author by some six thousand\nmiles, it was impossible to confer together. If\nfaults there are, then they must not be attributed\nto Mr. Gowen.\nTo one ever engaged in good work on behalf\nof the Diocese of New Westminster, we must '\nexpress our gratitude for the kindest and most\npatient help in revising the book, and in making\narrangements for its publication.\nOur thanks are also due to Messrs. Alfred Ellis\nand Walery, of Baker Street, W. ; Messrs. Notman\nand Son, of Montreal ; and Mr. Thompson, of\nVancouver, B.C., for their kindly expressed permis- .\nsion to copy photographs taken by them.\nThis little memoir has been compiled mainly\nfrom Bishop Sillitoe's own diaries, from old\nnumbers of the New Westminster Diocesan Gazette,\nand from Mrs. Sillitoe's and the Bishop's letters\nwritten to various missionary publications.\nThe author does not pretend for a moment to\ngive an exhaustive biography of the Bishop's life,\nnor to do more than give, from the matter placed\nat his disposal, a graphic summary of the life and\nwork and difficulties of the first Bishop of New\nWestminster, during the fourteen years he occupied\nthe see.\nIf a more adequate appreciation of the man, PREFACE. x\nand his varied gifts and splendid character, especially his spiritual gifts, is looked for, it must be\nremembered that his letters and diaries did not\nlay bare his inner self, and that even if they had\ndone so, death does not prohibit reticence. With\nall his lovable qualities and gifts of sympathy, he\nwas not one who wore his soul outside. There\nwas about him a reserve and dignity in spiritual\nmatters which men understood and respected, as\nthey always do.\nHe was full of wise, honest, practical common\nsense, both in the affairs of his Master, and in\ndealing with the men and women about him.\nBut his spiritual power and gifts were discovered\nby all who came in close personal contact with\nhim. If any went to him in spiritual trouble or\ndifficulty, a wonderful depth of sympathy and\nwisdom, and a rare combination of the knowledge\nof the Lord Jesus Christ, and human nature, were\nat once at their service.\nAnd that was exactly the man needed for such\na country as British Columbia, and to influence\nfor good the lives of those adventurous spirits who,\nin rough days, had left the old country to begin\nlife afresh in the far West, under new conditions\nand with new prospects.\nMany a man in British Columbia could testify\nto faults and vices struggled with, and possibly\novercome, through the Bishop's quiet personal\ninfluence, appeal, and sympathy.\nHe did not frighten men with talk too pious\nJ x PREFACE.\nand conventional, but quietly, in familiar intercourse, and with a few kindly, direct, homely\nwords to begin with, the way was opened up to\nhigher and holier things\u2014sometimes to God's\ngrace and pardon and strength. But such things\nwere not talked of, or written about, and for that\nvery reason men trusted him. He understood\nbefore many words were said.\nIt was his constant endeavour, even when\nharassed by trials and difficulties himself, to cheer \u25a0\nand encourage his clergy in their work ; to keep\ntheir tone high, and their sacred duty to the\nChurch and their flocks ever before them.\nHe realized the great spiritual dangers to which\nthey were exposed in isolation and loneliness,\nand the lax moral atmosphere in which they\nsometimes had to live and work. One by one\nthey were called down to New Westminster for a\nspell of refreshing, bracing change and intercourse,\ntill they could return to their distant posts with\n' renewed zeal and vigour, both of body and soul.\nAs often as possible, too, he called the clergy\ntogether for a synod, or a short retreat, that,\ntogether with their Bishop, they might spend a\nfew days apart with God, for the deepening of\ntheir spiritual life and the interchange of mind\nwith mind.\nHospitality was with Bishop Sillitoe a sacred\nduty. His house was always open, and all kinds\nof guests were ever welcome, from Her Royal\nHighness the Princess Louise, and the Marquis of PREFACE. xi\nLome, to very humble folk. He allowed nothing\nto stand in the way of the fulfilment of this part\nof a Bishop's duty\u2014not even failing health, and\nthe daily struggle to stretch a small income to\nmeet the many demands made upon it\nEvery one who received his hospitality found\nalike a kind, courteous, unselfish, considerate\ngentleman in their host.\nOf his wide influence and his great ability it is\nunnecessary to speak. It was recognized throughout the broad Dominion of Canada, in the western\nstates of America, and widely at home in England.\nSome may think that financial troubles and\nworries have been treated of at too great length ;\nbut it is well that the truth should be told.\nThose who knew the Bishop most intimately\nduring the closing years of his life were only too\n| well aware that constant anxiety in these matters\nhastened his death. The anxiety was never for\nhimself\u2014for he was unselfish to the core\u2014but it\nwas his earnest desire and care to see his diocese\nwell equipped, the Church spreading out her\nbranches and occupying new ground as the population increased, and the clergy receiving to the\nfull, however straitened his own resources, the\nsmall stipends due to them, too frequently in\nheavy arrears.\nHis English committee, a body of his most\ntrusted and honoured friends, did their very best\nto supply the needs of the diocese and to lessen\nhis anxiety, but latterly their kind efforts could not well be supported in British Columbia itself.\nA wave of commercial depression was passing over\nthe country, and one disaster after another left the\nsettlers less and less able adequately to help themselves in providing for the needs of their Church.\nBishop Sillitoe would not approve of all we\nhave written. He would have wished us to say\nnothing of him, but to say a few prayers for him,\nthat God would grant him peace and refreshment\nand growth where the faithful departed wait, and\neternal joy and rest hereafter.\nHis memory is still warmly cherished in his old\ndiocese, and in the hearts of those for whom he\nlaboured.\nMany loving, gentle hands still carefully tend\nthe grave at Sapperton, where his tired body\nawaits the resurrection day, though none of his\nown kindred are there to show their love and\nreverence in this last way.\nIn the face of great difficulties the good Bishop\nspent, and was spent, in the service of his Lord,\nand laid well the foundations of the Church in his\nWestern diocese.\nHis name will ever be bound up with the\nhistory of the Church in the Dominion of Canada,\nand is worthy of honourable mention among those\nwho have gone forth in Christ's holy Name, and\nat His call, and have given themselves a willing\nsacrifice for their God, His Truth, His Church, and\nthe precious souls of men.\nTrusting to the kind and indulgent judgment PREFACE. xiii\nof friends, this little book is sent out as a slight\ncontribution to the missionary annals of our\nChurch, and in memory of a true and faithful\nservant of God and pastor of men.\nWe would conclude with one word of the\ncountry in which he laboured ; but it is too\nbeautiful to describe. At this moment its subtle\ncharm and its westerly breezes find their way into\nthe street of the Cornish city, whence we write.\nThere is no country on earth to equal it for\ngrandeur of scenery and healthy, vigorous life.\nThere, are mighty, snow-capped, fir-clad mountains,\nwhose summits pierce the clouds ; impenetrable\nforests of kingly trees ; great rivers, and turbulent,\nbrawling streams, rushing on their hasty way to\nthe great waters of the blue Pacific ; quiet lakes\nof emerald and opal hue ; fertile valleys for the\nuse of man ; and over all the fair blue sky.\nWho ever lived and worked in British Columbia\nand did not love it ? It is a country in which one\nlearns to thank God for His wisdom and His good-\n\u2022 ness in creation\u2014a country of such exquisite beauty\nand healthy climate as to make life at once worth\nliving, and God to be thanked for His manifold gifts.\nIt is easy to predict a great future for such a\ncountry, for, added to its beauty, there is untold\nwealth of gold and other minerals, inexhaustible\nforests of valuable timber, vast salmon fisheries,\nabundant and as yet undeveloped coal-fields, and\nsplendid opportunities and attractions for farming,\nranching, and fruit culture. xiv PREFACE.\nAlready, young as the country is, the Great\nCanadian Pacific Railway, the Imperial highway\nfrom east to west, passing as it does through some\nof the grandest and weirdest scenery in the world,\nis bearing an ever-increasing flow of population westward. Year by year towns and cities are springing\nup ; places, which a few years ago did not exist,\nare now numbering their inhabitants by thousands.\nVancouver, the beautifully situated terminus of\nthe Canadian Pacific, can rival even now in.\nprosperity, and the appliances of modern civilization, many an older Western city.\nThe country, which began its modern history and\ndevelopment half a century ago, on passing from\nthe hands of the Hudson Bay Company to the\nposition of a Crown colony, is now an integral\nconfederated province of the Canadian Dominion.\nIts people are loyal, zealous, devoted, as is the\nwhole of Canada, to our Queen and Empire. British\nColumbia is yet in her infancy, but will rise in the\nfuture to a proud and prosperous position.\nThe Indians, the original inhabitants of British\nColumbia, are gradually dying out before the white\nman and certain sad consequences of his civilization.\nThe remnant are a more industrious people than\ntheir fathers. Many are at regular work upon the\nCanadian Pacific Railway, others have their little\nranches and fertile farms, while others work the\nbanks of the Fraser and Thompson Rivers for gold.\nBishop Sillitoe loved them well, and spared no\nefforts for their temporal and spiritual welfare. PREFACE. xv\nMissionary work has been blessed among them,\nand many an Indian has lived and died in the\nfaith of Christ, and the fear of God.\nNone can tell of their origin, or speak for certain\nof their past ; but we are told by those who understand such things that, at least three thousand\nyears ago, they were in British Columbia. Many\na strange and beautiful legend has been told to\nthe writers of this preface by the Indians, as they\nhave travelled amongst them\u2014legends of the Indian\nversion of the creation of the animal world, and\nothers which seemed to give a glimmering of some\ndim and ancient knowledge, even of the truth of\nthe Ever Blessed Trinity.\nOnce simple, happy, healthy, free, it is sad and\npathetic to think of them as a fast dying race,\nR the victims of our sins, our vices, and diseases.\nYet it is a comfort to know that, in spite of the\nwhite man's poor representation of Christianity,\nthe power and the love of Christ have won their\nway into hundreds of Indian souls. His Blessed\nName is honoured, and His saving Truth held\nfast.\nHENRY EDWARDES,\nRICHARD SMALL,\ncon of Yale, and the Indian Mi\nTruro,\nJune 30, 1899, CONTENTS\nCHAPTER I.\nTHE FORMATION OF THE SEE.\nThe Colonial sentiment\u2014The Church's interest in her\nchildren\u2014The Diocese of Columbia founded, 1859\n\u2014Efforts at subdivision, 1878 \u2014Bishop Hill's\nefforts in England\u2014Success\u2014Formation of the\nDioceses of Caledonia and New Westni'\nCHAPTER II.\nEARLY LIFE, AND CALL TO THE EPISCOPATE.\n1840-1879.\nBirth and early years\u2014A kind father\u2014Education\u2014\nOrdination \u2014Work at Brierley Hill\u2014Wolverhampton \u2014 Ellenbrook\u2014 Geneva\u2014 Darmstadt \u2014\nOffer of the Bishopric\u2014Consecration\u2014Letter to\nArchdeacon Woods\u2014Farewell to England . .\nCHAPTER III.\nFIRST GLIMPSES OF THE NEW LIFE.\nVoyage out, April, 1880\u2014Quebec\u2014Montreal\u2014Toronto\n\u2014San Francisco\u2014Victoria\u2014New Westminster,\nJune 14th\u2014First impressions\u2014Holy Trinity\nChurch\u2014First services\u2014S. Mary's, Sapperton\u2014 ii CONTENTS.\nLadner's Landing\u2014Confirmation\u2014Visit to ;\nlogging camp\u2014Burrard Inlet and Moodyville\u2014\nFirst visit to Yale\u2014Railway works\u2014An Indiai\nservice\u2014Agassiz and Chilliwhack\u2014Return to Nev\nWestminster\t\nCHAPTER IV.\nA TRIP INTO THE OSOYOOS COUNTRY.\nSeptember-October, 1880.\nWork at. home\u2014Hope\u2014Preparations for journey\u2014The\ncavalcade\u2014Camping out\u2014Mrs. Sillitoe's account\n\u2014Similkameen\u2014Five-Mile Creek\u2014Osoyoos Lake\n\u2014Penticton\u2014Crossing the lake\u2014A cackling hen\u2014\nOn board the Lady Dufferin\u2014Kamloops\u2014Savona's\n^v^Fjsny\u2014Ashcroft\u2014A pack of foxhounds\u2014A landslip\n\u2014Cook's Ferry\u2014Lytton\u2014Return home\u2014Bishop's\nletter to English friends 20\nCHAPTER V.\nA WINTER JOURNEY.\nOctober, 1880-February, 1881.\nRetreat at Sapperton\u2014\"A live missionary\"\u2014On\nboard the Gem \u2014 Close quarters \u2014 By sleigh to\nChilliwhack \u2014 A rough drive \u2014 Murderer's Bar\nBluff\u2014Oham'l \u2014Yale\u2014Round the Bluff\u2014 Chilliwack again\u2014A Social\u2014The Gem again\u2014Cutting\nthrough the ice\u2014A leak\u2014Safe home at Sapperton 28\nCHAPTER VI.\nSPRING WORK IN 1881.\nMissionary drudgery\u2014Lenten work\u2014Night school\u2014\nOrdination\u2014Letters from Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014Work at\nChilliwhack\u2014An alarm of fire\u2014A canoe-voyage\nto Maple Ridge\u2014A visit to Trenant\u2014Mud Bay\u2014\nAn amateur fire brigade\u2014Dedication of S. James'\nChurch, Granville\u2014The North Arm\u2014A visit to\nSimilano\u2014Cnltus fiotlatcli 37 CONTENTS.\nCHAPTER VII.\nSUMMER CAMP AT YALE.\nJune-July, 1881.\nCondition of Yale\u2014By steamer to Maple Ridge\u2014\nChilliwhack\u2014Whalem, a case of proselytizing\u2014A\npicnic to Cultus Lake\u2014Hyas cumtax\u2014Tying up\n\u2014A bed of fir-twigs\u2014First night in camp\u2014A\npersistent thief\u2014Camp at Yale\u2014The Yale road\u2014\nA narrow path\u2014The dangers of blasting\u2014The\nrailway camps\u2014Supper at Camp 13\u2014Crossing\nthe river\u2014A big tunnel\u2014Service at the camp\u2014\nAn exciting adventure\u2014In the rapids\u2014Opportunities at Yale\u2014Letter from the Bishop . . .\nCHAPTER VIII.\nA VISIT TO CARIBOO.\nAugust, 1881.\nAmateur coaching\u2014Farewells\u2014Through the Fraser\nCafion\u2014Salmon in incredible numbers\u2014One cent\napiece\u2014A road not for the nervous\u2014China Bluff\nand Jackass Mount \u2014 A rencontre of teams\u2014\nWanted a Bible\u2014Primitive administration\u2014Dry\nand dreary Lytton\u2014The Thompson River\u2014Indian\nwork \u2014 An intelligent Indian \u2014 Clinton \u2014 The\n\" Chasm \"\u2014\" Green Timber \"\u2014Service at Soda\nCreek\u2014Quesnelle Mouth\u2014An elevated spot\u2014\nRichfield\u2014First radishes in August\u2014S. Saviour's,\nBarkerville\u2014A strange town\u2014Services at Barker-\nville\u2014The Brothers\u2014A specimen nugget\u2014Service\nand entertainment\u2014The homeward journey\u2014By\nStage\u2014Two accidents\u2014Arrival at Yale . . .\nCHAPTER IX.\nTHE CHURCH CONFERENCE AT NEW WESTMINSTER.\nSeptember, 1881.\n\"Hotel Sillitoe\"\u2014The\nThe Bishop's addresi\nrst Diocesai\n-A prophet Religious education \u2014 Diocesan endowment\u2014\nGeneral work of the Diocese\u2014Ember work at\nSapperton\u2014Ordinations\u2014The Bishop's sermon\u2014\nA steamboat fire\t\nCHAPTER X.\nOctober-December, 1881.\nKamloops \u2014 Cache Creek\u2014A reception by Teetle-\nneetsah\u2014An Indian home\u2014Specimens of Indian\nletters\u2014Synod Committee\u2014Church and State\u2014\nMother Church and Daughter Church\u2014Draft\nconstitution\u2014The Bishop and temperance work\n\u2014 The Bishop and music \u2014 An interesting\npresentation to Holy Trinity Church\u2014The old\nWestminster and the new\t\nCHAPTER XL\nFINANCIAL ANXIETY.\n1882.\nAbsence of missionary journeys this year\u2014Causes\u2014\nPressure of parochial and Diocesan work at New\nWestminster\u2014Calls on a Bishop's purse\u2014The\nBishop's statement\t\nCHAPTER XII.\nREVIEW OF THE YEAR'S WORK.\nGeneral work at home\u2014Visits to English Bay, Chilliwhack, and Yale\u2014Opening of St. John's Church at\nMaple Ridge\u2014Trip to Victoria\u2014Visit to Bishop\nPaddock\u2014The Bishop entertains the Marquis of\nLome and Princess Louise\u2014The Annual Report\u2014\nFinancial position\u2014Educational developments\u2014\nParochial progress\u2014New fields ready for the\nharvest\u2014The Indian Mission\t CONTENTS.\nCHAPTER XIII.\nrOUR IN THE INTERIOR.\nSummary of home work in 1883\u2014Ordinations\u2014Synod\n\u2014The start from Sapperton\u2014Nicola\u2014An old\nIndian chief\u2014Spence's Bridge\u2014Ashcroft\u2014Choosing a watchman\u2014An Indian wedding\u2014A long\ndrive to Lac la Hache\u2014Barkerville\u2014Progress in\nCariboo\u2014Forest fires\u2014150-Mile House\u2014Through\nfire and smoke to Ashcroft\u2014Indian confirmation\n\u2014Cache Creek\u2014The Bishop describes an up-\ncountry drive \u2014 Salmon River Valley\u2014Account\nby Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014Penticton\u2014Osoyoos\u2014A service\nin the States \u2014 Mission \u2014 Coldstream \u2014 Back at\nYale\u2014Home again\u2014Resume of the journey\nCHAPTER XIV.\nWORK AMONG THE INDIANS.\nMr. Ditcham's tour of inspection\u2014Terrible ravages of\ndrink\u2014Mr. Horloclr\/s visit to Spuzzum\u2014Recruits\nfor the Indian Mission\u2014A visit to Boston Bar\u2014\nThe Indians desire a school\u2014Description by the\nBishop of the Indian Mission\u2014Lack of Buildings\n\u2014The relation between funds and success\u2014Plans\nfor the future\u2014Industrial education\u2014Prospect of\nSisterhood work\t\nCHAPTER XV.\nPROGRESS OF DIOCESAN ORGANIZATION.\nThe Home Committee\u2014Appointment of a permanent\ndeputation in England\u2014A mission boat\u2014The\nDaystar\u2014The Bishop's visits\u2014Laying the foundation stone of Christ Church, Surrey\u2014A new mission\ndistrict\u2014Kamloops and Spallumcheen\u2014Arrival of\nnew workers \u2014 The Diocese insolvent \u2014 Letter\nfrom the Bishop to Mr. Mogg\u2014Appeal within\nthe Diocese from Archdeacon Woods\u2014The annual\nmeeting of Synod\t CONTENTS.\nCHAPTER XVI.\nTHE INDIAN GATHERING AT LYTTON.\nJune, 1884.\nThe Bishop's letter to the Mission Field\u2014Appointment\nof Mr. Small to the Lytton Mission\u2014Arrival at\nPootanie\u2014Reception by the Indians\u2014The camp\n\u2014Examining the credentials of Indian communicants\u2014A memorable Whit-Sunday\u2014The Bishop's\naccount \u2014 An Indian council on education \u2014 A\ncourt of inquiry\u2014An obstinate medicine man\u2014\nAn Indian account of the gathering ....\nCHAPTER XVII.\nTHE REPORT FOR 1884.\nA note of disappointment\u2014Synod\u2014Remarks by the\nBishop\u2014Church schools\u2014Decrease of offerings in\nthe Diocese and in England\u2014Causes and cine\u2014\nReport by Mr. Pelly on the financial condition of\nthe Diocese\u2014Statement in the Quarterly Paper\u2014\nLetter from the Bishop to Mr. Mogg\u2014Starvation\nof Colonial Churches\u2014The other side of the shield\nCHAPTER XVIII.\nFROM KAMLOOPS TO THE COLUMBIA.\nirrative by Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014Farwell, a new city\u2014\nForest fires\u2014Clearing the road\u2014Griffin Lake\u2014\nThree Valley Lake\u2014Summit Lake\u2014The Columbia\nriver\u2014A dangerous crossing\u2014Service at Farwell\u2014\nFighting the fires\u2014Farwell in flames\u2014Home again\nthrough the fires\t\nCHAPTER XIX\nGENERAL SURVEY,\nA 900 miles' drive in the Cariboo country\u2014Consecration of the Indian Church at Lytton\u2014Mr Small's CONTENTS.\naccount\u2014The Bishop's report for 1885\u2014Departure\nof Mr. Pelly\u2014The work of the Home Committee\n\u2014The burning of Vancouver\u2014Appeal for the\nDiocesan Fund\u2014New needs at Donald\u2014Diocesan\nstatistics for 1886\u2014The Eirene\u2014A week's confirmation tour\u2014Meetings of the Diocesan Synod\u2014\nDeparture of the Bishop for England\u2014Work\nalong the road\u2014In England\u2014Anniversary meeting\u2014The Queen's Jubilee\t\nCHAPTER XX.\nilETURN TO THE DIOCKSK.\nWelcome home\u2014Diocesan v\n11 return\u2014Once\nCHAPTER XXI.\nSTEADY PROGRESS.\nAnother visit to England\u2014The Lambeth Conference\n\u2014Return home\u2014The tenth year of the Bishop's\nepiscopate\u2014Ordinations and new churches\u2014extension of work in Vancouver\u2014A visit to the\nOkanagan country\u2014Meeting of Synod\u2014The\nBishop becomes Rector of Holy Trinity Church,\nNew Westminster\u2014The tenth anniversary of consecration \t\ne new See House-\nLeonard's Hall\u2014Exl\nWestminster\u2014The W\nCHAPTER XXII\nPAROCHIAL WORK.\n1890.\niuildin\nof\nt End Mis CONTENTS.\nCHAPTER XXIII.\nWORK IN THE INDIAN MISSIONS.\ne Bishop's anxiety regarding the Indian work\u2014\nOpening of a new wing of the Yale Indian school\n\u2014Appeal for Lytton\u2014Mr. Small to return\u2014\nLetter from the Bishop\u2014An incident of missionary\nlife\u2014Letter from the Bishop to Mr. Mogg\u2014The\nIndian camp\u2014Mrs. Sillitoe's account of the Indian\ngathering\u2014The camp at Pakyst\u2014Rattlesnakes\u2014\nN'chakup camp\u2014Mr. Pitman's impressions of\nmission work in British Columbia\t\nCHAPTER XXIV.\nILLNESS AND STRUGGLE.\nThe Bishop's illness\u2014Diocesan visitations\u2014The visits\nto Nelson\u2014Indian gathering at Hope\u2014Bishop\nHills and Mr. Good present\u2014Ordinations\u2014\nMission work to the Chinese\u2014S. Barnabas'\nChurch, New Westminster\u2014Another educational\nventure\u2014The cathedral constituted\u2014The deed of\nconstitution\u2014Meeting of Synod 188\nCHAPTER XXV.\nTOUR IN EASTERN CANADA, AND GENERAL SYNOD.\nI893.\nThe Bishop's enthronement\u2014The visit to Eastern\nCanada\u2014Description of the tour by Mrs. Sillitoe\n\u2014Unaccustomed weather\u2014The trip interrupted by\nillness\u2014Return\u2014Visit to Kootenay\u2014Opening of\nI the Indian hospital at Lytton\u2014Visit to the\nGeneral Convention at Toronto\u2014Letters from the\nBishop and Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014Work on the way back\n\u2014The Bishop's influence at the Convention\u2014 CONTENTS.\nTestimony of the Archbishop of Rupertsland and\nBishop Courtney\u2014Confirmations at Penticton and\nVernon\u2014Meeting of Synod\u2014The Bishop presides\nfrom a sick-bed\t\nCHAPTER XXVI.\nIN HARNESS TO THE LAST.\n1894.\nOver-hopeful\u2014The Bishop refuses to take a rest\u2014\nOfficiates at Bishop Paddock's funeral\u2014Confirmations at Kamloops and Vancouver\u2014Compelled to\ngive up\u2014Removal to Lytton\u2014Mr. Edwardes'\naccount of the Bishop's condition\u2014Resigns the .\nRectory of Holy Trinity\u2014The last confirmations\u2014\nReturn to Lytton\u2014The Bishop's last celebration-\nRemoval to Yale\u2014The deepening of the shadows\n\u2014The floods\u2014Brought down to New Westminster\n\u2014The last days\u2014A circle of prayer\u2014Asleep\u2014\nExpressions of sympathy\u2014An Indian letter to\nMrs. Sillitoe\t\nCHAPTER XXVII.\ning in state in the See House\u2014The funeral\u2014Watch\nservice and choral celebration\u2014The funeral\nprocession\u2014At the grave\u2014Pulpit comments\u2014The\ntestimony of friends\u2014Letter from Mr. Edwardes\n\u2014The Bishop of Nova Scotia on Bishop Sillitoe\u2014\nConclusion\t LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS\nPortrait of Bishop Siixitoe .... Frontispiece\nS. Mary's, Sapperton\t\nNew Westminster\t\nIn the Jaws of Death : Thompson Canyon . . .\nSailor-bar Bluff, below Spuzzum\t\nTrutch Suspension Bridge on Old Cariboo Road .\nHope Parsonage, and Indians\t\nAnother View of Indian Gathering\t\nNelson, in the Kootenay District\t\nKamloops\t\nKicking-horse Pass, near Golden\t\nVancouver, looking over to Burrard's Inlet and\nmoodyville\t\nThe Bishop's Household\t\nYale\t\nAll Hallows' School, Yale\t\nLytton \t\nS. Paul's Mission House and Indian Hospital, Lytton\nA Later Portrait op the Bishop\t *^ Gfc^A- P\u00a3>~\nCHAPTER I.\nTHE FORMATION OF THE SEE.\n1879.\nThe wisest, ablest, and most statesmanlike of\nEngland's sons are at one in the value they\nattach to the Colonial dependencies of their\nwonderful Empire. They realize that the welfare\nof the children is the welfare of the mother, and\nthat no policy is so futile and inane, even for the\nmother's sake, as that which fails in sympathy\nwith the career of the children.\nAnd England rightly gives all the honour at\nher command to the brave pioneers who open up\nher Colonial estates to her Imperial commerce.\nThe Church at home is sometimes less wise,\nand the time has yet to come when the whole\nChurch, from its leaders to its humblest members,\nshall rightly know the glory of its own Colonial\ninheritance, and shall take to her bosom with\nenthusiasm the children given to her beyond the\nsea.\nYet, as in a national so in a religious sense, the\nwelfare of the children is the welfare of the\nmother, the strength of the branches the strength\nof the tree. Interest in and enthusiasm for the\nChurch abroad, so far from weakening the\nChurch's power of maintenance and defence at 2 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nhome, will react in increasing depth and breadth\nof knowledge, and in enlarged capacity of loving\nand helping.\nAnd this interest will find both its source and\nits object in knowledge of the lives of those who\nhave been pioneers, builders, and directors\u2014the\nBishops of the Colonial Church.\nAs contributing to this end, the following\nmemoir is given of one who is truly representative\nof the noble band of makers of Church history in\nmodern times.\nBishop Sillitoe was one of the last to wish a\nbiography of himself written, and the writer has\nno intention of attempting any such task. The\nman must survive on earth in the memory of\nthose who loved him, but the man's work is a\nlegacy to the Church\u2014a legacy not only to the\nfar distant West, where he sowed and planted in\nfaith and hope, but to the whole Church, which\nvalues catholicity and believes in the Communion\nof Saints.\nThere will be no attempt made to put into\nstrong relief the adventurous or the romantic. The\nsketches given may seem even monotonous in\ntheir record, but if so, the reader will remember\nthat the work was monotonous too, performed often\nin weariness and painfulness, but in patience and\nlove by one sustained solely by devotion to the\nLord Who had called him to labour in His\nVineyard.\nThe diocese of New Westminster, of which\nActon Windeyer Sillitoe was the first Bishop, is\nsituated on the Pacific coast of the great\nDominion of Canada, and forms part of the\nProvince of British Columbia, which sprang into\na colony in 1858, owing to the discovery of gold. NEW WESTMINSTER. 3\nNumbers of people were then attracted to its\nshores, but previously it was known as a profitable\nground for fur traders, who occupied various\nstations, and did a good business with the various\nIndian tribes scattered here and there.\nThe C.M.S. had commenced work in the\nprovince in 1856, when Mr. Duncan began his\nremarkable career among the Indians. A year\nafter the S.P.G. entered the field with two clergy,\nand in 1859 the venerable Bishop, George Hills,\nwas consecrated first Bishop of Columbia.\nIt seemed as though the new diocese was\ndestined to great prosperity, but the hopes at first\nentertained were perhaps over-sanguine, for, owing\nto commercial crises, a rough population, an unsettled country, and enormous districts to cover,\nthe Bishop had for many years the maximum of\nhardship with an altogether disproportionate\namount of success.\nYet, in spite of all discouragements, the diocese,\nboth on Vancouver Island and on lie mainland,\nwas gradually opened up to the Church's\nministrations. To mention only work accomplished on the mainland\u2014in Cariboo we are told\nthat the labours of Mr. Reynard were more full\nof romance than the wildest fiction ; the present\nIndian Missions at Yale and Lytton were begun\nand carried on successfully by the Rev. J. B. Good ;\nand in the city of New Westminster a handsome\nstone church and a well-equipped parish testified\nto the work of the Rev. John Sheepshanks, the\npresent Bishop of Norwich.\nBut it was early seen that the diocese was too\nhuge for any one man's supervision, and owing to\nthe Bishop's occasional absence in England for the\npurpose of raising money, large numbers of people\nremained altogether untouched by the Church's MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsystem, and in consequence deserted her for other\nreligious organizations, or else drifted into a state\nof absolute indifference to religion.\nSo in 1878 Bishop Hills made the following\nannouncement to his synod :\u2014\nS Cariboo, Kamloops, Nicola, Chilliwhack, the Lower\nFraser Valley, and Cassiar are needing the ministrations\nof the Church, but we send them no supply. We seem\nto neglect them altogether. Yet could faithful ministers\nof God be sent, the blessing as elsewhere would follow,\nand great good be done. What is the cause, and is\nthere a remedy ? \"\nIt was subsequently moved by Archdeacon\nWright and carried\u2014\nI That this synod considers the great spiritual destitution of the vast mainland portion of this diocese, as\nregards clergy, church-buildings, etc., calls for the\nearnest and immediate attention of the Church, and\nthat a committee be appointed to obtain statistics and\nall other information that may in any way tend to the\nrelief of such destitution.\"\nAt the same synod the real solution of the\ndifficulty was suggested in the following important\nresolution :\u2014\nI That this synod is of opinion that a division of the\ndiocese into three separate dioceses, viz. (1) Vancouver Island, (2) New Westminster, (3) Caledonia,\nwith a view to forming a provincial organization for\nBritish Columbia, is very desirable, and that this synod\ncordially supports the endeavour of the Lord Bishop to\ncarry out the scheme when in England.\"\nFrom this it will appear that the Bishop had\nalready had the idea of division under consideration. It was his belief that it was clearly impossible to keep in touch with one another different NEW WESTMINSTER. 5\nparts of the diocese which were one thousand\nmiles apart, and that subdivision would not only\nrender the ecclesiastical province more easy to\nwork, but would bring increase of clergy and\nsupport to each division.\nTo this end Bishop Hills worked indefatigably\nduring his subsequent visit to England, and the\nresult is shown in the announcement he was able\nto make to his next synod, as follows :\u2014\n\"During my visit to England my time was largely\noccupied in carrying out the resolution agreed to in the\nlast session of the synod of the undivided diocese with\nrespect to a subdivision into three separate dioceses.\n\" I laid the resolution before the Archbishop of Canterbury, and received his cordial support ; and after many\nmonths of hard work in raising endowment funds, I had\nthe happiness of a successful result.\"\nGenerous help towards the endowment of the\ntwo new sees was given both by private individuals and by the two great missionary societies\nof the Church, and on July 25, 1879, the first of\nthe two new Bishops, Dr. Ridley, was consecrated\nto the see of Caledonia.\nShortly afterwards the announcement was made\nthat the Rev. Acton Windeyer Sillitoe, chaplain K\n\/to the British Legation at Darmstadt and to the\/\n: Princess Alice, had been selected to fill the see\nof New Westminster. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER II.\nEARLY LIFE AND CALL TO THE EPISCOPATE.\n1840-1879.\nACTON WlNDEYER SILLITOE was born in Sydney,\nNew South Wales, in 1840, and remained in the\ncolony, to which he was ever loyal, till he was\nfourteen years old.\nIt is not the purpose of this memoir to do more\nthan allude to the facts of the Bishop's life prior\nto his episcopate, but one little incident of his\nalmost baby life, told by his own lips to a near\nfriend and relative, illustrates beautifully the\ntender love which sheltered his early years.\nThe Bishop's father, who was always spoken of\nwith most reverent affection, had a high degree\nof sympathy with childish fears very rare in the\nsterner sex, and this must, one would think, have\nbeen combined with some of that quiet sense of\nhumour which was in after years a most helpful\nconstituent in his son's mental character.\nSea-bathing had been recommended to the little\nboy, and the close vicinity of his parents' house to\nthe Bay of Sydney made the carrying out of this\nprescription easy of attainment.\nBut the boy objected to contact with the waves\non account of the cold, and therefore as father NEW WESTMINSTER. 7\nand son went hand in hand each day to the bay\nfor the bath, the father's free hand carried a small\npitcher of hot water, which was emptied into the\nsea in the sight of the boy. He then no longer\nfeared the cold, and was soon enabled to enjoy\nhis prescription even without the jugful of\nwarmth, which to his childish sense tempered the\nchill of the great ocean.\nHe returned to England with his parents in\n1854, and proceeded first of all to King's College\nSchool, London, and subsequently to Pembroke\nCollege, Cambridge. Here he took his degree of\nB.A. in 1862, and in 1866 proceeded to that of\nM.A. In later years the degree of D.D. was\ngiven him by his University in recognition of his\nelevation to the episcopate ; and a year before his\ndeath the University of Toronto awarded him\nthat of D.C.L., in recognition of his services in\nthe consolidation of the Church in Canada.\nIn 1869 Mr. Sillitoe was ordained deacon, and\nthe following year priest, by the great missionary\nBishop, Selwyn of Lichfield. He served his first\ncuracy at Brierley Hill, Staffordshire, where he\nremained till 1871. For the next two years he\nlaboured as curate in charge of All Saints',\nWolverhampton, and then from 1873 to 1876 held\nthe curacy of Ellenbrook, under the Earl of\nMulgrave (the present Marquis of Normanby),\nwho became his lifelong friend.\nIn 1876 he left England and became British I\nchaplain at Geneva, which he left in 1877 for the\\\nchaplaincy of the British Legation at Darmstadt.\nHere\u2014one of the happiest periods of his life\u2014he\nstayed for two years, combining with his chaplaincy\nto the Legation the position of chaplain to the i\nlate Princess Alice.\nThe duties of this double post he left at last to 8 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nobey the call to the episcopate given him from the\nfar distant West.\nOf this episode in the Bishop's life, one high in\ninfluence in the Church of England writes\u2014\nI I knew nothing of Bishop Sillitoe until he was nominated as chaplain at Geneva, where he had a good many\ntroubles. His work at Darmstadt was signalized by his\ngreat influence over the Princess Alice and her children,\nespecially her daughters. . . . He was undoubtedly the\nmeans, under God, of bringing the Princess back from\nStrauss and unbelief to the happiness of the Faith.\nWhen the diocese was formed, Bishop Hills asked me if\nI could suggest a good man, and I at once recommended\nMr. Sillitoe. ... I well recollect his coming to me and\nsaying he wished I had let him alone, that he was by no\nmeans the man I took him to be, that he was very\nhuman. . . . The result has proved that my estimate of\nhim was truer than his own.\"\nBut although the offer of the Bishopric of New\nWestminster seemed to upset all his plans and to\nmake a radical change in the whole outlook of his\nlife, Mr. Sillitoe felt it would be wrong to refuse\nso evident a call to harder duty in the distant\ndependencies of the Empire.\nHe was consecrated on All Saints' Day, 1879,\nin the parish church of Croydon, by Archbishop\nTait of Canterbury, assisted by Bishop Jackson of\nLondon, Bishop Thorold of Rochester, Bishop\nHills of Columbia, Bishop Jackson of Antigua, and\nBishop Tufnell.\nThe sermon was preached by the Bishop's old\nfriend and former rector, the Earl of Mulgrave, who\ncontinued to be his commissary till the close of\nhis arduous episcopate.\nThat the service was never forgotten by him will\nhave been evident to all who have been privileged -1\n1:\nNEW WESTMINSTER. 9\nto share in the beautiful services the Bishop always\narranged for All Saints' Day, as that festival and\nanniversary came round in the course of the\nChurch's year. Stronger and more solemn to the\nend seemed to grow the impression of the responsibility of his office, and it certainly could\nnot have been fresher or truer on All Saints' Day,\n1879, than it was on All Saints' Day, 1893.\nThe Bishop then addressed his first letter to\nthe diocese through its representative, Archdeacon\nWoods. Writing on November 13, 1879, he\nsays\u2014\n\"My dear Archdeacon,\n\"Yours of the 12th reached me yesterday. I\nheard also from Mr. Good, and am very thankful that\nyou have been remembering me at the Throne of Grace.\nGod has blessed me with a very real faith in the efficacy\nof intercessory prayer, and has so often allowed me to\nsee it abundantly answered, that I feel a happy assurance\nthat we shall not have asked in vain in this instance.\nMy consecration was full of blessing to me personally,\nand especially in the full satisfaction of those who have\nknown me best and longest, and I enter on my holy\noffice in the full conviction that He Who hath called me\nwill be with me to further my weak endeavours, and to\nsupply all my defects. May one of the first benefits be\nto fill all of us whom He has appointed to be His fellow-\nlabourers in His field with the spirit of godly union and\nconcord in and through His Son Jesus Christ. Please\nconvey a loving greeting to Mr. Ditcham and Mr. Baskett,\nand publicly to the congregations of Holy Trinity and\nS. Mary's, Sapperton. . . .\n\" I have had a letter from Archdeacon Wright, and a\ncopy of a report on the spiritual destitution of the mainland The letter is a gloomy one, but it has not made\nme gloomy. I am prepared for trials and for disappointments, but I don't believe we shall overcome them any\nthe easier by magnifying them or dwelling too much io MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nupon them. The bitter has pretty well mingled with the\nsweet in my life already, but nevertheless I find I get\non very fairly by remembering the sweet and forgetting\nthe bitter as much as I can.\n\" Let us take courage and go forward. God bless you\nand your house.\n\" Faithfully yours in our Lord Jesus Christ,\n\"A. W. New Westminster.\"\nTo a correspondent he wrote at this time what\nproved to be indeed the guiding principle of all\nhis dealings with his clergy to the end of his life.\n\"I hope to be in a most real sense a 'father' to my\nclergy, and though they may differ as widely as the\nwide comprehensiveness of our Church permits, I shall\nnever as Bishop lean more to one way of thinking than\nanother. I shall claim the right to hold my own views\nand to express them, and to place them in the most\nfavourable light I can, but I shall never regard a fellow-\nworker with less affection because he fails to see things\nfrom my standpoint ; and my clergy will, I hope, honour\nmy fairness in this respect by equal confidence in one\nanother.\"\nWith this wise resolution in his heart, he took\nhis farewell of old friends in England on Thursday,\nApril 29, 1880, at a celebration of Holy Communion in the church of S. Margaret's, Anfield.\nThe rector here, the Rev. John Sheepshanks (now\nBishop of Norwich), was bound by ties of long\nand devoted work to the Diocese of New Westminster, having held for many years the position of\nRector of Holy Trinity Church, New Westminster.\nFor this church the Bishop carried out with him\na present from the Abbey Church of Old Westminster, an altar cross presented by Dean Stanley,\nand the altar pedestals, which will be referred to\nlater on. NEW WESTMINSTER. n\nThen in the blessed consciousness of that Communion of Saints which annihilates the barriers of\ntime and space and binds together the whole\nfamily of God in earth and heaven, the new\nBishop and his wife said adieu to the shores of\nEngland, to carry with them the gospel of glad\ntidings to a people in spiritual darkness and\ndestitution.\nThe old Church at home will never suffer as\nlong as she thus gives of her light to those who\nare far off in a land of darkness. God forbid that\nthe time should ever come when her thoughts are\nonly for herself. As England's empire extends\nyear by year over the continents and across the\nseas, the appeal comes to her with ever-increasing\nforce\u2014\n\" Oh, let the thought within thee stir\nOf thy lost children, Island Mother !\nThey hear no more, when Sundays come,\nThe old bells ring in village towers,\nA message from the angels' home\nTo this poor work-day world of ours.\nFor them no calm, chance words are said\nBy pastoral lips in love and meekness,\nLike breathings from a violet-bed,\nThat touch the common air with sweetness.\nTherefore lift up thine arm this day,\nBid the Church meet them, Island Mother.\nLest they forget her as they stray,\nAnd falsely deem they find another.\"\n1 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER III.\nFIRST GLIMPSES OF THE NEW LIFE.\nAT 2 p.m. on Thursday, April 29, 1880, the\nSarmatian put out from Liverpool with the\nBishop's party on board. The voyage across\nthe Atlantic was not devoid of peril from the\nquantity of ice encountered, \"hundreds of acres\nof it, ten and fifteen feet thick,\" and \" icebergs\u2014\nsome little ones with smooth round tops, like\nhillocks ; others, enormous ones with straight-up,\ncliff-like sides. One was fully two miles long, and\nat least two hundred feet high. Struggling and\ncrashing and frequently obliged to lie to, in\ncompany with four other big steamers and a\nperfect fleet of sailing-boats, the good ship\nploughed her way through a hundred and forty\nmiles of ice, nearly half of it fully twenty feet\nthick.\"\nThe Bishop conducted several services on board\nduring the voyage, both for the emigrants and for\nthe saloon passengers, and gained some little experience of the various classes of people on their\nway to settle down in the great Dominion.\nThe landing was made at Quebec on May, the\n12th, and thence the Bishop journeyed by short\nstages to Montreal and Toronto, keeping Whit NEW WESTMINSTER. 13\nSunday at the former place, and Trinity Sunday\nat the latter. Then, as there was no C.P.R. in\nthose days, the journey had to be made to San\nFrancisco, which was reached on June 8th. Thence\nby boat the Bishop journeyed to Victoria, arriving\non June 14th ; and, leaving Victoria on the 18th, he\nreached New Westminster, the first point in his\nown diocese, on the same day.\nThe first impression of New Westminster is thus\ngiven\u2014\n\" This is really a very lovely place, though of course\nwe have the advantage of the first fresh brilliancy of\nsummer to heighten its natural beauty, but the whole\nsituation is well chosen and picturesque. The ground\nrises suddenly from the river'on both banks, so that in\nthe town the houses stand one above another ; every one\nhas a view, and indeed a view more or less panoramic,\nsince abundance of space has given nearly every house\na garden. The opposite bank of the stream is covered\nwith pine forest, rising suddenly to about a hundred\nfeet above the stream, and over this ridge, from the\nhigher parts of the town, is seen the snowy summit of\nMount Baker, nearly seventy miles away to the south-east.\nDown the river, to our right, about a mile distant, two .\nfir-clad islands divide the stream into three great arms,\n' and form a basin just above them fully two miles wide,\nacross which we look over to the mountains of Vancouver Island ; while upstream, to our left, the view is\nbounded by the mountains of the Cascade Range, thirty\nmiles off, and still, at midsummer, largely covered with\nBut lovelier even than the scenery it was to\nenter into the sanctuary which was henceforth to\nbe in a very real sense a home. A special service\nwas held in Holy Trinity Church, the cathedral\ndesignate, at which Litany was said and the Te\nDeum sung. i4 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nThe next morning (Saturday) there was a\ncelebration of Holy Communion at eight, and\nthe following day the Bishop preached morning\nand evening to large congregations of his new\nflock. In a very short time he had fallen in love\nwith his see-town and its churches. Upon the\narchitectural demerits of the cathedral he was\nindeed (and not unjustly) severe, but with the\nwork going on there he was much pleased.\nSapperton, a village a mile and a half from\nNew Westminster, now included in the city limits,\nhe selected for his residence, as there was the old\nArchdeaconry House ready to hand and a beautiful\nlittle church. The latter he thus describes\u2014\n\"S. Mary's Church stands in the grounds of the\nArchdeaconry House, and is a model of wbat all wooden\nchurches might be and ought to be. It was designed\nand built by the sappers, who came out on the original\nsurvey expedition under Colonel Moody. It was the\n' fashionable church ' of those days. Government House\nstood near; officials and their staff had their residences\nround about ; an English tone pervaded the little society ;\nand they took pride in the church they had built for\nthemselves, and in its services.\"\nGetting down to business without delay, Bishop\nSillitoe at once began to find out for himself the\nwork before him. After a day or two spent in\nNew Westminster organizing an S.P.G. committee\nand other work, he went down the river with Mr.\nBaskett to visit Ladner's Landing. Here he made\nhis first acquaintance with the salmon canneries,\nthen as now the life of the riverside districts.\nHere, after the good folks had astonished him\nwith the processes of can-making and the farming,\nwith land producing twenty-four tons of onions\nper acre, and cabbages twenty-four pounds in J NEW WESTMINSTER. 15\nweight, the Bishop in his turn brought forth the\ngood things he had come to bring.\nThere was a large congregation at the service\nheld, and the Bishop writes\u2014\n\" It was very cheering and a little pathetic to see the\npeople turning up as the hour approached by all manner\nof conveyances, some by boat on the river, some in\nwaggons, some on horseback, and of course many on foot\n. . . After the service we had a meeting. ... I told\nthem I thought they could raise \u00a3%o if they tried, and\nthat if they did, I would undertake to provide an equal\nsum and find them a clergyman. I have since heard\nthat that ;\u00a38o has been promised and that probably\nmore will be forthcoming; and that they are also prepared to undertake by degrees the erection of church\nand parsonage, for which they offer sites.\"\nBack in New Westminster, and preaching at\nSapperton and elsewhere during the week, the\nBishop held his first Confirmation on the Sunday\nfollowing at Holy Trinity Church, when thirty-\nfive candidates were presented by Archdeacon\nWoods. During the week thus inaugurated a\ngreat Congregational Meeting was held in the\nDrill Shed, at which the Bishop established a\nformal acquaintance with the citizens of New\nWestminster, and the next day went down by\nsteamer to the North Arm to make the acquaintance of some of the logging camps.\n\" We called first,\" the Bishop writes, \" at a logging\ncamp, where we were hospitably entertained. About\nthirty men, all whites, are employed. The work consists\nin felling timber up in the forest, which, being stripped\nof its bark, and sawn into lengths of about twenty-five\nfeet, is dragged by mules or oxen down a specially constructed road to the river, where a number of logs are\nroped together in the form of a raft, technically called i6 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\na boom, and towed away to a saw-mill. The road\nconsists of logs laid crossways about three paces apart,\ncalled skids, with smaller ones between to form what is\ntermed bridging. In the centre of the skids a hollow is\nscooped out, in which the log is dragged along, a boy\npreceding the train with a can of oil to keep the way\ngreased. This oil presents irresistible attractions to\nbears, who watch the passage of a team, and then\nregale themselves on what the friction has left of the\nsavoury delicacy. The oil is extracted from a fish\ncalled the oolachan, which abounds in these waters, and\nis of such an oleaginous character as to burn like a\ncandle after being dried in the sun.\"\nA service was held in the camp, at which about\nfifty were present, although a small proportion\nconsisted of Church people. The Bishop was from\nthis day forth quite at home in the logging camps,\nwhere all men admired his frank and manly spirit.\nThe same week found the Bishop on his way by\nstage to Burrard Inlet and Moodyville to visit the\nlarge saw-mills and logging camps there. Granville, as the settlement was then called, impressed\nthe Bishop as likely to become an important place,\nand his impression was justified, for the Granville\nof 1880 is the Vancouver of to-day, the busy\nterminus of Canada's transcontinental highway.\nIt would be wearisome to give an account of all\nthe work done by the Bishop during these first\nfew days, so we set down here only a few\ninstances of its wonderful variety, leaving the\nreader to imagine the days not spoken of as\nnot idle, but filled with a multiplicity of engagements such as speedily rob bishops of any hope\nof leisure time.\nA new scene was reached on July 7th, when a\nvisit was paid to Yale, the centre of the Rev. J.\nB. Good's earnest and successful work among the NEW WESTMINSTER. 17\nIndians. At this time, however, the railway works\nhad brought a large increase of population. It\nhad now risen to the number of two thousand,\nincluding the Chinese labourers. As a consequence, the town gained an unenviable notoriety\nfor rowdiness and license, and the work among\nthe Indians was terribly hampered by the intercourse of the aborigines with vicious and unprincipled white men.\nSeveral days were spent at Yale, during which\nthe Bishop inspected Mr. Good's work, appointed\nSilas Nalee as catechist, worked hard with his\nusual devotion in training the choir, married an\nIndian girl to a Chinaman, and had his first\nexperience of British Columbia rain. As a consequence of exposure to the latter, he spent the\nSunday in bed.\nWe have here the report of a correspondent to a\nCanadian paper, describing the railway works, to\nhelp us in our glimpses of the Bishop's work at\nYale.\n\" A few days ago,\" he says, \" we drove to the engineer's\ncamp about five miles from here. The drive was beyond\ndescription beautiful\u2014huge mountains on all sides, and\nthe river foaming below. The waggon-road runs high\nabove the river. One is thankful to have a steady horse\nand a careful driver ; for a shy or a swerve on the part of\nthe horse, and we should be sent hundreds of feet down\ninto the river, running in places at the rate of twenty\nmiles an hour. The water is now fifty feet above what\nit is sometimes, and in the canons it rises one hundred feet\nduring the freshets. The windings of the road are such\nthat at times there seems to be no outlet, but mountains\nin front and around, and in some places the mountain\nquite overhangs the road. The air was heavy with the\nscent of meadowsweet and syringa, and the ferns were\nquite beyond description. ... At the engineer's camp, MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nat the special request of the employes, the Bishop of New\nWestminster held a service, at which every one was present.\n... I attended an Indian service this afternoon at\nwhich representatives of two different tribes were present.\nIt was a curious sight; some of the women were in\nfashionable dresses, and others almost in rags. The first\nprayer was sung beautifully\u2014it was like monks chanting\na Latin psalm; but the hymns were pitched too high,\nand were dreadful. The Bishop preached, and one\ngentleman interpreted to the Yale Indians, while another\ntranslated for the edification of the Spuzzum Indians. . . .\nIt was very amusing to see the Bishop gesticulating and\npointing, and then to hear one interpreter in a deep voice\nrepeating the sentence in the Yale tongue, dropping his\nvoice at the end of each sentence ; while the other, in\nhighly pitched tones and elevating his voice as he proceeded, gave it in the Spuzzum tongue.\"\nAfter this, the journey was renewed by canoe to\nHope, fifteen miles being made by the two Indian\npaddlers in an hour and a half. Then Yale was\nonce again reached, and the Bishop shared in the\nexcitement of a big fire. The church and mission\nhouse had a very narrow escape, taking fire twice,\nand being under a rain of cinders ; but strenuous\nefforts succeeded in saving the property. Others\nwere not so fortunate, and, worse than all, two\nmen were so severely burned that they died the\nnext day. The Bishop buried them, and on the\nsame day that he laid them to rest received five\nmembers into the Church by baptism.\nAgassiz and Chilliwhack are the next places to\nappear in the Bishop's itinerary, and once more\nYale was revisited, and an arduous day was spent\nby the Bishop in examining and preparing the\nadult Indian candidates for baptism. An open-air\nservice was held in the evening, and on the\nThursday the baptisms were held, also five NEW WESTMINSTER.\nmarriages. These latter convinced the Bishop\nthat, in the case of Indian weddings, a rehearsal\nwas absolutely necessary, unless the officiant had\nunlimited time at his disposal.\nThe Bishop returned to New Westminster on\nAugust 6th, having fairly tasted of the work\nbefore him, at least, in the lower country. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER IV.\nA TRIP INTO THE OSOYOOS COUNTRY.\nSeptember-October, 1880.\nTHE month that followed the visitation of the\nYale country was spent at home in necessary but\nprosaic duties, and in establishing some sort of\ndiocesan organization \u2014 one day a committee\nmeeting to discuss the condition of the beautiful\npeal of bells presented by the Baroness Burdett-\nCoutts for the cathedral ; another day arranging\nfor and conducting a service at the Provincial\nPenitentiary, writing reports for S.P.G., arranging\nfor school-building, rowing up and down the river\nto take services at the logging camps\u2014at some of\nwhich, by-the-by, no one turned up\u2014and so on,\nad libitum.\nWork of this kind filled up the time till the\nbeginning of September, when a very interesting\nvisitation was made of the Osoyoos country, which\nmay well be described in detail.\nThe Bishop left New Westminster on September\n8th by steamer, accompanied by Mrs. Sillitoe,\nGeorge the Indian, and \"Punch\" of the genus\nEquus.\nAt Hope a landing was made, and an agreement with the Indians for Antoine and five horses\nat $4.50 a day, and Susap and one horse at $1.50 NEW WESTMINSTER. 21\na day. In spite of rain the stay at Hope was\nbusily occupied in buying stores, paying visits,\nadministering baptism, and recovering strayed\nhorses.\nOn Friday the cavalcade started at 7.45 a.m.,\nthe Bishop, Mrs. Sillitoe, George, Antoine, and\nSusap riding, and accompanying them three pack-\nhorses carrying luggage. Twenty-four miles were\naccomplished during the day\u2014a good distance\nconsidering the rain and soft roads. Then came\ncamping out The night was cold and frosty, and\nthe beds hard to those inexperienced in their use.\nThey are made of twigs of fir or cedar, in the\nspreading of which the Indians are adepts. If\nskilfully laid, they form a very easy, springy bed,\nbut woe betide the unfortunate traveller who tries\nto sleep on a brush bed when not scientifically\nspread.\nNext day, Saturday, Mrs. Sillitoe describes the\njourney thus\u2014\n\" Our way was a narrow trail round the mountain side,\nand there were some frightful places to cross. ' Punch '\njumped beautifully with me over a tree lying across the\nroad fully three feet in diameter. It was amusing to see\n.the pack-horses get over. They managed by jumping\nto get their forelegs over, and were then quite at fault ;\nfinally, with their hind legs they scrambled over like\ncats.\"\nGroves of young fir trees, through which rippled\nbeautiful trout streams, tracts of burnt timber,\nforests full of grouse, and, moreover, infested with\nmyriads of caterpillars\u2014then the open country at\n2 p.m. After this came the descent through a\nbleached forest full of grasshoppers, and at last\nthe halt at Powder Camp, where the night's camp\nwas made.\nJ 22 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nOn Sunday, after a hunt for the horses and a\nbath in the creek, service was held in camp, and\nthe day's rest was a welcome preparation for the\ntoil yet to come.\nNext day for several hours a very rough country\nwas experienced, but the labour received its recompense when the party entered upon a beautiful\nopen and undulating country like an English park,\nwith this difference, that white pines took the place\n\u2022 of the ancestral oaks. In the middle a great herd\nof cattle was encountered.\nSimilkameen came in sight during the afternoon\nfrom a high bluff overlooking the river, and, after\none hour's descent, the river was reached, only to\nfind the bridge broken. Camp was made on the\nlevel plateau at 5 p.m.\nOn Tuesday twenty-six miles were traversed by\nFive Mile Creek, through the canon, past Indian\nranches, over the fork of the stream to a camping-\nplace 2200 feet above the sea. Wednesday's\nexperience was a similar one, ending in a breezy\nnight, during which the would-be sleepers could\nonly watch the straining cords of the tent and wait\nfor the day. On Thursday two divides were crossed,\nand the first sight was obtained of Osoyoos Lake\n(790 feet above the sea). Here a welcome rest\nawaited the travellers, and a hearty reception. On\nthe following Sunday everybody in Osoyoos\nattended the services.\nThe Bishop observes that the soil here was\napparently barren, but with sufficient irrigation\nit seemed capable of producing anything. Potatoes\nwere seen weighing three and four pounds each,\nand garden turnips twenty-seven inches round,\nwhile melons and tomatoes ripened freely in the\nopen air.\nOn Wednesday, September 22nd, Osoyoos was NEW WESTMINSTER. 23\nleft behind for Penticton, along a good trail across\nthe mountains, with^ copses in the hollows of the\nhills, and small lakes full of wild fowl. Rain fell\nall day, and after twenty-two miles' travelling, even\na bad camp, wet, hard, and without brush as it\nwas, proved very welcome.\nThe Bishop reached Penticton on Thursday,\nSeptember 23rd, a promising settlement on low\nland separating Okanagan Lake from Dog Lake.\nThe approach was through a marsh, where the\nhorses sank to their knees in mud. Once arrived,\nhowever, troubles were for a while at an end, and\nthe Indian train was dismissed and sent back to\nHope.\nLeaving Penticton on horses borrowed for the\noccasion, twenty miles more were accomplished^\nand a point of the lake reached opposite Mission.\nNo soul was then living within many miles of the\nhouse in which the Bishop was staying, and the\nfour younger children of the household had only\ntwice before seen white people other than members\nof their own family. The Bishop baptized the\nchildren, and then proceeded with his journey.\nThe first attempt to cross the lake was unsuccessful\nowing to the coming on of the darkness, but a\nsecond attempt was made soon after, and the\nLequines' house reached after some wanderings.\nOn Saturday a further stage brought the Bishop\nto Mr. Forbes Vernon's farm in the Mission\nValley, where services were held on Sunday in\nthe barn. About twenty men were present, and\neverything went well with one exception, described\nby Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014\n\" A small contretemps occurred during afternoon service\nin the shape of a hen who, having laid an egg, flew upon\nsome hay to announce the fact, and so persistently and 24 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nloudly that the Bishop could not proceed with his sermon\ntill she had been turned out. Among other unbidden\nvisitors at the same time were'^the little chipmunks\nrunning lightly and gracefully along the rafters\u2014little\nanimals in size between a rat and a mouse, but in\nappearance more like squirrels, having long bushy tails.\"\nMr. Vernon's was left behind on Monday, and\nLake Head was reached after a journey of twenty-\nthree miles. The Bishop describes the scenery as\nbeing very beautiful, especially near Otter Lake,\nin which there was a wonderful reflection of the\nsurrounding mountains. Calls were made all\nalong the road as usual.\nOn Tuesday the Bishop rowed down to the\nlanding, and took passage on the Lady Dufferin\ndown the river to Eagle Pass, and up another long\narm to \"Cape Horn\" through the narrows. All\nday long the only people seen were one Indian\nfamily in a canoe. The Bishop's party had, like\nthe Apostles of old, \" forgotten to take bread,\" and\nas the boat was scantily provisioned, they suffered\nsome inconvenience, but managed to appease their\nhunger by sharing some bread and beef with the\ncrew.\nNext day at 8 a.m. they entered a small lake,\nand thence passed into the Thompson River,\nwhere they came across an Indian fishing-camp,\nand witnessed the spearing of hundreds of salmon,\nalthough the fish were at this time out of season.\nOne baptism was administered en route.\nAt 5 p.m. Kamloops, one of the largest towns\nin the upper country, was reached, and, with a\neeling of being once again within the borders of\ncivilization, the party put up at Spelman's Hotel.\nKamloops boasted an hotel, a store, a flour-\nmill, and a saw-mill ; but the Bishop did not stay NEW WESTMINSTER. 25\nat this time, taking a drive of forty miles on the\nFriday to Grand Prairie.\nOn Saturday the return journey was made to\nKamloops, and here on Sunday there was a full\nday's round of services. The Court House was\nused as a church, and this in the evening was\nfilled to overflowing. Next day was occupied in\nvisiting, and the Bishop began to give practical\nattention to the calls he had heard everywhere for\na Church school. Large families, he found, were\ngrowing up without education for the want of\nsome centrally placed boarding-school conducted\non Church lines. A Roman convent school had\njust been started in Kamloops, but parents\nnaturally objected to send their children there.\nThe Bishop went over this, and he also tried to\nfind some suitable premises which might be converted into a school\u2014with what amount of success\nwe shall see by-and-by.\nOn Tuesday the journey was resumed by\nsteamer as far as Savona's Ferry, where the\nBishop stayed for service, and also looked up\ncandidates for confirmation.\nThe next point was Ashcroft\u2014a very English\nsettlement, for two of the farmers were found\nkeeping a pack of foxhounds with which to hunt\nthe coyotes.\nAn incident occurred during the stay here which\nwe give in Mrs. Sillitoe's own words\u2014\n\"Whilst we were sitting in the drawing-room one\nevening during our stay at Ashcroft, an extraordinary\nnoise was heard. Some supposed it to be an earthquake,\nbut we finally came to the conclusion that it was nothing\nmore than the moving of some chairs or tables overhead. The next morning, however, we heard that the\nsound had been caused by a tremendous landslip three 26 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nmiles distant from where we were, and which had\ndammed up the river until it should have forced its.\nway through this immense dam. However, in company\nwith our hosts, we drove to the river to judge for ourselves. We found that the dam was half a mile long\nand eighty feet high. The river above had already\nrisen forty feet over its usual level, and was almost dry\nbelow. As it had still forty feet to rise before it could\nbreak through, and as it would then almost certainly\ncany away the only bridge by which we could cross, we\ndecided on continuing our journey to Cook's Ferry, where\nwe were able to cross safely. It was painful to see the\nsalmon\u2014some floundering in shallow pools, others lying\ndead in the dry bed of the river.\"\nFrom Cook's Ferry the journey was resumed to\nNicomen, where there were many Indians mining in\nthe river-bed rocks, and from thence to Lytton,\nthe well-known Indian Mission Station, like Yale,\nunder the charge of the Rev. J. B. Good.\nReturning, New Westminster was reached on\nOctober 25th, after an almost continuous journey\nof six weeks, and covering nearly eight hundred\nmiles.\nThe next day the Bishop wrote to England\u2014\nI We returned yesterday from our journey through the\ninterior of the diocese ; we travelled a distance of over\nseven hundred miles, through a country very rarely\ntravelled by ladies, and into a portion of which no\nChurch of England clergyman has ever before penetrated. I don't say this to exalt our performance, for\nin truth the ' hardships ' we underwent were rather of a\npleasant and exciting character than otherwise ; but I\nwant you in England to feel that we do not call upon\nyou for earnestness we do not ourselves endeavour to\nfeel in practice. We do not intend to j sit at home at\nease,' and send you lively reports of wants derived\nsecond-hand from the complaints of others, but to go NEW WESTMINSTER. 27\nand see for ourselves, and force no demands on your\nfaith and charity beyond what we can make ourselves\npersonally responsible for.\"\nThe visitation must have brought cheer to many\na lonely settler. Everywhere the Bishop found\nhimself able to supply touch with home. Here\nhe would come across a schoolmaster acquainted\nwith friends in England ; here a postman who was\nan old Woolwich cadet ; here a University man, now\nthe solitary inhabitant of a log hut, whose only\nother occupants were a cat and some chickens ;\nhere a blacksmith from a familiar parish in\nEngland ; and here a Yorkshireman with mutual\nfriends and acquaintances\u2014all ready to give and\nreceive a friendly greeting.\nIt was a journey, too, which helped to make the\nBishop familiar with no inconsiderable portion of\nhis huge and bewildering diocese. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER V.\nA WINTER JOURNEY.\nOctober, i88o-February, 1881.\nWhen one kind of work was impossible it was\nthe Bishop's happy faculty to turn straightway to\nthat which was possible ; and so, when the end of\nsummer made it impossible to do much in the\nway of up-country travelling, the time had fortunately arrived when it was possible to do most in\nthe cities on the coast.\nSo, although for the two or three months which\nclosed the year 1880, the Bishop did not go far\nfrom New Westminster, yet he had anything but\nan idle time.\nIt was a time, too, which was marked by much\ndeepening of the spiritual life in and around him.\nHe knew too well that the only result of activity\nsometimes is to be \"busy, but not for God,\" and\nhe feared \" the barrenness of a busy life \" as much\nas idleness itself. To escape this, it was his constant practice year by year to have a short retreat\nfor himself and his clergy in which they could\ngather up their spiritual force and gain closer\ntouch with the Source of all power.\nThis year the retreat was held at Sapperton,\ncommencing on October 30th, and so including the\nfirst anniversary of the Bishop's consecration. It h*.\nNEW WESTMINSTER. 29\nwas a time deeply appreciated by the wearied\nworkers\u2014one of those times when the human\ntenderness of our Master is felt, as He says,\n\" Come ye apart and rest awhile.\"\nThe Sunday following the Bishop held his first\nordination.\nIt is needless to dwell much on the work of\nthis time, but we may mention that it included\nthe opening of a girls' school, in accordance with\nthe Bishop's earnest desire to establish an educational institution on Church lines, and the taking\nof the first steps towards the publication of a\ndiocesan magazine.\nBeyond this he was hard at work, preaching,\norganizing, and working everywhere in the neighbourhood, sometimes riding over to Granville, a\njourney so slippery that many hours were consumed\nwhere now we glide over in electric cars in less\nthan one. The snow came on November 30th,\nbut still by stage, canoe, sleigh, or on foot the\nBishop accomplished his work.\nWith the winter well advanced and the engagements in the neighbourhood of the cathedral city\nfulfilled, the Bishop's desire grew to undertake a\nwinter visit to some of the remoter parishes, and\nat the beginning of February he started out.\nWith regard to this trip a local newspaper made\nthe following significant comment :\u2014\n\" A Live Missionary.\u2014The Bishop of New Westminster, accompanied by his wife, paid Yale a missionary\nvisit last week, and held services in S. John's Church.\nEven hardy pioneers shrank from making the trip at\nsuch a season.\"\nBut as the reader may like to have some fuller 30 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\naccount of this adventurous journey, we cannot do\nbetter than quote Mrs. Sillitoe's own description.\n\"The Bishop had been since Christmas wishing to\ngo to Yale, as Mr. Good was in Victoria with his family,\nand the place, therefore, was left without a priest, Mr.\nBlanchard being only in deacon's orders. But the\nriver being frozen, no steamboats were running. Now,\nto travel the whole distance by road is costly, and\noccupies a good deal of time. He determined, therefore,\nto wait till the river should be open, at least as far as\nChilliwhack, whence we might get on overland At\nlast a thaw having set in, with almost incessant rain\nlasting for nearly a week, the Gem, one of the smallest\nof the steamers, arrived from above, where she had been\nfor some time frozen in. George, our Indian, was\nsent into New Westminster, and late in the evening\nbrought us word that the Gem Avould start next morning\nfor Chilliwhack. It was not till after night-school\u2014which\nlasts from 7.30 to 9\u2014that we thus learned for certain\nthat we should be able to go. We had consequently\nnot much time to make arrangements for our absence,\nor to pack up ; but packing up is a simple process when\none does not take more baggage than is absolutely\nnecessary.\n\" The Gem did not get off as early as was expected,\nand it was nearly nine o'clock on Wednesday, February\n9th, before she called for us at the Sapperton wharf.\nOur three dogs very much wished to accompany us.\nThe day was fine but the wind cold. The Gem is not\na passenger boat, and has, therefore, no proper accommodation for passengers, but two chairs were provided for\nus near the boiler, and the officers did all in their power\nto make us comfortable, whilst they were profuse ; in\ntheir apologies that the accommodation was no better.\nWe had not long started before the tiller-rope broke,\nand the boat swung in, and threatened to go ashore.\nThe accident was soon remedied, and we steamed on\nagain. Towards one o'clock, feeling very hungry, we NEW WESTMINSTER. 31\nbegan to speculate on the probability of getting dinner,\nand as we could discover no place resembling either\nkitchen or dining-room, we considered our chances\nsmall. However, at one o'clock dinner was announced,\nand we followed our guide over bales and boxes of\ngoods, till we reached a small place partitioned off\nfrom the engine-room. It could not have exceeded\nsix feet in width, and of this two feet at least was\ntaken up by two bunks, in one of which a man slumbered\npeacefully. A long narrow slab against the partition\nwas our dining table, and between that and the bunks\nthere was scarcely room to slip in. The Bishop sat on\na flour-barrel at the end of the table, and as the\nmachinery was working close behind him, he had to be\ncareful lest his coat-tails should be caught.\n\" We thoroughly enjoyed our dinner, and soon left to\nmake room for other hungry people, as only five could\nsit down at once, and there were several other passengers\nas well as the crew. As our chairs had been taken for\nthe dining-room, I had to ensconce myself on a big case\nwith a bale at my back, and so managed to make myself\nvery comfortable, amused also listening to our very\nloquacious fireman talking to the Bishop. He was an\nAmerican, and spoke with great scorn of British Columbia\nfarmers, saying they would stop the boat to send off\neleven eggs, and ask if the boat would wait whilst the\nhen laid another to make up the dozen ! I give this\n' only as a good story,, not that I would have anything so\nlibellous believed of our farmers. From all accounts\nthey are doing very well \"now, and if there has been\nformerly lack of energy, it was for want of a market.\nWe arrived at Chilliwhack at 6 p.m., and found Mr.\nBaskett on the landing-place awaiting us. A sleigh was\nsoon got ready to take us to Chilliwhack proper, about a\nmile from where we landed. The mail sleigh left for\nYale at eleven the same night, but we had arranged to\nremain the whole of the next day at Chilliwhack We\nspent most of the day on Thursday trudging about\nin the snow, and visiting whites and Indians. The 32 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nChilliwhack Indians want a little \\ Church house ' of their\nown, and there was a great deal of talk as to where it\nshould be built and about the cost. The Bishop\npromised on his next visit to look at the site they\npropose.\nS Our driver wished to start at seven the next morning\n(Friday), but we objected so strongly that he consented\nto make it eight o'clock if we would be punctual. He it\nwas, however, who kept us waiting, and it was 8.30 before\nwe made a start Our conveyance was a very primitive\none, a long shallow box on runners, a plank laid across\nas a seat, and, for my comfort, some hay behind to lean\nagainst. The day was very fine, not very cold, and the\nsun shining brightly. The road not being used except\nfor a short time in winter, when the river is closed by\nice, is not kept in repair, and a nice shaking we had,\nscrunching over stones, through the rocky beds of\nstreams, and over other almost impossible places.\nThere are dips in the road as deep as a ditch, and into\nthese the sleigh goes, standing up on the front end, and\nthen on the back. We had to keep in as best we could,\nsince there was nothing to hold on by. At one place\none runner was on the rock, and the other on the\nground ; the Bishop was on the lower side, and out he\nwas thrown with one foot only left in the sleigh. I\nfollowed helplessly, and then came the hay. Happily,\nwe were going slowly, and the driver noticed us, and\npulled up. A yard further and we must have been\ndeposited in the bed of a stream, which, although not\ndeep, would have given us an unpleasant wetting.\n\" Our driver told us there was one [ bad ' place, where\nthe road goes round the face of j Murderer's Bar Bluff.'\nA few nights before he was driving some of the mail\npassengers, and seeing they were quietly asleep, intended\nto drive round without waking them. One man, however, started up just as they were coming to the place,\nand seeing the character of the road, without a moment's\nhesitation rolled out at the back of the sleigh. It so\nhappens that just at this part of the road there is no NEW WESTMINSTER. 33\nsnow, but a smooth sheet of ice, with nothing to prevent\nthe sleigh slipping off the road down into the river\nbelow. The sleigh got round safely, but the efforts of\nthe passenger to get around on foot seemed hopeless.\nSo slippery was the ice that he could not even stand,\nand at last had to take off his boots and follow barefooted till he succeeded in reaching the sleigh. Our\nautumn trip had made us callous to such places, and we\nwere driven safely round. At three o'clock we reached the\nIndian village of Oham'l, and there stopped about an\nhour to rest the horses and get dinner, which was\nprepared for us by an Indian woman. There were not\nmany people on the road, but we met one picturesque-\nlooking Indian, with gun slung at his back, moccasins on\nhis feet, snowshoes in his hand, and surrounded by five\ndogs. About 6.30 we reached Hope, the last part of our\ndrive being in bright moonlight. We were tired, stiff,\nand very cold, but had thoroughly enjoyed our drive.\nDock and Boundary, our two steeds, were as pleased as\nwe were to have reached the end of their day's journey.\n\" The Bishop had arranged that a team should meet\nus on the other side of the river on the following morning,\nSaturday, to take us on to Yale, and at half-past ten\nCaptain Bristol, the mail-guard, came to say that a\ncanoe was waiting to take us across. We started on\nfoot over the hard snow, down the steep bank of the\nriver, and then paddled across, landing on the ice on\nthe other side about half a mile higher up. The ice\nwas so slippery and the wind so strong, that had I been\nleft to myself, I should have been reduced to take the\nsame measures as the gentleman going round the Bluff.\nHappily, there was no necessity for this, as Captain\nBristol had provided a small hand-sleigh, on which the\nBishop and I seated ourselves, and we were drawn, or\nrather, the wind blew Us, across the ice to the shore.\nThe sleigh which awaited us was of the same description\nas that we had had the day before, only now it was nearly\nfilled with goods, and we had nothing against which to\nrest our backs. Twice we had to get out when the 34 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsleigh went through streams, the bridges over which had\nbeen burned. It was thought more than probable that if\nwe remained in the sleigh we should be overturned into\nthe water. The snow on this side of the river was much\ndeeper than on the other, and for about eight miles we\ncould hardly advance beyond a walking pace. Nearer\nYale there had been more traffic, and we progressed\nmore rapidly. We found Mr. Whiteway and Mr.\nBlanchard at the door of the Mission House to welcome\nus on our arrival, and very soon we felt ourselves quite\nat home again. Many Indians came to the Mission\nHouse in the course of the afternoon and evening to\nsee the Bishop.\n\"The following day, Sunday, Holy Communion was\ncelebrated, and other services held for both whites and\nIndians.\n\"On Monday the Bishop was occupied the whole\nday arranging business matters and seeing people. On\nTuesday morning we started homewards, the morning\nbeing fine and bright, though the East wind was very\ncold. During the night the thermometer had been as\nlow as io\u00b0 Fahr. Thanks partly to the numerous wraps\nwith which our sleigh was provided at Yale, we were\nwarm enough, and the road being in better condition\nthan it had been on Saturday, we managed our fifteen-\nmile drive comfortably. Soon after leaving Yale, two\ndeer crossed the road a few yards in front of us. At the\nriver, after being again drawn over the ice in a hand-\nsleigh to the open water, we found the canoe awaiting\nus, and were paddled across by two Indians. It was\nno easy matter to climb the steep, slippery path on the\nother side; but that accomplished, we soon reached the\ninn, where as usual we received a hearty welcome.\n\" On Wednesday morning at 7.30 we took our places\nin the sleigh, this time seated on the bottom, and without any hay for our backs. The bare boards seemed\nvery hard, and every jolt shook us severely. The cold\nwas intense, and we watched the sun rise, first over one\nmountain and then over another, longing for it to reach NEW WESTMINSTER. 35\nand warm us too a little. We had intended to get out\nand trust to our own legs going round the Bluff, thinking\nit safer, as one of our horses had lost a shoe. Our driver,\nhowever, never stopped, thinking that he could take us\nsafely round. My heart seemed to stop beating as I\nfelt the sleigh sliding, sliding, till one corner where I\nsat was off the road overhanging the river. The chain\nwhich forms a drag round one of the runners turned the\nhinder part of the sleigh outwards. Happily, the horses\nkept a firm hold of the ice, and we were soon on safer\nground. The road round the Bluff is not more than\nfifteen feet above the level of the river, but it is directly\nbelow, and runs, as at all the bars, very swiftly. The road\ncertainly was worse than when we came up, but on the\nwhole we felt little disposed to quarrel with our jolting.\n\" We reached Chilliwhack about four o'clock, and found\nthe place in great excitement over a ' Social ' that was\nto take place that night, and at which I had promised\nto sing. I was very tired, and it was kindly arranged\nthat both my songs should be in the second part, so that\nwe might remain quietly in the hotel during the first half.\n\"Much to our relief, the Gem arrived that very\nevening. Ice had formed on the river during the last\nfew cold nights to such an extent that there had been\ngrave doubts whether she would be able to get up. We\nembarked about nine on Thursday morning, and were\nsoon on our way down the river. There was much floating ice, and, for the protection of the boat, rough planks\nhad been nailed on to the bows. The ice, however, made\nshort work of these. Then they tried lashing two trees\nat a sharp angle before the bows, but the ice soon cut the\nlashings through. At Langley there is a small loop of\nthe river, into which the captain tried to go to land the\nmails, but it was so blocked with ice that this was\nfound to be impossible, and it was a difficult matter to\nget out again. It took a whole hour to get out where\nwe had been but a few minutes getting in.\n\" The Gem is not a boat in which one can feel much\nsecurity. The ice here was but a few inches thick, while 36 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthat we passed through last year in the Gulf of S. Lawrence was some feet, yet we were in more danger in the\nGem than we had been in the Sarmatian. After\ngetting out of our difficulty, and proceeding a short distance down the river, we encountered a fresh obstacle.\nThe ice was closely packed across its entire width. The\ncaptain determined to try to get through, but soon found\nhe must back out, and quickly, too, if the Gem was\nnot to be fast shut in, as large masses of ice were coming\ndown from above. When, after hard work, we were clear,\nit was decided to make fast to the shore and wait till the\nice broke up. The ice had done some damage, which\nthe crew set to work to repair. We were in sight of\nMaple Ridge, a settlement where we should have been\nhospitably received, and should have found comfortable\nquarters. We made for it, but, alas ! there were no\nmeans of crossing the slough which lay between us and\nthe wished-for goal, so we had to return to the steamboat, and spend.the night on board. The weather had\nbeen warm all day, and rain seemed imminent. The\ncaptain and the engineer gave up to our use a small\ncabin on deck, their own sleeping quarters, and into this\nfive persons were crowded. Sleep was out of the\nquestion, and at midnight (it was snowing hard), when\nlooking out, I heard a curious roaring sound down the\nriver. The captain came soon after, and explained that\nit was the tide coming up, lifting and breaking the ice,\nwhich by morning would be floated out to sea. He\nproved to be right, and at 6.30 on Friday morning we\nmade a fresh start.\n\u25a0 The engineer told us that during the night, finding\nthat the boat was making more water than he could\naccount for, he took a light and went round to examine,\nand found that one of the main planks had been started\nby the ice, and that but for a coating of ice she would\nhave filled still faster.\n\" By 9 a.m. we were landed at Sapperton, heartily glad\nto be at home again, after a trip which, in spite of its\nroughness, had been on the whole thoroughly enjoyed.\" NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER VI.\nSPRING WORK IN l88l.\nIt is not to be expected that a Bishop's work,\nany more than any other man's, can be always\ninteresting. There are those who fancy that the\nlife of a missionary in foreign parts, and particularly\nthat of a missionary Bishop, must be one long\nseries of exciting and thrilling adventures. Unless\nthese are forthcoming, the idea gains ground that\nthere is not much in his work after all. It is\ndifficult to see why more should be expected of\nthe daily life of a colonial missionary than of a\nclergyman at home, except in so far as he may\nmove among new and unexplored surroundings.\nDrudgery comes alike to all, and no novelty of\nenvironment, no romantic scenery, no peril of\ntravel, can save a biography from being for the\nmost part a record of duties performed over and\nover again, till every charm is gone from them,\nexcept that which belongs inherently to duty done\nfor duty's sake.\nSo the spring of 1881 passed quickly with\nBishop Sillitoe, in routine work of that uninteresting but necessary kind by which, more than by\nany brilliant exploits, the foundations of dioceses\nare well and truly laid. There was abundant\nparochial work, both at Sapperton among his own\nspecial flock, and at New Westminster, where he 38 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nwas an ever-welcome assistant to the Archdeacon.\nThe arrangement of Lenten work afforded employment dear to the Bishop's heart, for in that which\nconcerned the deepening and strengthening of\nspiritual life in the hearts of earnest and sincere\nbelievers, he ever found a peculiar joy. Mission\nwork was dear to him too, but he did not allow\nit to blind him to the needs of the growing\nChristian, nor did he ever permit his public work\nto distract his attention from that which must be\ndone more or less in private in dealing with\nindividual souls.\nA night school at Sapperton, at which there\nwas an average attendance of about twenty,\noccupied the Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe several\nevenings a week, and then there was the rowing\nhere and there, up or down or across the river, to\nvisit lonely settlers, hold services wherever such\ncould be arranged, and consult with fellow-workers\nas to the extension of the work.\nOn Sunday, March 13th, the second ordination\nwas held at New Westminster, when Mr. Bell was\nordained deacon, and the Rev. G. Ditcham raised\nto the priesthood. During the preceding Ember\nweek, the whole clerical staff of the diocese,\nsupplemented by Mr. Bell and Mr. Whiteway,\nassembled at S. Mary's Mount. The early days\nof the week were spent in the examination, conducted by the Archdeacon of Columbia ; Thursday\nwas devoted to the reading and discussion of the\nEpistle to the Philippians ; and Friday was observed\nas a day of retreat and devotion, addresses being\ngiven at intervals by the Archdeacon and the\nBishop.\nThe two newly ordained clergy went out at\nonce to their work, and the Bishop, after making\narrangements for a conference of Church people to NEW WESTMINSTER. 39\nbe held in the autumn, quickly followed on a round\nof spring visitations. The following extracts from\nletters of Mrs. Sillitoe's will give some idea of\nthe general character of these visits. The picture\nof the Bishop in the kitchen blacking boots, as\ngiven in the first extract, and that of his helping\nto put out a fire in the third, will afford to the\nuninitiated some valuable glimpses into the daily\nlife of a colonial diocesan.\nHowever, we will let the letters tell their own\nstory.\n\" April 27,rd.\u2014We left Sapperton last Saturday, and\nthe steamer landed us at Chilliwhack the same afternoon. Mr. Baskett was at the landing, and we were\ndriven to the parsonage by the chief farmer of the settlement You may like to picture us in our morning's\noccupation at the parsonage. The Bishop is in the\nkitchen blacking boots ; Mr. Baskett also there washing\nup the breakfast things ; I am sweeping out the dining-\nroom and doing our bedroom. We were driven on\nTuesday to a farm to inspect a cow we were thinking of\npurchasing, but she proved too expensive. As we were,\nreturning, a lynx or panther ran across the road in front\nof us, and then doubled back again behind the waggon\nand into the woods. We unfortunately had no gun\n.with us. In the evening, whilst we were taking part in\nan entertainment held at the school towards providing\nfunds for completing the parsonage, there was an alarm\nthat the parsonage itself was on fire. Off we rushed,\nsplashing through the deep puddles in the school-yard,\nthrough a hole in the fence, only to find it was a false\nalarm. On Wednesday we left in a canoe for Maple\nRidge. The Bishop's throat was still so bad that we\nshould have postponed our visit there, only that he had\nbeen obliged to disappoint them on a former occasion,\nand was determined not to do so again. Captain Jem,\nan old Indian, and his wife Susan were the paddlers.\nTheir two small children had to accompany us, as they 40 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\ncould not be left at home alone. There was a third\npaddle, which the Bishop and I took by turns, and we\nbecame quite skilful in handling it We left Chilliwhack at 9 a.m., and did not reach Maple Ridge till'\n6 p.m., very tired and cramped and cold. The cost of\nthe canoe was six dollars, so you see how expensive\ntravelling is out here. We ran against a snag (a log, one\nend of which is fast in the river bottom, the other end\nslanting up out of the river), but our Indian woman was\nequal to the occasion. With bare feet she climbed on\nto the snag, pushed the canoe off, and then jumped or\nrather crept back again. We had service on Thursday\nmorning at Maple Ridge, and in the afternoon went\nabout four miles up the river, landing on the other side\nat Derby to see a church and parsonage built there\nabout twenty-one years ago, when that place was selected\nfor the capitaT. Tc\u00e2nhot say much for the architectural\nbeauty of the church, but it is in good repair. The boat\nwe went in was of the very crankiest description, dug\nout of a log, and it leaked so much that the Bishop and\nI had to bale the whole time. I am not given to be\nnervous, but I own to having felt very thankful to be on\ndry land again. Immersion in the Fraser means almost\ncertain death, even for the best swimmers, the water is\nso intensely cold, and the undercurrent very strong.\"\nOn May 6th the following programme is outlined :\u2014\n| We are off to-morrow for Trenant, staying there till\nTuesday; the following Sunday we shall be at Burrard\nInlet for the dedication of the new church. The third\nSunday in May we shall be at home, and on the last\nSunday go down the North Arm. After that we go up\nthe river, and shall be at Chilliwhack for a Sunday, and\nthen go on to Hope, where we intend to camp out under\ncanvas for some time ; thence on to Yale, where we\nshall be for the two last Sundays in June.\"\nThe visit to Trenant, or Ladner's Landing, as it NEW WESTMINSTER. 41\nis generally called, is referred to in a letter under\ndate of May 16th.\n\" On Saturday, May 7th, we left by the steamer, taking\nour horse Punch with us, and in almost an hour reached\nTrenant. In the afternoon I rode Punch and the Bishop\nMr. Bell's horse to make a few visits. The corduroy\nroads are bad enough, but where not so made are still\nworse. It is not till May that people can ride at all\nwithout getting 'mired.' The Bishop's horse in one\nplace refused to jump a ditch, and walked deliberately\ninto the mud, into which he disappeared all but head\nand shoulders, the Bishop having only just time to roll\noff first. We got back at 8.30, tired with our long day,\nincluding a rough ride of fifteen miles. Next morning,\nSunday, after eleven o'clock service at the school, the\nBishop and Mr. Bell rode to Mud Bay, fifteen miles\ndistant, for afternoon service. I could not go for lack\nof a third horse to ride. This was a very tiring day for\nthe Bishop, not so much from the length of the ride\n(thirty miles), as from the nature of the roads making\nthe riding very slow. The following day, Monday, I\nwas able to borrow a horse, and we all three rode out to\na small hill, which it is wished to obtain as a cemetery,\nand then on to a cannery further down the river, returning to Trenant by water. On Tuesday afternoon we\nwere to return home, and there being no particular\nbusiness cut out for that day, we congratulated ourselves\non the prospect of a quiet time till two o'clock, when\nthe steamer would call. The Bishop had just sat down\nwith his book, and I with my work, when the lady in\nwhose house we were staying rushed in to say the next\nhouse was on fire. Off we flew, and found that Mr.\nBell had just arrived before us. All three then set to\nwork to extinguish the fire. There was ODly one man\non the premises, working in the garden ; the owner of\nthe house was absent at his cannery, and his wife, who\nwas at home with a three-year-old child, was naturally\nvery much alarmed. Mr. Bell got through a trap-door 42 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nbetween ceiling and roof, and the Bishop on a ladder\noutside There was a difficulty in getting water, as the\ntide was out, and I had to cross a shore of soft mud.\nWe managed to extinguish the fire before aid came from\nthe cannery, though but for our being on the spot the\nhouse must have been burnt down.\"\nOn Sunday, May 15th, S. James' Church, Granville, was dedicated, and proved the commencement\nof a great work, one of the most important in the\ndiocese. The Bishop, accompanied by the Rev.\nG. Ditcham, was met at the church doors by the\nmembers of the church committee, and the service\nof dedication then took place. Immediately after\nHoly Communion was celebrated, the Bishop\nbeing both celebrant and preacher. The church\nwas much admired, and was declared to be a credit\nboth to the architect and to the diocese. It is\nworthy of note that the Communion vessels used,\na handsome double set, including alms dishes,\nwere presented to the diocese by the Rector of\nS. James', Wednesbury, England. They were\nafterwards burnt in the Vancouver fire in 1886.\nThe visit to the North Arm of the Fraser River\nis thus described by Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014\n\"May 28, 1881.\u2014We started from here yesterday\nmorning at nine o'clock in a little steamer, the Princess\nLouise, which carries cargo. The crew consisted of the\ncaptain (a German) and his two sons, one of ten years\nold, who was steersman, the other of twelve, who was\nengineer. As rain was falling heavily, we had to take\nshelter in the pilot house ; but before long the weather\ncleared, and the sun broke out. After various stoppages\nto deliver cargo, we arrived at 12.30 at the house of an\nEnglish family, with whom we were to stay that night.\nThe Bishop had promised when next he went up the\nNorth Arm to visit the Indian chief at his ranche. So NEW WESTMINSTER. 43\nafter dinner we again started in the steamer. Though\nthe distance in a direct line to the chiefs residence is\nvery short, yet, there being no road, and the ground\nvery soft, we had to go a distance of eight miles by\nwater before reaching his ranche. A shrill whistle from\nthe steamer brought down Pete, who piloted us through\na very soppy meadow to the chiefs house. Similano,\nthe chief, and his wife Sh'alee, came out to meet us, and\nafter shaking hands, we went into the house. We were\nushered into a large room, with a kind of bunk running\nall round. Bunk and walls alike were covered with\nmatting, which the Indians make. The matting was so\nclean that I seated myself without hesitation, while the\nBishop (through an interpreter) talked with Similano,\nSh'alee in the mean time squatting on the not too clean\nfloor. She had her hair hanging down in two plaits,\nthe parting dyed a deep brown. After a while I\nexpressed a wish to see the blankets they make from\nthe hair of the mountain goat, and Sh'alee fetched two\nbright-coloured mats\u2014curious, but not very pretty. All\nround the room were bundles of reed mats. George,\nthe engineer, told me that they are kept for a. potlatch,\nthe Chinook word for a gift. (Cultus potlatch is the\nexpression for a gift, no return for which is expected.)\n\" A potlatch is a large party to which the giver invites\nall his tillicums (friends), and gives away his presents.\nSometimes it is a flour potlatch, when numbers of bags\nof flour are given away, sometimes blankets or mats.\nAt one potlatch I heard of lately, two hundred pairs\nof blankets were given away by a chief. The giver is no\nloser, as he seems always to get an equivalent at other\npotlatches.\n\" Our visit ended, we shook hands all round and left.\nNoticing outside a strong platform on high poles, we\nfound on inquiry that at a potlatch the blankets are\nthrown from this platform, and scrambled for by the\nguests. We examined curiously some canoes in process\nof manufacture, being dug out of the trunk of a tree,\nand our remarks afforded Similano great amusement, 44 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nmaking him go off into fits of laughter. We did not\nget back from our expedition till seven o'clock.\n\" The following morning, Sunday, we started at half-\npast nine for the church, picking up on the way, as we\ndid again in the afternoon, various boat-loads who would\nform the congregation.\nI In the evening we again embarked, and steamed up\nthe river homewards, arriving about eight o'clock.\" NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER VII.\nSUMMER CAMP AT YALE.\nJune-July, 1881.\nTHE summer of 1881 was spent by the Bishop\nchiefly under canvas at Yale, with the special\npurpose in view of ministering to the spiritual\nneeds of the navvies working on the railway in\ncourse of construction at that place.\nYale bore at this time a most unenviable reputation. Pay day was signalized by the most fearful\nriots, with which the all too slender police force was\npowerless to contend. Drunkenness and disorder\nfilled the place day and night. Fires kindled by\nlights held in hands unsteady with drink were of\nalmost daily occurrence, the jail was overflowing,\nand the justices weary. Tattered, dirt-bespattered\ndrunkards rolled about the streets, wallowing in\nthe mud, cursing and fighting, and driving all\nrespectable people into the recesses of their homes,\nwhile saloon after saloon was added to the number,\nalready terribly in excess of the needs of the\ncommunity.\nIt was in such a society that the Bishop and\nMrs. Sillitoe decided to spend their summer ; and\nas the whole visit has been graphically described\nby Mrs. Sillitoe, we cannot do better than quote\nfrom her account. 46 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n\" We left home on the first day of June. It was a\nreal June day too, bright and sunshiny. Our first day's\njourney was not a very long one ; it extended only to\nMaple Ridge, a settlement fifteen miles up the Fraser.\nThe steamer land'eHfus there about 10 a.m., and the\ncaptain promised to call for us again on his next ' up\ntrip.' We passed three very pleasant days in this place.\nThe steamer, according to promise, called for us on\nSaturday morning, and landed us late in the afternoon\nat Chilliwhack, where we had promised to spend\nWhitsuntide. Mr. Baskett is in charge of Chilliwhack\nand the surrounding districts, and we stayed with him at\nthe parsonage.\"\nHere let us interrupt Mrs. Sillitoe's narrative\na moment to mention another incident in the\nBishop's Sunday work, which illustrates both his\nmanner of dealing with individuals and also the\ninfluences against which the Church had continually to be fighting.\nAn old Indian chief, named Whalem, had been\ninveigled into joining the Church of Rome, and\nhad been rebaptized. He was also given to understand that his change of religion would result in\na speedy recovery from a sickness under which\nhe was suffering. This consummation, however,\nfortunately or unfortunately, was not realized, and\nWhalem now desired to be readmitted into the\nEnglish Church. The Bishop had a long \" palaver \"\nwith him, and told him that if he returned his recantation must be made publicly, and he must also\ngive substantial proof of his sincerity. Whalem\nsaid he was weak and insensible at the time he\nwas perverted, and promised to remain faithful for\nthe future.\nThis proselytizing by priests of the Church of\nRome was often a sore annoyance. Not all the\nIndians were as staunch as the young chief NEW WESTMINSTER. 47\nbelonging to Mr. Good's mission, who replied to\nthe priest's assurance that Protestantism would\nsurely end in hell, that if Mr. Good was leading\nhim thitherward, he would go along and take his\nchance.\nBut we must return to Mrs. Sillitoe's guidance.\nIA picnic had been arranged for Whit Monday, and\nup to the very time of starting the weather, which for\nthe last few days had been very wet, made us doubt if\nit would be wise to venture further. We did, however,\nmake a start at 10 a.m., and were rewarded by soon\nseeing a clear sky. Our destination was Cultus Lake,\nsome eight miles further on. A very slow and jolting\nride over some rough ground brought us to the Chilliwhack river\u2014a rushing, foaming mountain torrent. It\nwas decided to have lunch here, and I was considerably\nsurprised to hear that we were to proceed by canoe up\nthe river. This seemed hardly possible. Soon two\ncanoes appeared, each manned by two Indians, who\nhad long poles for punting the canoes along. The\ncanoes were the smallest and crankiest I have been in.\nVery gingerly we got in, and I was much amused by\none of our Indians remarking, 'Hyas cumtax' ('She\nvery much understands '), which referred to the manner\nin which I got in. The way to get into a canoe is to\nstep in, and without another movement collapse at the\nbottom. It was very exciting work this making our\nway up the river. The poles with which the Indians\npunted bent till one thought they must snap in two.\nWe had to land about a mile before the lake was reached,\nas the canoe could proceed no further. Following a\nnarrow trail, across which many fallen trees were lying,\nwe were not long in finding Cultus Lake. It is very\nbeautiful, surrounded by mountains, but we had seen\nfiner ones on our last autumn trip in the interior. ' The\ncanoe ride,' as it is termed in this country, was the\nprincipal feature on our return journey. We seemed\nalmost to fly through the water, and the skill with which 48 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe Indians turned and guided the canoe was simply-\nwonderful.\n\"We left Chilliwhack on Wednesday afternoon, and\nwere landed at Hope between three and four o'clock\nnext morning. It had been a moonlight night ; we had\nmade capital time from Chilliwhack, as we had raced\nthe greater part of the way with a rival steamboat, and\nwe should have reached Hope that night, only that, when\ntwo miles short of our destination, some driftwood got\nfoul of our rudder, and for some ten minutes we were at\nthe mercy of the Fraser in full flood, with difficulty\navoiding either bank. Then the captain 'guessed we\nhad better tie up,' and proceeded forthwith to do so,\nmuch to our chagrin.\n\"It was useless to undress, as we might at any\nmoment be clear and proceed, so we settled ourselves\non a sofa and armchair. The cabin being very near the\nscrew, we required no waking when the vessel began to\nmove on, and, not having any delay occasioned by\ndressing, we were ready to land at once. We had sent\non our tents a week before, and we found them pitched\nready for us in a field adjoining the church. They were\nalready occupied by our Chinaman, Sing, who bestirred\nhimself on our arrival, under the impression that it must\nbe quite time to get up. We, however, begged him not\nto disturb himself or us for the next four hours at least,\nand then turned in to our couch of fir twigs, fragrant as\nthe proverbial 'roses.' When we had refreshed ourselves\nwith sleep and breakfast, and got all straight, we proceeded to call on all our friends in the village. Our\ncamp consisted of four tents\u2014two of our own and two\nwhich had been borrowed. Ours were used as bedroom\nand drawing-room, the others as dining-room and for\nSing to sleep in. All cooking was done in the open air.\n\" The first night in camp is rarely a success, and ours\nwas no exception to the rule. First of all, it rained,\nand we were not sure that the rain would not find an\nentrance. In the second place, it blew, and we were\nnot quite sure that the tent would not be blown away, NEW WESTMINSTER. 49\nand leave us sub frigido Jove. In the third place,\nPunch was very restless, and spent the night galloping\nabout, and now and then catching his feet in the tent\nropes, and arousing the ire of Sam and Bran, the dogs\nwho shared our calico quarters. Mr. Sheldon arrived\nnext morning, and was not over pleased to find that an\nAshantee hammock, in a rather ragged tent, was all the\naccommodation we could offer him. It still continued\nto rain very heavily, and, fires having become necessary,\nthe Bishop and Mr. Sheldon had to go into the forest to\nbring in logs for fuel. But, though fires made our circumstances a little less cheerless, they could not dry a\ntwo-acre field, or keep off the rain as we went from tent\nto tent, so we were always more or less wet Sing was\ngreatly amused at the hammock having to serve as a\nbed, and sententiously remarked, 'Him very good catch\nfish ; him no good bed.'\n\" The weather partially clearing on Saturday afternoon,\nwe took a walk to dry and air our clothes, visiting some\nfalls about three miles distant along the Hope trail, the\nonly exciting incident of our walk being the crossing of\na stream on a log which served as a bridge. Just as we\nhad turned in for the night there arrived by steamer\nfrom New Westminster a gready welcomed joint of beef.\n\" There was every appearance of Sunday being a fine\nday, despite the fall of the \"barometer. The services\nwere Matins, Sermon, and Holy Communion at n a.m.,\nand Evensong and Sermon at 6 p.m. Before evening\nthe barometer vindicated its character, for the rain fell\nheavier than before, and our evening congregation was\nin consequence a small one So as not to have any\ncooking on Sunday, we had kept our joint for Monday's\ndinner, but when Monday came bitterly did we regret\nthis. The first news with which Sing greeted us in the\nmorning was that \u25a0 the joint had disappeared. We\nwondered whether Punch had been carnivorously inclined, but as our Chinaman said he had noticed a\nstrange dog prowling about, Punch was given the benefit\nof the doubt. The dog must have been very agile, for So MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe meat was hung at least eight feet from the ground,\nand Sing's slumbers must have been somewhat heavy, as\nthe dog must have sprung at his prey within a foot of\nthe Chinaman's pig-tail. On Monday afternoon we took\nanother walk, and on our return were told that the dog\nhad again paid us a visit, and this time taken a fancy to\nour bacon. We thereupon instituted a search to find\nsome traces of the culprit, and had not far to look, for\njust outside the fence lay the remnants of a bag of\noatmeal, which our nimble visitor must, with no little\ndifficulty, have dragged there and contemptuously\nabandoned, not fancying its contents. The following\nday, whilst we were out, he again got into the tent, and,\nfinding nothing better to his taste, carried off our bread.\n\" On Thursday, June 14th, we left Hope by steamer,\nand in three hours reached Yale.\n\"Arrived at Yale, our tents were pitched behind the\nchurch, and it was not very long before we were straight\nand snug again.\"\nAfter describing work in Yale and a temporary\nreturn to New Westminster to fulfil various engagements, Mrs. Sillitoe proceeded to describe the\ndeparture from Yale in order to be within easier\nreach of the railway camps.\n\" These cannot well be worked from Yale, so we found\na very good camping ground about seventeen miles off,\nand by the side of a running stream. On our drive up\nthe heat was intense, and I have never seen anything to\nequal the clouds of dust we met with. The road the whole\nway follows the course of the river, which above Yale is\na rushing torrent quite unnavigable. The road at the\nbest of times is a very dangerous one, there being nothing,\nin case the horses swerve or shy, to prevent them rolling'\ndown into the river below. Just now it is worse than\never, having been cut up by the railway works and\nplentifully strewed with large stones from the blasting\noperations which they necessitate. It is, moreover, so NEW WESTMINSTER.\n1\nnarrow that one holds one's breath while passing another\nteam. One conveyance stands still on the road's very\nedge, while the other creeps past on the inside an inch\nat a time, and with one wheel up the bank There are\nplaces where one may pass more easily, and at these the\ndrivers wait when they see another team coming; but\nsome of the worst places occur where one cannot see\nahead, and it is here that there is the difficulty and danger.\nAnother source of danger is to be found in the fact that\nthe blasting is perpetually going on, a loud report and a\nshower of stones being sometimes the first and only notice\nyou receive of the discharge. I was told the other day\nby a gentleman in Yale that nobody who can avoid it\nnow drives over the first thirteen miles of the road. ' If\nyou are riding,' he said, ' you can dodge the rocks flying\nabout, but if you are driving you are powerless.'\n\" The Fraser runs through the Black Canon, about two\nhundred feet below our camp, and the ' Line ' on the\nother side passes along the face of the mountain, and\nwhere even that is impossible, through tunnels. The\nmen are working on small sections, which can only be\nreached from above by means of ladders in some instances, and in others by ropes. The work consists\nentirely in blasting. It is a great amusement, as soon\nas we notice the men beginning to run, to watch the\nblasts go off. The rocks fly in all directions, and roll\ndown into the torrent below. The day after our arrival\nwe determined to make the tour of the camps. We\nstarted about 10 a.m., and had a very hot, dusty walk\ndown to the bridge, a distance of four miles. Here,\nhowever, the hard work only began. We called in at\n' Camp 8 ' at the bridge, but the men were just going in\nto dinner, so we did not stay. At \u25a0 Camp 10 ' there is\nquite a number of houses. The men there are at work\nin the big tunnel, sixteen hundred feet long, and several\nof the officers have their wives living in camp.\n\" We called on all the wives, had some lunch, and the\nBishop arranged for a service on the following Monday.\nWe then proceeded up the mountain, over a fearfully 52 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nrough trail, with the sun blazing down upon us. A\nsharp descent brought us to ' Camp n.' Here I was too\ntired even to enter, but sat outside in the shade of a tent\nwhile the Bishop interviewed the authorities. It was\nabout three o'clock when we trudged on again, climbing\nup the steep rocky path. The heat of the sun on the\none side and of the rocks on the other was fearful, and\nwe were cheered by meeting two men riding, who told us\nthat the worst had yet to come. And so indeed we\nfound it, for the trail continued to ascend almost to the\ntop of the mountains. Here we found the camp of one\nof the Government engineers, and near it a stream of\nthe coldest and most delicious water I ever tasted.\nFrom this point we could look down upon our own\ncamp on the other side of the river, still in a blaze of\nsunshine, whereas for us the sun had now set. A steep\nzigzag descent brought us to a fork in the trail, and we\nhad to go about half a mile down the river again to\nget to 'Camp 12.' Then followed another hard clirnb,\nfor about three quarters of a mile, and a still steeper\nzigzag descent brought us to ' Camp 13,' with the most\nexquisite waterfall I have ever seen. Here we had\nsupper, and promised to pay a visit on the following\nTuesday, that the Bishop might hold a service first, and\nlater on in the evening assist in giving the men an\nentertainment. The boat was soon manned to take\nus across, a very large one\u2014the A. Onderdonk, named\nafter the contractor for the section, and manned by\nsix men besides the captain. The river is a fearful one\nto cross, and this is the last of the boats remaining, the\nrest from other camps having broken away and been\ncarried down. The course taken in crossing is a somewhat erratic one. \u25a0 The crew row for quite a long\ndistance in an eddy up the shore, or rather under the\nrocks. As soon as they turn to cross, the stream catches\nthe boat, and carries her down at a tremendous rate,\nthe men meanwhile rowing with all their might, the\ncaptain steering with an oar. They strike an eddy on\nthe other side, and have to row some distance up to the NEW WESTMINSTER.\n53\nlanding. A walk of about half a mile brought us to our\ncamp, very tired, and very glad to be back again. I am\nthe only woman who has ever walked over that trail,\nand not many men have done it either.\n\"We were obliged next day to return to Yale for the\nSunday services. We left again at three o'clock on\nMonday afternoon, and arrived at the big tunnel at\nsix. They had promised to have everything ready for\nservice at seven, to allow our getting to our camp by\ndaylight, but it was eight o'clock before they had the\nsupper cleared away, and the room ready. We employed\nthe interval in seeing the tunnel, going in on a lorry\ndrawn by a mule. They had penetrated to a distance\nof four hundred feet at either end. The noise inside\nwas deafening, the drills being worked by machinery,\nand shouting our loudest we could hardly hear one\nanother speak. The men work in two shifts of twelve\nhours each\u2014the day-shift lasting from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m.,\n\u25a0with only twenty minutes for lunch, and the night-shift\nfrom 7 p.m. to 7 a.m. There was a good congregation,\nwhich surprised me, as I should have thought that after\ntwelve hours' work in the close atmosphere of the tunnel\nand the deafening noise of the engine, the men would\nhave been too tired for anything but their beds. We\ndid not get away till 9 p.m., and it was already dark.\nI cannot say I should wish to repeat that six-mile drive\nhome, for in broad daylight it is bad enough. Twice the\nhorses got frightened and started off, but a good driver\nand a good brake soon stopped them. In about the\nworst part of the road two men were lying drunk, and\nwe had to go on the very outside to pass them. Had\nthe horses swerved in the least we must have gone\nover into the river fifty feet below. We had not much\ndifficulty in finding our tents, and were very glad to\nturn in.\n\"Tuesday was a bright day, and we sat under the\ntrees, the tents being unbearably hot, and wrote letters\nand worked. Shortly before seven we started off for ' Camp\n13,' The boat's crew was on the watch for us, and as 54 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsoon as they saw us began to get the boat ready. She\nhad got below a small ' riffle ' in the river, and they set\nto work hauling her up with a rope, two men in the boat\nkeeping her off the rocks with the oars. Suddenly the\nrope broke, and off she went with the two men in her\nat a fearful rate down the river. There did not seem\nto be a chance for the boat to escape capsizing in such\na torrent We commenced running along the road to\nwatch. The men seemed to keep cool, and guided the\nboat cleverly past the rocks which stand up in the middle\nof the stream. Several times the boat got into an eddy,\nand it seemed as though they might get her to shore, but\nagain the stream caught her, and whirled her along.\nThe excitement of watching was intense. Twice they got\ninto a whirlpool, and the boat spun round like a top.\nWe watched them right through the Black Canon, and\nthen a bend in the river hid them from view, but we\ncontinued to run on, remembering a part opposite\n' Camp ii,' where the river broadens a little, there is\na good eddy, and where Indians can cross in canoes.\nAt one time we saw a log in the stream looking just like\na capsized boat ; but on we went, hoping almost past hope\nthat as they had got safely through the Black Canon, they\nmight escape, and just opposite 'Camp n' we saw\nthe boat tied up, looking as quiet and serene as if it\nwere her proper place, and she had not made such a mad\nrush down the river. The men had landed and started\nacross the trail home. The boat will have to stay down\nwhere she is till she can be brought across, and will then\nhave to be carried up the road, which, I imagine, from\nher size, will be no easy matter. This mishap to the\nferry effectually prevented our service, and in fact has\ncut us off from all communication with the camps.\"\nIt is no wonder that, with all the work open to\nhim in Yale and its neighbourhood, the Bishop felt\nalmost overpoweringly the need of more men to\ntake advantage of such grand and pressing opportunities. Before starting he had written\u2014 NEW WESTMINSTER. 55\n\" Oh, the opportunities Yale just now affords !\nHundreds of men are now going up every week, and\nwhat can one man do, and he only a deacon ? I purpose\nbeing there all June and July, but we want ten men, and\nthen we might do something. There is not a fitter illustration in the whole mission-field of the Lord's lament,\n'The harvest truly is plenteous, but the labourers are\nfew.' \"\nAnd now that he returned he felt the need\nweighing on him with a thousand-fold its former\nforce. In writing home an urgent appeal for help,\nhe expresses in striking language his personal sense\nof the awful burden God had given him to bear in\ntaking the oversight of such a work.\n\" I have acted,\" he writes, \" and purpose always to act,\nGod helping me, on the principle that the work is not\nours, but His ; that it is His will the work should be\ndone, that He Himself is the real doer of the work.\nOnly He moves some to come out to the field of labour,\nwhile He moves others who stay at home to provide\nthose temporal means which enable the work to be\nprosecuted. Their obligation is as great as ours, and\nI doubt not they feel it as deeply. All, therefore, I need\ndo, as God's husbandman, is to mark out the ground, to\ndescribe to those at home its character and capacity,\nand to explain how it may be most profitably tilled.\nI cannot doubt but that He will direct me in this, and\nfor His work's sake enable me to carry it out. I am not\nso foolish as to suppose that my judgment will always be\nright, or my plans always allowed to succeed. We are\nall apt to lean on the arm of flesh ; and so often as this\nis the case must come failure and disappointment. But\nguided by the judgment of the All-wise, and relying on\nthe arm of the Almighty, with His glory only in our mind,\nthen the work will be allowed to prosper in our hands,\nand the dew of the Divine Blessing will rest on it and ^gSSSB\nMEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER VIII.\nA VISIT TO CARIBOO.\nAugust, 1881.\nOf the first part of this journey the Bishop gives\nhis own account as follows :\u2014\nS We should never have started had we listened to the\ngloomy vaticinations of anxious friends. They painted\nthe perils~~o7~the^ad in most ghostly colours, and\nransacked the pages of history (an unwritten history at\npresent, and existing only in the memories of the 'oldest\ninhabitants ') for illustrations of the dire results of amateur\ncoaching on the waggon-road. All kindly meant, no\ndoubt, but scarcely helpful or to the point. For the\npoint was to get to Cariboo, or rather, Cariboo was the\npoint to get to, and, unless we could drive ourselves,\nthe point was unattainable.\n\"In the first place, the public stage travels day and\nnight and makes but few stoppages, and would give us\nno opportunities of making the acquaintance of people\non the road, which was an important part of our purpose \u25a0\nand in the second place, the stage charges would be .\u00a315\na piece each way, and this was altogether beyond our\nmeans. So, having already one horse and what is here\ncalled a buckboard, we decided to buy a second horse\nand drive ourselves, rather than give up the journey.\n\"It does not take long to buy a horse in this country,\nand, having had an eye on a particular one for some NEW WESTMINSTER.\n57\ntime, an exchange of proprietorship and ^12 made our\nteam complete. On August 12 th all was ready for a\nstart from Yale, and with many words of caution, and\na farewell almost as sorrowful as an Ephesian elder's, we\nset out on our drive of four hundred miles.\n\" There are few things more dull than a diary, and\nI will therefore spare you the infliction of days and hours\nfurther than clearness makes necessary, and aim rather\nat a connected narrative broken chiefly by Sundays, and\notherwise only as interest shall seem to warrant.\n\" The first fifty-seven miles of our journey lay through\nthe Fraser Canon, a narrow gorge in the Cascade\nMountains, through which the river has at some time\nforced a passage by some power which it seems a weak\nexpression to call supernatural. Here is a river five\nhundred and fifty miles from its source, without reckoning its windings, contracted between sheer rocky walls\nthat approach each other in some places within fifty\nyards. Its depth is unknown, for so impetuous is the\ncurrent that the heaviest plummet is carried furiously\naway before it can reach the bottom. And this at the\nlowest stage of water ; while in June and July, when the\nwinter snows are melting, there is in some parts of this\ncanon a vertical increase of water to the extent of ninety\nfeet It is scarcely conceivable that salmon can make\nhead against this torrent dashing along at the rate of\neighteen or twenty miles an hour, with long stretches\n\u2022 where the straight walls offer no opportunity for an\neddying resting-place. And yet in every little eddy they\nwere to be seen in such marvellous numbers that I am\nalmost afraid to speak of them lest I should be accused\nof romancing. There was positively not room enough\nfor them ; they jostled one another out of the stream ;\nin fact, there was more fish than water. Supposing a tub\nwere filled with salmon, and then as much water poured\nin as there was room for\u2014this would give you an idea of\nthe appearance of the eddies as we saw them during the\nwhole course of our first day's drive. Perhaps even a\nmore striking illustration of the abundance of the fish is 58 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nafforded by the fact that the Indians were selling them\nto the canneries for one halfpenny each. We get them\neven cheaper than that, for there is a cannery within a\nhundred yards of our house at Sapperton, from the proprietor of which we have carte blanche to send for a\nsalmon when we want one. Unfortunately, we are away\nfrom home during the best of the season, and although,\nup-country, at roadside houses there is the same cheapness, and you get salmon at breakfast, dinner, and supper\n\u2014toujours saumon, in fact\u2014yet the culinary arrangements\nhave the Chinese stamp too rudely impressed upon them,\nand one never sees a boiled fish.\n\"... If the character of the river is extraordinary,\nequally so is that of the road, and, to people with nerves,\nequally terrible. There are places here and there where\nthe river is lost sight of, and the road passes safely\nenough through woods which form a perfectly secure\nbarrier on either side, but for the most part the canon\nis so narrow and the cliffs so precipitous that the road\nhad to be cut out of the rock, and in some places the\nrock is not only beneath one's feet and on one side, but\noverhead as well ; while, on the other hand, the Fraser\nis sometimes so near that in high water it overflows the\nroad.\n\" Here and there bluffs formed by spurs of the mountains have proved impassable by excavation, and then the\nroad is built out from the face of the cliff and supported\nby struts. There are two such places between Yale and\nLytton\u2014China Bluff and Jackass Mountain\u2014and after\ndriving four times over them last year, I don't mind\nacknowledging that nothing could induce me to do it\nagain but the call of duty. The risk is too great to run\nexcept of necessity. Not that these particular places are\nthe most dangerous, for one may just as well fall five\nhundred feet as fifty. But the danger is more obvious.\nIt is pressed rather too forcibly upon one's attention, and\nsuspended conversation, a moment's introspection, a\nquick glance over horses and harness and wheels, and\na 'taking fresh hold,' generally of things inward and NEW WESTMINSTER.\noutward, teach one with a force often wanting ii\nthat ' there is but a step ' between life and death. The\nwidth of the road is eighteen feet, ample enougr\u00ee^&it'*\nmight be supposed\u2014to drive upon, and perfectly secure\nif it were across a plain, just as a plank is wide enough\nto walk upon when it lies upon the ground. But elevate\nthe plank twenty feet above the ground and flank it with\na wall, and it takes a Blondin to traverse it successfully.\n\" And so this eighteen-feet road, with a precipice on\none side and an abyss on the other, seems to dwindle\nto a ribbon under the most favourable aspect, and it\nbecomes something very little short of appalling when\none comes face to face with ten yoke of oxen and a pair\nof freight waggons. By the rule of the road the heaviest\nteam always takes the inside, and the oxen therefore\ninvariably go to the wall. The light team looks anxiously\nfor a lucky spot where nature or accident may have added\na few inches to the width, and there, pulling up, awaits\nthe rencontre. The dangers of the road teach men consideration, and in all our travelling up and down, we\ncould name but one instance of anything but the most\nuniform courtesy and goodwill.\n\"An amusing circumstance which occurred on one\nof the first days of our drive illustrates the primitive\ncharacter of the administration of justice in the country\ndistricts of the province. We had passed without stopping\nat a farmhouse where a number of people were assembled,\nand had driven on perhaps half a mile, when a shout\nbehind us drew our attention to an Indian furiously .\ngalloping in our wake. We pulled up and allowed him\nto overtake us, and he handed me a scrap of paper on\nwhich was written, a Have you got a Bible with you ? '\nMy acquaintance with Chinook is still in its infancy, and,\nthough not a complicated language, its intelligibility was\nnot increased by the gasping utterance of a man out of\nbreath with hard riding, and I utterly failed to elicit\nfrom the messenger any explanation of the purpose of\nhis mission. However, the fact that a Bible was in\nrequisition was sufficient reason for turning back, and 6o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nfortunately we had been overtaken at a portion of the\nroad where turning back was not an impossibility.\nArrived at the farmhouse, we found a court sitting, and\na magistrate hearing a complaint of assault. The\nmagistrate was a teamster. He had come along that morning in the course of one of his journeys, not expecting\nto be called upon to exercise his judicial functions, and\nwas unprovided with the legal instrument for administering oaths. The farmhouse being equally unproductive,\nthe course of justice seemed likely to be arrested, when\nlo ! a deus ex. machina ! A bishop surely must have a\nBible with him ! But since the machine was whirling\naway the deus at the rate of eight miles an hour, it was\nnecessary to send post-haste after him, and there was no\ntime for more than the brief message we received. We\nsoon had our ' pack ' unstrapped, and produced the book,\n. and when the witnesses had been sworn, left the court\nsitting, and went our way.\n\" Magistrates are not always so particular as this as to\nthe character of the volume used on such occasions.\nThere is a tradition that the book long used in one of\nthe courts of this province was a copy of ' Gulliver's\nTravels,' and that the mistake was only discovered by\na Jew, who, a little fastidious about kissing the New\nTestament, opened the volume that he might get at the\nright end, and naturally objected to swear on it at all.\n\"The second day out from Yale we reached Lytton,\nthe dreariest, dullest, and driest place in the country.\nA great scarcity of water prevails, and there is consequently but little cultivation. Five days out of six a\nstrong wind prevails, and the sand gets into one's eyes,\nand into one's throat, and down one's neck, and plays\nhavoc with one's temper, and since the hotels are the\nworst managed houses on the road, one has comfort\nneither indoors nor out. Nevertheless, we were obliged\nto spend a Sunday there on the Indians' account. We\nhad Matins and a Celebration in the court house for\nthe white people at nine o'clock, and service in the\nIndian church at eleven. The native catechist said NEW WESTMINSTER. 6t\nprayers in the Indian tongue, and then I celebrated\nHoly Communion, administering to twenty men and\neight women\u2014as devout a body of communicants as\nI ever ministered to. I could not preach, however,\nfor want of an interpreter, the catechist not being yet\ncompetent for the office.\n\" We drove on in the afternoon seventeen miles to\nwhere there is a cluster of houses occupied by the\nC.P.R. engineers and their families. Here we had\nevensong, and I preached.\n\" We had now left the valley of the Fraser, and were\nfollowing the Thompson. The Thompson River is\nchiefly interesting in a missionary point of view from\nthe fact that it is the central field of our Indian Church\nwork. From a few miles above Yale to Lytton, and\nthen branching off in two directions up the Fraser and\nThompson Rivers to Lillooet and Kamloops respectively,\none language prevails, called commonly 'Thompson,'\nbut more correctly, ' Neklakapamuk.' Into this language\nthe greater part of the Prayer-book has been translated\nand printed through the instrumentality of the S.P.C.K.\nDuring fifteen years these people have been under\ninstruction, so far as one missionary could cover so\nlarge a district. Churches exist in many of the villages,\nand a kind of service is held regularly by the chiefs and\nhead men of the tribes, although they can do no more\nthan repeat memoriter what they have learned at the\nmouth of the missionary, no opportunities of secular\ninstruction having been afforded them as yet by Church\nor State. That they are capable of such is evidenced\nby the fact that there are individuals who by their own\nendeavours have learned both to read and write. A\nremarkable instance of this natural ability is furnished\nby a young man of whom I have frequently written.\nJohn Teetleneetsah lives on the Thompson, a few\nmiles above Spence's Bridge. There he has built himself a house more comfortable than many in which\nwhite men live. He frequently writes me letters on the\nsubject of his farm and about Church matters ifp|i||I 62 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nneighbourhood. This mission has been carried on by\nthe Rev. J. B. Good, who has just resigned. I earnestly\nhope an endeavour will be made to establish a new\ndeparture, and provide these Indians with the one thing\nthey require to lift them above their present civilization,\nnamely, simple but efficient secular education.\n\"This is all, however, by the way. We are on the\nroad to Cariboo, and must get forward.\n\" Two days' journey from the Thompson River brings\nus to Clinton, a busy little town almost in the centre of\nthe province. It has two hotels, a large store, a school,\nand a court-house. Alas ! no church. It is very prettily\nsituated in a broad valley at an elevation of three\nthousand feet above the sea, and has a climate so\nbracing and dry that the inhabitants enjoy a perfect\nimmunity from all those varieties of domestic insect life\nwhich sometimes seriously embitter existence on a\nlower level.\n\"... They have never had a resident clergyman or\nminister of any kind in Clinton, but depend for religious\nservices upon the stray visits of missionaries located in\ndistricts around. If I am successful in establishing a\nmission station at Kamloops, Clinton can occasionally\nbe served from there.\n| Immediately on leaving Clinton, the road enters\nwhat goes by the name of ' Green Timber,' a high tableland about fifty feet across, covered chiefly with low\nbrushwood, and abounding in lakes. At present wholly\nunutilized and too elevated for grain produce, this\ndistrict might, at small expense, be made available for\nthe pasture of unlimited herds of cattle in the days, not\nfar hence, when bunch-grass shall have become extinct\n\" I must not omit to notice in the interest of lovers of\nnature a most remarkable natural feature about fourteen\nmiles from Clinton, called by the people ' The Chasm.'\nIt consists of a deep fissure of rock about fifteen hundred\nfeet wide at the top and about nine hundred feet deep.\nThe road passes round the point of its commencement,\nand from thence one looks along the length of it a NEW WESTMINSTER. 63\ndistance of about a mile, though it is said to extend much\nfurther. The sides of the chasm are perpendicular cliffs\nof rock for about halfway down, below which sand blown\nover the edge on either side has accumulated in sloping\nbanks, on which is a growth of fir trees. The cliffs are\nclean cut, but here and there on the face of them are\npatches of a smooth and rounded character, evidently\nacquired under the action of fire. The cliffs themselves\nare of sandstone, with veins (apparently) of iron running\nthrough them at various heights. Along the margin\nthe ground seems full of human bones in larger and\nsmaller fragments, with specimens here and there of\npointed flints. I hazard no conjecture on the origin of\nthis wonderful freak of nature or its ghastly accompaniments. I am not afraid to be silent when more scientific\nheads than mine have been puzzled.\n\"On emerging from Green Timber we come upon\na beautiful open country of rolling hills, of which Lake\nLa Hache forms a kind of centre. Here agriculture and\ndairy farming are in full force, and nothing is wanted but\na market to multiply a hundred-fold the present produce\nof the district. Cariboo is at present the farmer's only\nmarket, the cost of freight being too high to enable\nthem to compete in the lower country, and unfortunately\nthe Cariboo market is failing, for the reason that mining\nitself is failing, chiefly from want of encouragement\nby the Government. This was our second day from\n. Clinton, and we had driven since morning forty-six\nmiles, when we arrived at a comfortable farmhouse by\nthe roadside, occupied by a large family of Church\npeople. This was a log house, most substantially built,\nconsisting of one great room in front, which served for\ndining-room by day, while round it were ranged, head to\nfoot, clean, inviting looking beds to be occupied by the\nmen of the family by night, and a wide open fireplace at\none end, in front of which an ox could have been roasted\nwhole; behind this room were three or four smaller\nrooms and a kitchen. Just the kind of place to reach\nlate at night, tired and hungry, where one can feel the 64 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nhorses will be well looked after, and can sit down by the\nfire while the good wife prepares a supper of ' bunch-\ngrass ' beef of their own rearing, with wholesome homemade bread and rich butter and cream, all made\npleasanter by the welcome, not only expressed, but\nmade evident in the kind faces and manner of host and\nhostess, and the interest manifested by them all in one's\nself and journey.\n\" On the next day, by the margin of the lake (wherein\nare to be caught trout of from fifteen to thirty pounds in\nweight !), we passed through the same open rolling prairie\ncountry, with a farmhouse every six or seven miles, and\ngreat fields of grass and oats ready to gather for the\nharvest. Then across another ' divide,' and down once\nmore into the valley of the Fraser at Soda Creek, about\ntwo hundred miles higher up its course than where we\nleft it at Lytton.\n\" It was Sunday again, and we gathered a congregation in the large room of the hotel, our numbers being\naugmented by the arrival during the day of the mail\nfrom Cariboo. A scarcity of Prayer-books prevailing,\nthe service partook of a somewhat old-fashioned ' parson\nand clerk ' character, the latter r\u00f4le being courageously\nand indefatigably sustained by Mrs. Sillitoe.\n\" For the next two days our road lay along the river\n\u2014sometimes on the very brink, sometimes high up the\nbenches or terraces, which are a peculiarity of this river\nand its tributaries. . . . They are of sand and gravel,\nand full of gold, for which they are being worked profitably by Chinamen in many places, but the proportion of -\ndirt to gold is so great that a large supply of water is\nabsolutely necessary, and until means are devised for\ncheaply pumping the Fraser water to the level of the\nbenches, mining operations will not be extensively\npursued.\n\" Fifty-four miles separate Quesnelle Mouth from Soda\nCreek, and along the road are some of the largest and\nmost prolific farms in the province. Oats are the chief\nproduction, but wheat, too, will ripen in most seasons, NEW WESTMINSTER. 65\nthough early frosts sometimes surprise it. The fields\nare of prodigious extent, and though not so large as\nmany in California, are to be found not infrequently of\na hundred, a hundred and fifty, or even two hundred\nacres. Quesnelle Mouth is the junction with the Fraser\nof another large river which drains the western slope\nof the district of Cariboo. It is the chief forwarding\nstation for the supplies of the Hudson Bay Company's\nstations in the north, and though still a town of some\nconsequence, its fortunes have waned through the establishment of depots on the coast, and the advantages of\nquicker and cheaper communication by sea. Its enormous\ndistance from the more settled parts of British Columbia\ncompletely shuts it out from any share in general trade.\nIt is nearly two thousand feet above the level of the sea,\nand before us was an ascent of two thousand two hundred\nfeet more in the sixty miles that still separated us from\nCariboo.\n\"We had not appreciated the elevation much before,\nbut now every mile seemed to make a difference. We\nhad lovely weather, and the road was mostly smooth and\nhard, and driving in the dry, bracing air was very exhilarating. Moreover, a drive of four hundred miles is\nnot an everyday occurrence, and now it was drawing to\na close our hearts were naturally lifted up with thankfulness for the abundant prosperity and gracious protection accorded to us, and occupied besides with bright\nanticipations of the place and people we had come so\nfar to see.\"\nHere the Bishop's description stops. A drive\nof twenty-six miles on Wednesday brought him\nto Boyd's, and the next day, starting off at 8 a.m.\nand visiting various farmhouses by the way, he\nsucceeded in getting over the remaining thirty-\nfour miles, and reached the residence of Judge\nMcCreight at Richfield by evening.\nThe description of the journey is thus completed\nby Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014 66 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n\" We had just one week to stay in Cariboo, and we\nbegan our visit very lazily, for our first evening was\nspent sitting over a fire and talking with our host\nAlthough it was August, there were sharp frosts every\nnight, and there seemed little prospect for the strawberry\ncrop in the garden outside, for the plants were only just\ncoming into blossom, while the first radishes of the\nseason had that day been pulled for us. A night's rest,\nhowever, in such a climate, over four thousand feet above\nthe sea level, made us as brisk as possible again.\n\"Our first visit was to S. Saviour's Church, which\nstands in the middle of the street at one extremity of\nthe queer-looking town of Barkerville, which in the\nirregularity of its houses resembles in many respects an\nold German village. The church and the houses are\nall on stilts (so to speak) of various heights, for the\nreason that the process of hydraulic mining above the\ntown is gradually washing the mountain into the creek\nbelow, and every year when the freshet comes down,\nit brings with it and leaves behind a large deposit of\ndebris, locally called 'tailings,' which during the last\ntwelve years has raised the bed of the creek twenty feet\nabove its original level. The town, built in the first instance on the margin of the creek, has had to be raised\ncorrespondingly, but the houses being of wood, this is\nnot a difficult matter. One store building that could not\nbe so treated is now buried up to the roof. The side-walk\nis from six to ten feet above the level of the street, and\nvaries with the height of the houses, so that walking\nalong one is constantly ascending or descending a\nfew steps, and it is necessary to keep a careful look out\nBesides which, in many places the side-walk comes to a\nsudden end, without any warning or any barrier to\nprevent one tumbling over into the road below. How\nthey manage in high water, when the street becomes a\nrushing stream, I don't know, but I heard of two children\nfalling off and being nearly drowned before they were\nseen and rescued.\n\"The church was built eight years ago, and it was NEW WESTMINSTER. 67\nonly used during one winter, and has since been shut\nup. In spite of this it looks as new as though it had\njust come out of the builder's hands.\n\"The services during our stay were remarkably\nhearty, and seemed to express the thankfulness of the\npeople for again being able to take part in the services\nof their church. It made us regret that our stay was\nto be so short. On Sunday evening there was a general\nrequest for another service on the following Wednesday,\nwith which the Bishop of course complied. The altar\nwas covered with a dilapidated red cloth, and the alms\ndish was an old tin plate. A concert had been arranged\nto take place the evening of our last day in Barkerville,\ntowards raising funds for putting down a second floor to\nthe church, and repairs to the adjoining rooms. Mr.\nBlanchard, the clergyman in charge of Yale, had shortly\nbefore been up to Barkerville, and as the result of his\nvisit, a petition had come to the Bishop for a resident\npriest, and a list of subscriptions towards stipend\namounting to over $800. . . . The Bishop promised that\nas soon as the Yale Mission station could be filled,\nMr. Blanchard should be at liberty to proceed to\nCariboo. . . .\n\" But to return to our doings. Early in the week we\nvisited a mine about six miles distant. We had dinner\nin a miner's cabin, and though we were unexpected, the\ndinner that was very soon ready seemed almost the work\nof a conjuror. Chicken, beef, strawberries, and peaches\nwere among the delicacies .set before us (all canned, of\ncourse), and tea, without which no meal is complete in\nthis country. After dinner we went down the j Brothers '\nmine on Jack o' Clubs Creek. It is one hundred and\neighty feet deep. We saw the process of getting out the\nearth and sending it to the surface to be washed.\nSome of it was ' panned ' out, as it is termed, for me,\nand, much to the annoyance of the miners, who are most\ngenerous, the pan showed but few 'colours.' Still I\ncarried away with me some specimens of gold dust. The\n' Brothers ' mine connects with the ' Sisters,' and we 68 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\ncrawled through the low passage between the two, and\ncame up to the surface by another shaft. Next day we\nwent to see the wash-up of an hydraulic claim, and the\nsame day went down another shaft, popularly known as\nllSum tunnel ' from the amount of slime and mud in it.\nI brought away two very pretty specimens of gold.\n\" On Wednesday night the church was crowded for\nservice, and so on Thursday night was the 'Theatre\nRoyal,' a large building put up years ago for theatricals\nand concerts, not only all Barkerville, but numbers from\nthe surrounding creeks, some six or eight miles distant,\nbeing present, besides a large number of Indians. The\ndogs had all accompanied their masters to the concert,\nand loudly joined in the applause. All efforts to quiet\nthem or turn them out only made matters worse.\n\"We left Richfield on Friday, and a large party\nassembled to see us off. Just before starting a note\nwas brought me, which, upon opening, I found to be\nfrom the principal residents asking me to accept a\nbeautiful gold nugget, the largest found in the ' Brothers '\nduring our stay in Cariboo. This nugget I have now in\nthe shape of a bracelet, made as a broad gold band,\nwith ' Cariboo ' in raised letters on it, and I shall always\ngreatly value it in remembrance of our first visit. We\nstayed for a few hours in Stanley, and spent the night at\nBeaver Pass, a few miles further on. Next morning,\nbefore starting, the Bishop married a couple. Sunday\nwe spent at Quesnelle Mouth, holding services in the\nschoolroom, and the congregation was so large that\nmany had to leave, not finding room. Our journey\ndown was not so enjoyable as that on our way up.\n\" From Quesnelle Mouth to Clinton we had rain every\nday, and the roads were so fearfully muddy that we\nwere obliged to walk the horses nearly all the way.\nThe drivers of ox-teams told us they could only make\nfour or five miles a day, having constantly to take the\noxen out of the one waggon to hitch them on to the other\nteam.\n\"We spent Sunday at Clinton, where the Bishop had NEW WESTMINSTER. 69\nCelebration and Morning and Evening Prayer. We\nreached Boston Bar on Wednesday night, and here made\narrangements to leave our horses, as we were to return\nin a week for our journey through the Nicola Valley.\nThe stage was quite empty, so we ascended to the very\nelevated seat beside the driver. Our friends need not\nhave been so urgent on us to go by the stage and so\navoid the great danger of driving ourselves, for we\nencountered more dangers in the twenty-five miles in\nthis conveyance than on all the journey beside. Twice\nwe were very near having an accident\u2014the first time\nfrom a blast going off below us without any warning, so\nclose as to blow the dust right in our faces, and of course\nfrightening the horses ; and a little later, while quietly\ndriving along, a nut came off the whiffletree and fell on\nthe heels of one of the leaders, and then the more he\nkicked the more the whiffletree flapped about, frightening\nboth him and his three companions, till they galloped\noff, and it was some time before the driver could get\nthem in hand again. Fortunately, the stages are very\nheavy and have powerful brakes, otherwise we should\nhave been over the bank before the horses could have\nbeen stopped.\n\" We arrived in Yale late that afternoon, and the\nsteamer landed us in New Westminster next evening.\nWe were very glad to have a few days at home again.\" MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER IX.\nTHE CHURCH CONFERENCE AT NEW\nWESTMINSTER.\nSeptember, 1881.\nI HOTEL SILLITOE \" was the name often applied\nto the residence of the Bishop of New Westminster,\nand no sobriquet was ever more appropriate. It\nwas seldom, indeed, that the house was not full of\nvisitors, and the sick, convalescent, and homeless\nclergy and laity, were always sure of the heartiest\nwelcome from the Bishop and his wife.\nThe Bishop reached home on September 16th,\nand the first meeting of a conference called by\nhim was on Monday, the 19th.\nOne sentence in the Bishop's address was prophetic.\n\"I venture to look forward,\" the Bishop said, \"to\nthe day when besides the great confederation which\njoins together politically the various provinces of the\nDominion, there will be a confederation, too, of the\nChurch of England in Canada, joined together in the\nunity of the spirit and by the bond of peace, and\nstrengthened in her work by the happy realization of\nthe fundamental truth that we are 'all of us members\none of another,' living stones of one temple built upon-\n' the faith once delivered to the saints.'\"\nIt was the Bishop's joy in the last year of his NEW WESTMINSTER. 71\nlife to see this prediction fulfilled\u2014nay, more, to\nhelp materially by his personal influence to secure\nits fulfilment.\nAmong other subjects dealt with in the address\nwere the means of securing clergy and their stipends\nfor various parts of the diocese\u2014a perennial question this\u2014the supply of churches and parsonage\nhouses, insurance and repair of Church property,\nregistration of births, marriages, and burials, the\nChristian education of the young, the formation\nof a Diocesan Endowment Fund, and the establishment of a Diocesan Synod.\nThe subject of religious education was ever in\nthe Bishop's mind.\n\" I may say,\" he said, \" that this is a subject never\nabsent from my thoughts. I feel its incalculable importance as much as any of you ; and months before I\never set foot in the country, I occupied myself in laying\nplans for the education of both boys and girls.\"\nHe described the result of his efforts. Columbia\nCollege for girls had been only moderately successful, the support of Church people not being commensurate with that which had been expected.\nIn a new country, where free education prevails,\nwhere few people are at all wealthy, and where\na good secular education is provided in the public\nschools, it is difficult to convince people of the\nfatal defect in a non-religious system of teaching ;\nand perhaps, after all, the real remedy will come in\ntime rather from the clergy finding opportunity to\nteach Church children for an hour a day in the\npublic schools than in the maintenance of separate\nschools. With regard to a school for boys, the\nBishop had plans, not, however, sufficiently matured\nto be laid before the conference. 72 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nIt is greatly to be regretted that the Bishop's\n\u2022 recommendation with regard to diocesan endowment was not carried out. Parochical endowments\nare unadvisable in a land where parishes are continually changing shape, size, and character, but\nthe suggestion that \" there should be immediately\nstarted a Diocesan Endowment Fund, on ever so\nsmall a scale, which should be allowed to accumulate and be invested in the names of a missionary\nboard, who should have the management of it,\nand apply the interest only in augmentation of\ninsufficient incomes, or in starting new parishes,\"\nis exactly what is wanted to secure to every\ncolonial diocese in time freedom from pressing\ninsufficiency of funds, independence of the grants\nof our great missionary societies, and a proper\nregard for the future as well as for the needs of\nthe present*\nThe formation of a synod was a step requiring\ncareful consideration, so, much as the Bishop\ndesired to hasten the provision of this means of\nconstitutional Church government, he deemed it\nbest for the present, to appoint a committee to\nstudy the whole question' and report on the\ndifficulties to be encountered and the way to overcome them.\nOf the general work of the diocese the Bishop\nspoke as follows :\u2014\n| To pass in general and brief review the work of\nthe diocese, I would say that we had very much reason\nto ' thank God and take courage.' There is no district\nthat is not showing signs of growth, if all are not\ngrowing alike. Everywhere I have found earnest\nhearts and willing hands, and, best of all, a sense of\nthe necessity for sacrifice if any good work is to be\ndone. Personally, I have no language to acknowledge\n* A Diocesan Fund was eventually established. NEW WESTMINSTER. 73\nthe kindly warmth of the greeting which has awaited\nme in every corner of the diocese ; it makes me sometimes afraid lest I should be unable to make the return\nof spiritual help which so much heartiness deserves..\nAnd indeed, ' I can, of mine own self, do nothing,' but\nI try to humble myself by the recollection that it is only\nthe grace of God in me that can make me acceptable\nto any of you, and I know that that grace in me God\ncan make sufficient for all His Church's needs.\"\nNo sooner was the conference over than another\nspecial and no less important task was taken in\nhand in preparation for the ensuing ordination.\nWe cannot do better than give the following\naccount written at the time by one present :\u2014\n\" The whole staff of the diocese was present. The\nBishop, realizing most acutely the dangers that beset the\nclergy in their lives of comparative isolation in this\nextensive diocese, knowing how much the spirituality of\nthe work depends upon the maintenace of a high tone\nof piety and devotion in all to whom the care of souls is\n\u2022committed, and deeply alive to the importance of fostering\na spirit of brotherly kindness between himself and his\nspiritual sons, 'yea, rather, brethren beloved,' is aided\nby his zealous and honoured wife at no little cost and\ntrouble in the preparation he makes for affording a\nretreat whilst the examination of candidates proceeds.\n\" At 6 a.m. the calling bell arou|\u00a7s|all from slumber,\nand by seven the chapel is occupied by silent worshippers\npreparing for the Eucharist, celebrated by the Bishop\nhimself every morning at 7.30.\n\" It is needless to any one acquainted with the Bishop's\nregard for order and reverence, to add that the administration of Holy Communion is invested with the\nsolemnity and impressiveness that befit the Divine\nMysteries.\n\"At eight breakfast is partaken of in silence, whilst\neach in turn reads from some book of an edifying character.\nThis season we read Milman's ' Love of the Atonement.' 74 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n... At ten the examination of the candidates is conducted by the Archdeacon. . . . Dinner at i p.m. with\nreading in turn, as also at tea, which is at six. ... It is\nwith almost a feeling of reluctance that one returns to the\ncustom of making such occasions periods of social\nrelaxation and common talk. Friday is passed in a still\nmore marked manner, though it is generally termed\n' a quiet day.' Absolute silence is enjoined on all by the\nBishop, himself not excluded, from the rising of the sun\ntill the breakfast on the day following. On the walls\nare posted the proceedings in which all are expected to\ntake part ; . . . subjects for meditation suitable to the\nministerial life, and earnest addresses by the Bishop and\nothers are given in the chapel, concluding with a special\nservice at 7.30, to which the parishioners generally are\ninvited. So the day of separation from the world, of\nself-communing, and personal exhortation passes away,\n\u2014but not so, we trust, the deeper insight into ourselves,\nthe high resolve, the kindled desire and the chastened\nspirit. . . .\n\"The ordination on Sunday last was an event to be\nremembered. Three were to be admitted to the\ndiaconate, and one to the priesthood,\u2014in itself a circumstance of no light moment in the present condition\nof the diocese.\n\"A large congregation was gathered at 11 a.m.,\nMattins and Holy Communion having taken place at\n8 a.m. The Bishop and clergy entered while the processional hymn, 'When God of old came down from\nheaven,' was being sung, after which the Bishop ascended\nthe pulpit and announced his text, Matt. i. 23 : ' God\nwith us.' The burning words which fell from his lips,\nweighted and tremulous as they evidently were from the\nanxious sense of responsibility resting upon him as chief\npastor admitting so many as co-workers with himself in\nhis arduous field of labour, will not pass away with the\noccasion that called them forth ; they all live in the\nrecollection of many who will not forget the impression\nthat fell on all as he turned to address the candidates, NEW WESTMINSTER. 75\nor that eloquent, ' not I, but the grace of God within me,'\nthat brought his discourse to a sudden close, amidst a\nscarcely suppressed sob from many overpowered by the\nforce and power of his words.\"\nIt is not hard, even after the lapse of fourteen\nyears, to imagine the impression made by the\ndirect appeal of the following exhortation :\u2014\n\" Oh, dear young brethren, who are to take upon you\nthis day the yoke of Christ, . . . remember that wherever your Lord sends you He goes with you. He does\nnot bid you go in your own strength, but in His. Your\nweakness in Him is omnipotent power; your foolishness\nin Him omniscient wisdom. ' You can of your own\nselves do nothing, but you can do all things through\nChrist strengthening you.' You can ' bind up the brokenhearted' by His love working in you; you can 'preach\ndeliverance to the captives' by His Spirit operating\nthrough you ; by the light of His word you shall recover\nsight to the blind, and by the authority of His commission you shall heal those whom sin hath bruised. ' God\nwas in Christ reconciling the world unto Himself,' and\nChrist in you will carry on the work. But you must have\nfaith. Yes, faith is the connecting link that joins you to\nChrist. 'According to your faith will it be unto you.'\n' If you have faith as a grain of mustard seed,' you shall\nbe able to remove mountains of prejudice and corruption, and cast out devils of unbelief, hard-heartedness,\nand pride. Believe in your commission, believe in your\nsacred calling, believe in the reality of that glorious\nheritage of grace which by the love of Christ has been\nmercifully preserved from age to age, and then Christ\nHimself will ' add to your faith virtue, and knowledge,\nand temperance, and patience, and godliness, and\nbrotherly kindness, and charity,' and if these things be\nin you and abound, they make you to be not idle nor unfruitful unto the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.\"\nThe candidates at this ordination were the Rev. 76 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nC. Blanchard, ordained priest, and Messrs. A. H.\nSheldon, R. C. Whiteway, and T. H. Gilbert,\nadmitted deacons. The last named was an\naccession to the Church from the ranks of the\nMethodists.\nThe new clergy were distributed as follows : Mr.\nBlanchard to Cariboo, where the people had enthusiastically risen to the occasion in the matter\nof providing a stipend ; Mr. Sheldon to the curacy\nof Holy Trinity Church, New Westminster ; Mr.\nWhiteway to the Indian Mission at Yale ; and Mr.\nGilbert to the charge of Maple Ridge and Langley.\nSeveral of the newly licensed clergy had a\nnarrow escape on proceeding to their destinations,\nfor the steamer in which they travelled was burned\nto the water's edge, and although able to save their\nlives, they had to endure the loss of most of their\neffects.\nUnfortunately, being \" burned out \" is not a rare\nexperience for colonial settlers. NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER X.\nTRIP TO THE NICOLA VALLEY, THOMPSON\nRIVER, AND WORK AT HOME.\nOCTOl\nl-December,\nThe Bishop only escaped participation in the\naccident referred to at the close of the last chapter\nthrough having been obliged to defer his up-country\ntrip for two or three days, but on October 5th he\nleft home to pay his first visit to the Nicola Valley\nand Kamloops. A short abstract of this journey\nis given as follows :\u2014\n\"After visiting the settlement at Nicola in severe\nweather, Kamloops was reached on the 18th, and next\nday a Confirmation was held in the Court House, the\nRev. J. B. Good having gone on previously to prepare the\ncandidates. A meeting of Churchmen and others was\nheld on the 20th, at which the Bishop announced that\na lady was coming out from England to undertake\nschool work in the district. . . . From Kamloops the\nBishop and party travelled to Cache Creek.\n\" On his way down from Kamloops the Bishop paid\na visit to an Indian farm on the south side of the\nThompson, nine miles above Cook's Ferry. The farm\nis in the occupation of a young man named Teetle-\nneetsah (referred to in Chapter VIII.), who, although not\nthe chief of this tribe, ought to be, if intellectual and\nindustrial superiority were among the qualifications for\nthe office. ... A boat had been provided to convey 78 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe across the river, and a salute\nof an uncertain number of guns greeted them on landing. Teetleneetsah and his wife conducted them with\nmuch ceremony to the house, and chairs of state,\ncovered with bear-skins, were provided for them at one\nend of a large room, Teetleneetsah occupying a place\nby the Bishop's side, and his wife by Mrs. Sillitoe, while\nthe opposite extremity of the room was occupied by\nabout forty Indians of the neighbourhood, with their\nchief prominently in front. The room was gaily decked\nwith evergreens, and on the walls were some pictures of\nno mean order\u2014one a life-size portrait of Mary, Queen\nof Scots, and another a representation of Balmoral\nCastle ; besides which were one or two sketches by the\nhand of Teetleneetsah himself. After the usual compliments, the chief informed the Bishop that the next\nbuilding to be erected was a 'Church house,' which\nthey hoped to have ready for use this winter, and they\nwould be glad of a flag and a bell. The Bishop\npromised to supply these, and then gave a short address,\ncomplimenting the Indians generally and Teetleneetsah\nin particular, on their progress and industry, which, if\npersevered in, would, he said, enable them in the future\nto take a position second to none in every useful and\nprofitable pursuit. A short service concluded the\nproceedings.\"\nFlag and bell were duly sent, and an interesting\nletter of thanks was received in acknowledgment\nof the welcome gifts, together with a present of\nfur for Mrs. Sillitoe.\n\" 89 Mile Ranch, Thompson River,\n\"January 18, 1882.\n\" To Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe, New Westminster.\n\" We received some time ago the flag and the\nbell sent us, for which please accept our sincere thanks.\nMr. Campbell, of 89 Mile Stables, read us also the\npiece you put in the Gazette regarding our tribe. We NEW WESTMINSTER. 79\ncannot thank you enough for the praises we received,\nand we will always try to do right towards the white\npeople, and will be most happy to receive another visit\nfrom yourself and Mrs. Sillitoe when you will come\nagain on your tour to the mainland. We just commenced to put up the 'Church house,' and we are\nsawing lumber ourselves\u2014two of us sawing timber and\ntwo more putting it up. We had a big meeting on\nChristinas Eve in Teetleneetsah's house, praying to\nJesus Christ, and Teetleneetsah reading to us all he\ncould. We do not forget Sundays ; we 'are holding\nservice every Sunday. We do not forget either the\ngood advice we received from you.\n\" Simichulta wishes to be remembered regarding what\nyou sent him, and says every time he sees it he remembers you. Also Mrs. Teetleneetsah thanks Mrs.\nSillitoe for the work-basket sent her. We would write\nto you long time ago but we were trying to get hold of\nsomething in the shape of fur\u2014a foxskin, silver grey,\u2014\nbut after many hunts all we could get of any account at\nall was what we send you along with this letter. It is\nsent by Simichulta, the chief, and Teetleneetsah, second\nchief, and they will count themselves happy if you will\naccept it as a small gift, and we are sorry we could not\nget anything better; and we will be expecting your\nanswer to this short note as soon as convenient, and\nalso your advice.\n\"The chief Simichulta's youngest daughter is very\nsick, and two other young lads of our tribe are not\nkeeping well at all for some time back. We are having\ngood winter up here\u2014the mildest for years as yet ; our\nstock is doing very well out on the mountains. We\nremain\n\" Your obedient servants.\nI X Simichulta's mark,\nI John Teetleneetsah. (Signed.)\n\" X Dick Blimdouse's mark.\"\nArrived in New Westminster once again, the\nBishop found himself confronted by work amply 8o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsufficient to keep him busily employed during the\nwinter.\nThe synod committee kept up meetings as frequently as was necessary, and got through an\nimmense amount of work. There were many\ndifferent questions needing solution, such as\u2014\n1. The expediency of applying for State recognition.\n2. The position of the diocese relatively to the\nmother Church.\nThe misunderstandings, rife at the time, in connection with the Church in South Africa, made it\nall the more necessary to proceed very warily.\nScylla and Charybdis threatened equally ; for, if it\nwere necessary to pay due heed to the special legislative power of the province of British Columbia,\nit was equally advisable to remember the source\nwhence all the Church's gifts and endowments\nwere derived. The Bishop of Tasmania was at\nthe time declaring that \"the 'Church of England'\nis, outside of England, a misnomer,\" and was\nstrongly advocating the formation of independent\nChurches in communion with the mother Church.\nOn the other hand, the Chief Justice of Cape\nColony, in alluding to the Grahamstown case,\nexpresses himself thus :\u2014\n\" I feel bound to express my individual opinion as to\nthe necessity of legislation, whether Imperial or Colonial,\nto regulate the relative rights of the Church in S. Africa\nand the Church in England in respect to their endowments under private deeds of trust, and to legalize the\ntransfer, to the Church of S. Africa, of property secured\nby the law for the uses of the Church of England.\"\nIt will thus be seen that the synod committee\nhad thorny work before it, and wise and strong NEW WESTMINSTER. 81\ncounsels were necessary to prevent the idea of a\ndiocesan synod coming to shipwreck altogether.\nIt was not till the end of February, 1882, that\nthe draft constitution of the proposed synod was\nready for printing and distribution, and the wise\nstep was then taken of calling together a general\nconference of Churchmen to consider it again.\nOf this conference we shall speak in due course,\nbut, in sending out the copies of the draft constitution, the Bishop wrote\u2014\n\" It is of the highest importance that the constitution\nof the synod should be adopted by as full a meeting of\nChurchmen as possible, and it is hoped, therefore, that no\none will fail to be present except for the most urgent\nreasons. It is suggested that Churchmen unable to\ncome should give written authority to sign the constitution on their behalf to some friend who expects to be\npresent.\"\nNo more democratic form of government could\nbe imagined than that of a diocese under a constitution drawn up and sanctioned in such a\nmanner.\nIn other ways, the Bishop was at this time\ndevoting himself to the social and moral development of the laity of New Westminster. Two instances may be mentioned out of many.\nFirst, he flung himself heart and soul into the\nmovement for reducing the number of liquor\nsaloons, by which New Westminster was being\ndemoralized. Fifteen saloons to a population of\n2500 seemed a sufficiently large allowance for a\nnot very thirsty community ! and so large a provision could only result in bringing many, hitherto\nstrong, within the reach of almost irresistible\ntemptation.\nBut if in this way the Bishop exemplified his 82 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\ndesire to save men from the false pleasure which\nlured them to perdition, on the other hand he was\nstrenuous in endeavouring to secure for men the\ntrue pleasure which would lift up their lives into\na region far removed from sordidness and vice.\nWe shall have reason often to mention the\npassionate love of Bishop Sillitoe for music, and\nhis great gifts in this respect were used in the\nhighest of all ways\u2014the raising of the standard of\nthe Church's service to the highest level attainable\nwith the material at his disposal. There was no\nrecreation so delightful to the Bishop to the end\nof his days, even when worn with illness and\nwearied out with a long journey, as to take the\nconductor's b\u00e2ton, and infuse into the choir of\nHoly Trinity Church something of his own estimate of the quality of the praise we are bound\nto offer to Almighty God. And it may also be\nsaid with truth that to no one so much as to\nBishop Sillitoe is the city of New Westminster\nindebted for the creation and maintenance of a\nhigh musical standard, and a sincere appreciation\nof the most beautiful among the arts.\nIt was at the close of this year that a very-\ninteresting presentation was made by the Bishop\nto Holy Trinity Church, New Westminster, a\npresentation serving to link the church in that\nold Westminster by the Thames with its smaller\nnamesake on the Fraser, and also connecting the\ndiocese with the illustrious name of Dean Stanley.\nDuring the rectorship of the Rev. John Sheepshanks (now Bishop of Norwich), the church of\nHoly Trinity had received the gift of a beautiful\naltar cross from the Mayor of Coventry, in which\ncity Mr. Sheepshanks was preaching for his\ncolonial work. The benefaction, valued as it was\nby many, was not by any means unanimously NEW WESTMINSTER. 83\napproved, and the report of the churchwardens in\n1875 announces with sorrow that some sacrilegious\nfanatic had stolen the cross from the church. According to rumour, it was thrown by the thief into\nthe Fraser, and was of course never recovered.\nIts place was filled by the best substitute which\ncould be obtained, and no further objections were\nraised.\nIn the mean time, however, the see of New Westminster was created, and Dr. Sillitoe appointed\nand consecrated. In November, 1881, we have the\nfollowing letter written to the churchwardens : \u2014\n\" Dear Sirs,\n\" During the term of office of your predecessors,\nI made them an offer of an altar cross and four pedestals, presented to me by the late Dean of Westminster,\nEngland, as a mark of sympathy and union between the\nold and new cities. The altar cross is made of wood\nwhich had formed part of the Abbey of Westminster\nfrom the time of King Henry V. The pedestals were\nthose which had for many years supported the altar\nslab in King Henry VII.'s Chapel. These were valuable gifts, and their value is now increased by the recent\ndeath of the donor. It seemed to me that the most\nsuitable place in which we could treasure these mementoes of the old church of England, was the parish church\nof the chief city of the diocese, and hence my offer. . . .\nI now hereby renew it to you, and I do so without\nfurther conditions than that, with respect to the cross,\ndue precautions shall be taken for its safe custody,\nand with respect to the pedestals, that I shall be consulted as to the use to which they are put\n\" A. W. New Westminster.\"\nThe gift was unhesitatingly and gratefully accepted by the churchwardens, and Dean Stanley's\ncross was placed above the altar, where it stands\nto-day. It bears the following inscription :\u2014\nJ 84 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n\"Presented to the first Bishop of New Westminster\nby Arthur Penrhyn Stanley, Dean of Westminster, being\na portion of a rafter of Westminster Abbey of the date\nof King Henry the Fifth.\"\nIt will ever remain a token of the famous Dean's\nbreadth of sympathy, and of his intolerance of\nsectarian prejudice of every kind.\nThe history of the pedestals referred to is as\nfollows : Up to about thirty years ago there was\nno altar in Henry VII.'s chapel. The marble\nslab existed, but the pedestals were missing.\nDrawings of them, however, were in possession of\nthe Dean, and in accordance with these he had\nnew pedestals modelled and the altar erected.\nAbout fifteen or sixteen years ago, in overhauling\nthe contents of a lumber room in the roof of the\nAbbey, the original pedestals were discovered, and\nwere at once substituted for the new ones, which\nwere given by the Dean to the newly-consecrated\nBishop of New Westminster. A further interest\nattaches to them, inasmuch as it was at this altar\n(before the substitution of the original pedestals)\nthat the Revisers of the Old and New Testaments\nassembled for a celebration of the Holy Communion, previously to commencing their labours\non June 22, 1870.\nUnfortunately no place has yet been found for\nthem in the Cathedral, although it was the Bishop's\ndesire that a new altar should be constructed in\nwhich the pedestals should form the supports. It\nis to be hoped that this wish may in time be\ncarried out.\nSo the year 1881 passed away, bearing with it\nits burden of many cares and anxieties, but leaving\nmuch good work accomplished, and foundations\nlaid for work yet to come. NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XI.\nFINANCIAL ANXIETY.\nThe year 1882 is marked by the absence of\njourneys on the Bishop's part into the more\n\"distant portions of his diocese. Two causes contributed to this.\nFirst of all, the Bishop was engrossed at home\nwith an overwhelming amount of parochial and\ndiocesan business. The preparations for the formation of a synod demanded increasing attention\nand care ; the negotiations for the transfer of\nproperty from the old diocese of Columbia to the\nnew diocese of New Westminster dragged their\nslow length along in the most unpromising way,\nand the absence of Archdeacon Woods in England\nthrew upon the Bishop much extra work of a\nparochial kind.\nBut, in the second place, the Bishop had begun\nto realize what to the lay mind is often an inscrutable mystery, that a Bishop's income is not a purse\nof Fortunatus, from which he may draw to an unlimited extent for the needs of himself and everybody about him.\nIt must be remembered that a Colonial diocese\nis destitute of much that the Church at home has\nreceived as her inheritance from bygone ages. It I\n86 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nhas no endowments for its clergy, few churches to\nsupply the needs of a population coming in like\nthe tide, no parsonages and schoolrooms to serve\nall the various purposes of a parish, and the\nparishioners are for the most part poor and struggling, and unable to contribute much in support of\nreligious ministrations.\nThus the Bishop has added to his pioneer work\nof building up new churches and parishes the\ngrinding anxiety of providing for the maintenance\nof the existing work and of keeping up the scanty\nstipends of the clergy. In such circumstances he\nsoon finds an income, which looks large enough on\npaper, shrink to very modest dimensions indeed.\nBishop Sillitoe had now had time to discover\nthis fact, that an income of less than $3000 required\ncareful guarding to make it hold out to the year's\nend, and that it was absolutely requisite to resist\nthe encroachments of the diocesan work upon his\nown private funds.\nAt a meeting of the synod committee in March,\n1882,- the Bishop was obliged to make an important statement with regard to the manner in\nwhich he had been obliged to draw upon his own\nresources, and subsequently he published the following explanation, which it is believed will be\nof interest at the present day to many Churchmen\nin the diocese, as well as to those all over the\nworld who have the interest of the Colonial Church\nat heart :\u2014\n\"The statement made by the Bishop at the last\nmeeting of the synod committee demands the careful\nattention of Churchmen. It points to a state of things,\nunavoidable perhaps in the peculiar circumstances of\na new diocese, but nevertheless involving such a\nmeasure of personal hardship and injustice as to require NEW WESTMINSTER.\n87\nthe immediate application of some remedial measures, if\nonly of a partial character.\n\" The foundation of the Bishop's statement was a letter\nfrom the manager of the Bank of British Columbia,\ncalling his attention to the fact that his private account\nexhibited a debtor balance of $3234, and suggesting the\nnecessity of a speedy reduction of the overdraft. The\nBishop took advantage of the meeting of the general\nsynod committee to lay before them the circumstances\nthat had placed him in this unenviable position. He\nproduced a statement showing that since his arrival in\nthe diocese he had spent no less a sum than $4253 on\nChurch account out of private funds. Two-thirds of this\nwas swallowed up by necessary repairs to the property at\nSapperton, and though this might at first sight appear\nto come naturally within the limits of individual expenses,\ntwo simple considerations may be set against such a\nconsideration.\n\" In the first place, the Bishop is not a settler establishing himself in the country voluntarily in search of\nmaterial prosperity. To such an one his home is his\nown concern and no other man's. He comes of his\nown accord, and his coming is a matter only of the most\nindirect interest to others. Whether or no the time was\nripe for a division of the old diocese and the erection of\na new bishopric is doubtless a question which comes\n. into consideration, but certainly not into that of the new\nBishop. He supposes, naturally enough, that this\nquestion has been affirmatively decided before the\ninvitation reached him to take the oversight of the\ndiocese ; and he has a right to expect that the diocese\nwhich asks him to devote to it his services will make\nproper provision for the fulfilment of his duties without\nunnecessary and undue personal sacrifice. And when\nit is remembered that the endowment of the see ($2880\nper annum) was raised independent of any contribution\nwhatever from the persons most deeply interested, i.e.\nthe Churchmen of the diocese themselves, the expenditure by the Bishop of a considerable sum for a suitable 88 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nresidence, out of an already inadequate income, was\nnot an encouraging inauguration of his episcopate.\n\"But there is another consideration in the same\nconnection. When a man lays out money on a property\nwhich is his own, he has the satisfaction of the security\nthat his heirs will enjoy the benefit, if not himself. But\nthis property is not the Bishop's. He has not even a\nlife tenure of it, for if his health were to fail, and he\nobliged to resign, the property immediately falls to his\nsuccessor in office without compensation to himself or\nfamily. Repairs following on the occupation of a\nresidence by a clergyman are undoubtedly his affair,\nso far as tenants' obligations go, but it is not a usual\nthing to charge a new incumbent with all the dilapidations of his predecessor. Moreover, there is a further\nobligation on this property in the shape of a mortgage\nof $2000, of which the Bishop has had to assume the\nobligation, and on account of which there is an item of\n$430 for repayment of mortgage and interest\n\" Travelling expenses have consumed more than $600\nover and above the offertories collected on the road.\nThe expenses of the last conference, rent of the Gazette\noffice, and other items, make up the total. But in\naddition to all these the Bishop has had to render himself personally liable for all the legal expenses which\nhave been incurred since his incumbency of the see,\namounting to between $600 and $700.\n\"Again, we say these circumstances were perhaps\nunavoidable in a new diocese in a poor country, but\nthey are not the less unsatisfactory or intolerable on that\naccount, and no one can be surprised or complain at\nthe decision arrived at by the Bishop in regard to them.\n\"Considering rightly that all retrenchment should\nbegin at home, the Bishop has largely reduced his own\ndomestic establishment He has determined to relinquish for the present all visitations except at the\nexpense of the parish requiring his services, and has\ngiven notice to his legal adviser that he will incur no\nfurther liability on account of diocesan business. The NEW WESTMINSTER. 89\nvisitation of the diocese has been already so complete\n(Kootenay alone remaining unvisited) that this part of\nthe Bishop's decision will entail but little inconvenience.\nIt was in contemplation to hold an Indian Industrial\nExhibition in the autumn, and the abandonment of this,\nor, at any rate, its postponement for a year, will probably\noccasion some disappointment. Work, so far as present\nmeans allow, is fairly organized in every district. Confirmations were held last year at Chilliwhack, Yale, and\nKamloops ; and most of such other business as can arise\ncan be dealt with by correspondence.\n\"By far the most important matter involved is the\ndelay in the completion of the transfer of property from\nthe old diocese to the new. But even here it is difficult\nto see how the Bishop could have acted otherwise than\nhe has. To go on incurring expense would be to go on\ninflicting personal injustice for the public benefit, and\nit would be none the less injustice because it was self-\ninflicted. The synod will probably meet in the autumn,\nand the property of the diocese will be the most appropriate business it can first take up.\"\nIt will be seen later that the Bishop was able\nto undertake more work abroad than he had at\nfirst anticipated, but still the anxiety of carrying\non the Church's work with very insufficient means\npressed very heavily upon him all through the\nthird year of his episcopate. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XII.\nREVIEW OF THE YEAR'S WORK.\nTHE inability of the Bishop, through the financial\nsituation, to pay his usual up-country visitations,\nwas to a large extent atoned for by the splendid\nvolunteer mission to the railway camps carried\non during the year by Father Hall and Father\nShepherd of the Society of S. John the Evangelist,\nwhich, to our regret, we are unable to describe here.\nThe diary for this year shows every day fully\ntaken up by labours of more or less importance.\nHere an ordination by which another missionary\ndistrict obtains the services of a resident priest ;\nhere and there a confirmation, sometimes attended\nwith no little difficulty, as, for instance, that at\nTrenant in July, after which there was a row home\nwhich occupied no less than seven hours against\nthe Fraser at its fullest and strongest. Temperance\nwork in New Westminster also occupied a good\ndeal of time with very happy results, while the\ntwo successful concerts given by the Choral Union\nafforded testimony to the reality||>| the association's\nfirst year's work. The diocesan conference, the\nclerical synod, the clergy retreat, and the first\nmeeting of the diocesan synod were, each in its\nrespective way, evidence of a very real growth in NEW WESTMINSTER. 91\nthe organization of diocesan work ; while that the\nextremities were not allowed to suffer from lack of\nattention is shown by visits paid to various places\nup and down the river. A fortnight's camp at\nEnglish Bay enabled the Bishop to minister to the\nspiritual needs of Granville and hold confirmations\nthere. Chilliwhack was visited September 10th,\nand Yale had its turn in November.\nMaple Ridge, too, was visited a few days before\nChristmas on the occasion'of the opening of the\nnew church of S. John the Divine.\nBesides these visits paid within the diocese, the\nBishop was also enabled to take a short trip to\nVictoria to confer with his brother Bishop of\nColumbia, and also to make a long-promised\nexcursion into the sister Church of the United\nStates for the purpose of assisting Bishop Paddock\nin his convocation. Arriving in Seattle on June 21st,\nBishop Sillitoe spent a very busy week literally\noverflowing with engagements, not only bringing\nencouragement and friendly greeting to his fellow-\nChurchmen \"across the line,\" but also learning\nmuch himself, and imparting valuable information\nrespecting the needs of his own diocese. The\nBishop came back deeply impressed with the\nreality and power of the work going on in the sister\ndiocese, while not failing to note the points\u2014few in\nnumber, it is true\u2014in which our American cousins\nseemed to lay themselves open to criticism. One\nthing comes in for lavish and unstinted praise,\nviz. the energy and business-like zeal with which\nthe \" Women's Auxiliary \" was engaged in furthering the work of the American Church.\nIt was the Bishop's privilege this year to\nentertain the Governor-General of Canada (the\nMarquis of Lome) and the Princess Louise, and\nthe fact of his having once been chaplain to Her\nJ 92 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nRoyal Highness' sister, the lamented Princess\nAlice, made the visit one of great interest and\npleasure on both sides. This royal visit extended\nfrom September 29th to October 1st, and the\nBishop omitted to show their excellencies few of\nthe beauties of the royal city.\nWe come now to the Bishop's first annual report,\nin which there is proof that he has obtained a real\ngrasp of the work with him and before him, in\nspite of the almost killing worry consequent on\nslender resources. The growth of Church principles\nis evidenced on every hand, and the clerical staff\nduring the year contained one clergyman whom\nthe Bishop had received from the ranks of the\nMethodist ministry and another whom he had\nreceived from the fold of Rome.\nThe report opens as follows with a reference to\nthe synod :\u2014\n\" I congratulate you most heartily upon the accomplishment of this important work of organization, and\nI am most thankful for the relief it affords me from\nthe burden of much of my responsibility. Hitherto I\nhave been obliged by circumstances to fulfil the duties\nof a multitude of offices entirely foreign to the spiritual\noversight of the diocese, which is my proper function,\nand to which I would gladly devote all my time and\nenergy. Now, I may hope, and increasingly more and\nmore, to transfer the care of financial and other secular\nmatters to the hands of trusty laymen, willing and more\ncompetent than myself to deal with them. The distance\nwhich separates us prevented a full representation of the\nlaity of all our parishes at the first meeting of the synod,\nbut it was a source of much satisfaction to me that all\nour clergy were able to be present.\"\n^ir;|4\u00a9.f the clergy.;h'\u00eb. had to say that as the losses\njust balanced the gains, the staff remained just as NEW WESTMINSTER. 93\nin the preceding year; but he confessed an incalculable obligation to Father Benson for sending\nthe two mission clergy, \" who, besides their special\nmission work among the railroad hands, gave us\nmuch brotherly help in many of our parishes, as\nwell as at the meeting of synod, and also conducted\na retreat for clergy, which, in its results, was perhaps\nthe most far-reaching of all their work.\"\nOf finances the Bishop wrote at length, giving a\nfull account of all the difficulties mentioned in a\nprevious chapter, but at the same time cordially\nrecognizing the great assistance given to the\ndiocese both by private friends at home and by\nthe great Church societies, the S.P.G. and the\nS.P.C.K.\nIn educational matters he gave an encouraging\naccount of Columbia College for girls, which\nalthough not yet self-supporting had gained ground\nduring the year, while advance was marked in the\nopening of the new Mission School of All Saints',\nNicola, into which Mr. John Clapperton and other\nlaymen threw great energy and heartiness of\nsupport.\nThe negotiations for the opening of a boys'\nschool in New Westminster failed at the last\nmoment, and the Bishop had to consider the\nsubject de novo.\nIn Granville, whether due to the bracing sea air\nor not, there was a life and vigour prophetic of the\nfuture position of the Church in Vancouver (as\nGranville was subsequently called), and S. James'\nChurch, Granville, began to be known as an\nexample to the diocese for taste and orderliness.\nIn Yale, where the irreligion and public depravity\nhad been a byword throughout the province for\nmany years, the Church, under Mr. Horlock's\nsupervision, had become influential and powerful ; 94 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nand the opening of a reading-room and club in\nconnection with the Church supplied a very urgent\nwant, and kept many from yielding to temptation.\nIn Barkerville, where Mr. Blanchard had been\ncalled to minister, there was an earnest congregation, about whom the incumbent could write in a\ntone of cheery optimism, and who certainly did\ntheir part well in raising money for the support\nof the Church's ministration.\nIn the Chilliwhack district, Mr. Gilbert kept\nboth S. Thomas', Chilliwhack, and the new church\nat Cheam supplied. At Trenant the debt on the\nchurch was paid off, and Mr. Bell's work found\nabundant encouragement; while the dedication of\nthe church at Maple Ridge has already been\nrecorded.\nAt the same time, the Bishop, after speaking\nof the work already accomplished, was careful to\npoint out the new work ready for the \" labourers \"\nwho had yet to be found. He says\u2014\n\" I have used all my influence with the S.P.G. the last\nthree years to induce them to help us at Kamloops, but\nso far in vain, and I am disposed to wait no longer, but\nto send forth a labourer at once in faith that the Lord\nof the harvest will provide him his hire. It is an\nenormous field that would tax the energy of two men,\nbut if we cannot provide two, we must find one who will\ndo the work of two, and I hope he will be forthcoming.\"\nOf the need for a special Chinese Mission the\nBishop says\u2014\n\"Our responsibili tes' towards these heathen sojourners\nare in no wise diminished. There are about seven or\neight thousand of them in our midst, and no endeavour\nwhatever is made to evangelize them. I have again\napplied to S.P.G. on their behalf, but even without this NEW WESTMINSTER. 95\naid I feel that something must be done. A native\nChinese missionary, at present working in San Francisco, has offered himself to me, but an engagement\nwith him will involve the responsibility of $930 or\n$1000 a year. I am still considering whether or not\nto incur this obligation.\"\nThe Indian work had been a subject of deep\nanxiety to the Bishop, especially since the loss\nto the diocese of the Rev. J. B. Good, but the\nvisit of the Fathers had already suggested to him\na plan for the future if only the men and the\nmeans were forthcoming.\nHe was able to state that through the generosity\nof a lady in England he hoped shortly to appoint\na priest to take charge of the Fraser River Indian\nMission.\nI Of the Lytton Mission I can only say that work is\nnecessarily suspended during the vacancy in the post,\nexcepting such ministrations as Mr. Whiteway is able to\nafford in the town of Lytton itself. Every effort is being\nmade to find a thoroughly efficient man for the mission ;\nin fact, I hope two men may be appointed, the society\nhaving consented to a division of their grant for this\npurpose.\n\"In association with this work there is a good prospect\nof a branch of the sisterhood of All Hallows', Ditching-\nham, being established in the diocese, with the object of\nsupplying an industrial education for Indian girls. With\nthis and a similar institution for boys, we shall take the\nfirst step towards dealing in a practical way with the\nproblem of Indiap improvement. . . .\"\nThe report, which, all things considered, is most\nencouraging and hopeful, concludes witiifa. humble\nacknowledgment of the abundant grace and mercy\nof Almighty God, and also of the generous support 96\nMEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nand co-operation of clergy and laity within the\ndiocese, and hosts of friends outside. The Bishop\nhad so far got acquainted with his work that he\nknew not only the fields of labour, but the\ncharacteristic difficulties of each, and he cheerfully\nbraced himself with the Christians' impregnable\narmour to face and conquer them. NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XIII.\nA TOUR IN THE INTERIOR.\n1883.\nThe year 1883 was one of very great activity and\nconsiderable progress, marked by a very extensive\njourney into the interior, and by a new start in\nthe important Indian missions at Yale and Lytton.\nMany other incidents of the year are deserving of\nnotice, but we must pass them by with only the\nbriefest mention. The Bishop was able this year\nto carry out the project (long entertained) of\nopening a boys' school at New Westminster, and,\non All Saints' Day, Lome College was inaugurated\nwith good (though, unfortunately, delusive) prospects\nof success. Confirmations were held as usual in\nvarious parts of the diocese, and two ordinations\nat New Westminster, at which three clergy were\nadded to the working staff of the diocese. The\nannual meeting of synod was held in October,\nwhen a very important charge was delivered by\nthe Bishop, dealing with the financial position of\nthe diocese, the appointment of attorneys for S.P.G.\nfor the diocese, the marriage laws, and other\npressing questions. On the vexed question of his\nfinancial responsibility, the Bishop spoke very\nstrongly, as was only too necessary. Yet, after ten\nyears, this question was still the canker eating away\nat the Bishop's heart, and it is not too much to say 98 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthat the worry consequent on financial difficulties\ndid more than physical disease to shorten the\nBishop's life.\nThe return of Archdeacon Woods from a busy\ntour of deputation work in England, towards the\nbeginning of June, opened the way for the Bishop\nto make his long-contemplated visit into the\nremote interior of the diocese.\nA start was made, even before the Archdeacon s\nreturn, early on the morning of May 16th, when\nthe Bishop and his indefatigable wife left the wharf\nat Sapperton for Chilliwhack, Yale, and the interior.\nNicola was reached on the 26th, in time for a\nfull day's services on the Sunday. The following\ndays were occupied with an examination j of the\npupils of the Mission School, and in visiting the\nsettlers in the valley. The school was shown to\nhave thoroughly justified its establishment, and\nseemed to be highly valued by the settlers.\nOn the return journey to Spence's Bridge a call\nwas made upon Naweeseskan, an old Indian chief.\nHe was lying at home alone and very sick. Except\nhimself all the men were in the mountains herding\nhorses and cattle. Naweeseskan has perhaps done\nmore for the improvement of his people than any\nother chief in the district. He is opposed to the\nruinous custom of potlatcltes, and is able, therefore,\nto spend money on substantial buildings and home\ncomforts. The whole village presented a striking\ncontrast ;.to the miserable shanties that constitute\nthe houses of Indians generally. The houses are\nall first-class log buildings with shingle roofs, and\nthe church would be a credit to any prosperous\nwhite settlement. It is to this tribe belongs the\nso-called \" Prophetess Mary,\" a victim of catalepsy,\nwho claims to have received a revelation from\nheaven while in a trance. NEW WESTMINSTER. 99\nSpence's Bridge was reached on June 2nd, and\narrangements were made for next day's services.\nOn Sunday, June 3rd, there was a large gathering\nof Indians in their little rough chapel at 8 a.m.\nBetween sixty and seventy were present, some\nhaving come up from Nicomen, and a few from\nPakeist. Prayers were said in Indian by one of\nthe watchmen, and then the Bishop celebrated the\nHoly Communion, and gave an address through\nthe interpreter.\nOn June 6th a departure was made for Ashcroft,\nwhere service was held for the household, and two\nsermons preached in the Indian church. We have\nhere an interesting glimpse of the Bishop's method\nof work among the Indian population. One of the\nwatchmen had died, and at the next Indian service\nhis cap and badge were formally returned to the\nBishop, who thereupon had to make selection of a\nsuccessor and duly invest the chosen one with the\ninsignia of his office. The choice fell on Harry\nNitaskut, a native of Lytton, but long a resident\nof Ashcroft, were he acted as whipper-in of Mr.\nCornwall's pack of hounds. Four Indian children\nwere also baptized, and a marriage solemnized\nbetween two young people of the tribe. A preliminary examination of the bride and bridegroom\nwas held to elicit their ideas of the sanctity of the\nmarriage tie, and they were warned that the union,\nratified in the Church, was indissoluble, except for\njust cause, by the Church herself. The young lady\nseems to have been very shy, and it was only after\nmuch persuasion that she could be induced to make\na public profession of her love. This, however,\nbeing at length accomplished\u2014the suggested postponement of the ceremony possibly had something\nto do with it\u2014the prescribed vows were exchanged,\nand the pair were pronounced man and wife. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nOther services were held here during the week,\nand on Thursday an early start was made for a\ndrive of fifty-three miles, which had to be accomplished before evening. There were several fresh\narrivals in the Green Timber to be called on, and a\nlong halt had to be made in the middle of the day\nfor the horses' sakes. The road, however, was in\nsplendid order, and no difficulty was experienced\nin reaching the Hundred-Mile House by half-past\nsix, eleven hours from Clinton, including three\nhours and a half rest on the way. Here was found\na candidate for Confirmation, who was examined\nand her Confirmation appointed for the following\nSunday at a house sixteen miles up the road,\nwhere service was to be held. A short drive of\nsixteen miles, and two or three calls along the\nroad, occupied Saturday afternoon, and about six\no'clock Mr. McKinley's house on Lac la Hache\nwas reached. Mr. Blanchard\u2014the clergyman in\ncharge of Cariboo\u2014arrived from the opposite\ndirection about half an hour previously.\nThe drive along the margin of William's Lake\nwas inexpressibly beautiful. The road follows the\ncourse of the valley past one or two comfortable\nIndian settlements till the lake is reached, and\nthen mounts up by a steep incline to a picturesque\nbluff some three hundred feet above the lake, past\nwhich a prettily wooded flat is traversed for two\nor three miles, until, around the foot of the lake,\nthe valley expands into a seemingly limitless\ngarden of meadowland and cornfield. At this\nfarm the travellers received an hospitable welcome ;\nand after supper\u2014though the visit was unexpected\n\u2014a congregation of some five and twenty men was\nsoon gathered together, and a short mission service\nheld, the hymns being well taken up.\nThe Bishop was much struck by the beauty and NEW WESTMINSTER. loi\nproductiveness of the Lac la Hache Valley, but\nthe next day the journey was resumed, and the\nHundred-and-Fifty-Mile House reached.\nA meeting held the following day to consider\nthe building of a church affords an illustration of\nthe vague ideas entertained respecting the Church,\nand of the weakness induced everywhere by\nsectarian differences. The meeting was not restricted to Churchmen, and while all wanted a\nchurch, the general opinion leaned to the idea of\na public church for the use of all denominations.\nThe Bishop explained that he could not use the\nDiocesan Fund for such a building, but that of\ncourse he would rather see a church of any kind,\nif used for public worship only, than no church at\nall. So the committee was appointed to consider\ncost and obtain contributions.\nBarkerville was reached on the 25th, and it was\na great refreshment once more to be within a real\nchurch, and enjoy the privilege of daily services.\nIt was more than five weeks since Yale had been\nleft behind, six hundred miles had been travelled,\nand this was the first Church of England building\nthe travellers had seen, except here and there the\nhumble temples of the Indians.\nThe Bishop was much pleased to note the\nsuccess of the work which he had inaugurated in\nthe previous year. Adjoining the church was the\nRectory, from which Mr. Blanchard could watch\nthe movements of the greater number of his\nparishioners, and although the building only contained three rooms, it was commodious enough for\na bachelor, and warm enough to keep him comfortable in the by no means unknown temperature\nof 400 below zero. This severity of climate is due,\nnot to latitude, but to elevation, since Barkerville\nis in the neighbourhood of four thousand feet above io2 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe sea level, while the only approach to it is over\na divide five hundred feet higher still. There was\nconsiderable snow on this divide when the Bishop\ncrossed, the last week in July.\nThe Bishop was still more gratified at the evidence of spiritual progress on the Sunday. Ten\nyears of spiritual famine had been a sore trial for\nf|njany, and there could have been but little wonder\nif some had been altogether exhausted by it, or\npermanently enfeebled. But lost ground seemed\nto have been quickly recovered and new ground\noccupied. Large congregations attended all the\nservices, and the Confirmation in the evening was\nvery impressive. Four of the male candidates\nwere adults.\nOn July 16th the Bishop pursued his journey\nsouthward as far as Hundred-and-Fifty-Mile\nHouse, and here, for the first time, found the road\nimpeded by fire. The stage, however, had gone\nthrough ahead of them, so they drove on without\nmuch anxiety. Service was held at Hundred-and-\nFifty-Mile House in the evening. A drive of forty-\nsix miles next day necessitated an early start. A\nhalt was made at the Blue Tent for a baptism, and\nother calls made during the day. At the farmhouse\nwhere the last halt was made, the evening was spent\nin preparing a woman for Confirmation, and next\nday the sacred rite was administered, and Holy\nCommunion celebrated for the family and neighbours. The following evening saw the journey to\nSeventy-Mile House completed, and here a burial\nawaited the Bishop. The travellers arrived for the\nSunday at Clinton.\nAlmost immediately after leaving Clinton a\nshroud of smoke was entered, with which the party\nwas enveloped for many days. Almost every\nobject was obscured ; the sun seemed obliterated, NEW WESTMINSTER. 103\nbreathing became a difficulty, and the loveliest\nlandscape in the world seemed converted into a\ndismal wilderness.\nAshcroft was reached on July 27th. Various\nservices and classes were held during the next few\ndays. Of the Confirmation the Bishop writes\u2014\n\"I do not like the work of preparation of Indian\ncandidates, for I am not accustomed to it, and don't\nunderstand it ; but these poor souls have been waiting\nso long that I could not for shame wait longer. When,\nwhen am I going to have a man from England for the\nIndian work? I cannot keep it going myself. If it\nlanguishes, it will not be through my fault, though I\nshall have to accept all the responsibility and blame.\"\nNext day the Bishop passed on from Ashcroft\nto Cache Creek, making several calls by the way,\nand after a night's rest at Savona's, Kamloops\ncame in sight the following afternoon.\nOf this latter part of the journey the Bishop\ngives us the following account :\u2014\n\" It was fearfully hot at Ashcroft. There is no water\nin the neighbourhood and the earth gets so hot that\nthe air passing over it becomes heated. Moreover,\nthe whole country was on fire. We drove into the\nsmoke about twelve miles out from Clinton, and we\nhave never been out of it till to-day, and now only comparatively. . . .\n\"It may not seem to some people that driving\nordinarily not more than twenty or thirty miles a day in\na fairly comfortable trap need exhaust an ordinarily\nhealthy man, and yet, whatever any one may think, a\nday's journey under such conditions as ours is quite\nenough work for twenty-four hours. After breakfast\ncomes a visit to the stables, and in most instances such\na job as cleaning the collars\u2014a matter otherwise unlikely\nto be attended to. Then the axles require oiling, and 104 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nif you don't see it done, or do it yourself, the men will\nput on axle-grease instead of oil, and give you a rare job\nthe next day cleaning your axles ; or (as has happened\nthree times this trip) they will put on harness oil, for\nno other reason than that they see a can of it in your\nbox, and they can't conceive that you should take the\ntrouble to clean your harness, so conclude that this is\nfor the axles. Then the ' pack,' or luggage, has to be \u2022\nstrapped on, and this I never suffer any man to do for\nme. If your pack is not on tight, or you are not sure\nthat it is so, you have to keep one eye behind all the\ntime. We have only once lost anything this year, and\nI have never been able to understand how it happened.\nWell, then you 'hitch up.' You may as well do it\nyourself, because you must look over everything when\ndone, or they will send you away with twisted traces, or\nthe martingales strapped on to the collars, or some such\nmistake. Then your day's journey begins. The roads\nare fairly good, but nevertheless there is seldom a\nhundred yards when you can venture to take off your\nattention. It's either going up hill, and you have to\nsee that both horses are doing their share of the work,\nor it's going down hill, and then you have to watch\neverything ; or, if you get a bit of level and straight road,\nyou have to iook out for rocks, over which you may\nspring an axle or dent your wheel. Then you come to \u00e2\ncreek, and you pull up and unstrap your bucket, and\nwater your horses ; and then you drive on till you come\nto your midday halt, and there is unhitching to do,\nstabling and feeding. Then there comes a 'second half-\nday just like the first, except for the matter of oiling\naxles. When you reach your journey's end, you don't\nfeel any caco\u00ebthes scribendi, not a bit. . . .\n\" I try hard not to think of money, but the thought\nwill creep in sometimes. The responsibility of seeing\npeople paid is very heavy. Men are continually coming\ninto this colony, and a very good class of men, I am\nglad to say. Another district\u2014the Kootenay District\u2014\nis being opened out ; a number of miners and farmers, NEW WESTMINSTER. 105\nthe latter comprising English gentlemen, are going in.\nThis means more work for me and longer journeys.\nAll this points to our living some day in a more central\npart than New Westminster.\"\nThe Bishop attended to the spiritual needs of\nKamloops, and proceeded on his journey. Travelling by way of Grand Prairie and Salmon River\nValley, the whole of which was literally on fire,\nand the road so encumbered with fallen, burning\ntrees as to render progress very tedious and somewhat dangerous, Spallumcheen was reached on\nthe 10th, and a kind welcome found at the house\nof Mr. Fortune. This stage completed the one\nthousand miles. As the community here was a\nvery scattered one, the Sunday service was held\nat 2 p.m., when a large congregation assembled,\nand the Bishop preached a harvest thanksgiving\nsermon.\nOf the remainder of the journey we have Mrs.\nSillitoe's account\u2014\n\" There could, I think, be scarcely imagined a more\ndismal picture than was presented by the tract of country\nsituated around the head of Okanagan Lake. The\nsmoke here was denser than anywhere else, and the\ncountry, naturally bare and destitute of trees, and\nparched with the long drought, derived increased\ndreariness from the overhanging shroud of smoke that\neffectually concealed everything beyond a distance of a\nquarter of a mile, and completely blotted out the sun.\n\" The following day, however, a change occurred. A\nstorm was evidently gathering throughout the day, and\nin the evening it burst with all the fury of a cyclone, the\nroar of which we could hear a full quarter of an hour\nbefore it fell upon us, tearing huge branches off the\nstronger trees, and levelling the weaker ones with the\nground, and raising a cloud of dust that darkened\nthe air even worse than before. In about half an hour io6 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe wind ceased, and for a few minutes there was a dead\ncalm, succeeded shortly by a second outburst as heavy\nas before, but from the opposite quarter. Very little\nrain fell, but the atmospheric disturbance had worked\na wonderful change in the appearance of things. The\nsmoke had been rolled away, and in place of a dismal\nwaste there was a fair prospect of harvest fields and\ncraggy hills and grassy vales. . . . For us the storm\ncame most opportunely, for our next day's journey from\nMr. Vernon's to the Mission is one of the most beautiful\ndrives in the country, and to have been deprived of its\nenjoyment would have been a very great disappointment.\nEven apart from the lovely scenery, it rejoiced one's\nheart once more to see the sun shining in the clear\nblue sky. . . .\n\"At the Mission we had to part company with our\nbuckboard, for the waggon-road goes no further ; a trail\n\u2014and unquestionably the worst in British Columbia\u2014\nis the only means of reaching the country to the south\nof this. Along this trail we started next morning, under\nthe guidance of a good-natured friend, who, much to his\nown hindrance in time and convenience, volunteered to\npilot us and drive our pack-horse as far as Penticton.\n\" There are some curious roads in British Columbia.\nEven the waggon-road (par excellence) itself, much vaunted\nas it is, is pretty full of places where its purposes would\nhave been more effectually attained by a little less\nengineering and a little more common sense, not to say\nanything about defects of management, which seems to\naim at the largest possible expenditure for the most\nmeagre of results. But the trails ! The trails give one\nthe idea of having been constructed for the purpose of\nbeing abandoned. They are very good here and there,\nwhere Nature alone is responsible for them; otherwise\nthey give one the impression that human ingenuity had\nbeen exercised in rendering them as tortuous and\ndifficult as possible.\n\" But of all the trails the roughest and steepest and\nworst is that we were now on. It speaks volumes for NEW WESTMINSTER. 107\nthe enterprise of men that they ever go on them at all,\nand volumes more for the surefootedness of animals that\nmen ever go over safely. And yet this is the trail over\nwhich the mail is taken once a month, and one would\nsuppose that there was implied in that a sufficient argument for its being kept in efficient repair at the public\nexpense.\n\"... Here Mr. Wade kindly welcomed us in the\nabsence of Mr. and Mrs. Ellis, who only reached home\nthe following Sunday. On Sunday, August 19th, we\nhad celebration of Holy Communion at 7.30, Mattins,\nLitany, and Sermon at ten, and a mission service in the\nevening. On Tuesday, with an Indian guide, we set off\non the last stage of our journey southwards, and reached\nOsoyoos, thirty-five miles distant, in ten hours and a\nhalf. Osoyoos, on the Canadian side of the line,\nconsists of but two families, and it was arranged therefore that service should be held on the United States\nside of the line, where a considerable number of people\nreside, and where was also the encampment of the troop\nof United States cavalry that had formed the escort of\nGeneral Sherman. About ten o'clock we started in a\nrow-boat for the foot of the lake, and proceeding to the\ncamp, found arrangements made for the accommodation\nof quite a large congregation.\n\"The service was held alfresco under a leafy awning\nin front of the officers' quarters. Sacks of oats formed\nthe seats, and an erection of camp chests the pulpit.\nThe sacrament of baptism was first administered to four\nchildren, and then, in the absence of sufficient Prayer-\nbooks, a mission service was held, with hymns, and the\nBishop preached.\n\" After being hospitably entertained by the American\nCollector of Customs, the Canadian visitors returned\nacross the line on horseback We took four days to\nreturn to the Mission, having only to make Okanagan\nby next Sunday. . . .\n\" The next day we were again bowling along in the\nbuckboard, and after four days' trail-riding, nor heat, io8 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nnor dust, nor smoke could have wrung a complaint from\nus. We were not tried, however, for the road to the\nhead of the lake is in splendid order ; there was no dust\nor smoke, and the day was pleasantly warm. The\nmagnificent scenery displayed itself to advantage, and,\nin addition to all, there was the joy of feeling that our\nfaces were really turned towards home at last.\n\" We reached Coldstream in the evening. On Sunday,\nSeptember 2nd, Mr. Vernon's men were engaged with\nthe hay harvest twelve miles up the valley, consequently\nour gathering was but a small one.\"\nAfter recording visits to Grand Prairie, Kamloops, Nicola, and Indian settlements, and work\ndone at each place, Mrs. Sillitoe continues\u2014\n\" Sitnday, September i6lh.\u2014The Bishop celebrated\nHoly Communion in S. John's Church, Yale, at 8 a.m.,\nand preached morning and evening, preaching also in\nthe Indian church in the afternoon, and addressing the\nSunday school children. At Evensong there was also\na Confirmation.\n\" On Monday morning the Bishop and Mr. Sillitoe\nleft Yale by the William Irving, and landed at New\nWestminster at midnight.\"\nThe whole journey lasted exactly four months,\nand extended over a distance of 1682 miles. The\nBishop preached forty-eight times, and celebrated\nHoly Communion thirty-one times, baptized fifteen\npersons, and confirmed twenty-nine. The whole\nsum raised by offertories and donations amounted\nto $403.50, and the expenses to $230.\nThe expenses would have amounted to far more\nbut for the generous hospitality extended to the\ntravellers in almost every district, both by Churchmen and others, and by innkeepers as well as by\nprivate individuals. And in this acknowledgment NEW WESTMINSTER. 109\nmust be included the worthy blacksmith at Spal-\nlumcheen, who would accept no remuneration for\na long half-day's work. These many acts of kindness formed a refreshing compensation for the\nweariness, hardships, and dangers of the road,\nand that it needed some compensation will be\nvouched for by any one who, whether for pleasure\nor profit, has travelled in the interior of British\nColumbia during the summer of 1883.\nOne result of this extended tour was to convince\nBishop Sillitoe of the need of organizing three new\nmissionary districts, and of appointing a resident\nclergyman to each, with as little delay as possible.\nHow this desire was brought to a happy fulfilment\nwe shall see in future chapters. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XIV.\nWORK AMONG THE INDIANS.\nTHE Indian work of the diocese had a large share\nof the Bishop's thoughts in 1883. The resignation of the Rev. J. B. Good had necessarily drawn\nthe Bishop into closer personal relationship with the\nIndians and their spiritual needs, and during the\njourney just described he had seen a great deal of\nthe work that might have been going on provided\nthe men and the means had been at hand.\nIn the\/iearly part of the year the Rev. G.\nDitcham went, at the Bishop's request, on a tour\nof inspection through the whole of the district\ncomprised in the Lytton Mission. Commencing\nat Chapman's Bar, he travelled, on foot all the way,\nto Lytton, and from there to Nicola, Ashcroft, and\nLillooet. Visiting each village, he questioned the\nchiefs and watchmen on the moral and religious\ncondition of their people, inspected the churches,\nand made a careful enumeration of the members\nof the Church baptized and confirmed. His report\nwas on the whole very satisfactory, but all along\nthe line of railway construction the Indians were\nfound suffering grievously from the increased temptations to drink, which the increase of licensed\nhouses had naturally brought about.\nThe same fact is elicited by the evidence of\nothers at the time. NEW WESTMINSTER. in\nIn most of the Indian villages many material\nimprovements were observable. Churches had\nbeen finished, and some attempts at any orderly\narrangement and adornment of the houses had\nbeen carried out. The pleasure of the people at\nhaving a clergyman to visit them was shown by\nthe most open and cheerful welcome, and the\nenthusiasm in the prayers and close attention in\nthe address was very cheering. Every now and\nthen was heard the \" Oh ! oh ! oh ! \" of\" some one\nin the congregation, and occasionally several\nvoices would exclaim together, \" Good, good ! \"\n\" Good is the word ! \" \" The talk is good ! \" When\ntaught by such a story as that of the Roman\nsentry standing at his post till death, they would\nshow all the eagerness and attention of children.\nAn account in the Gazette goes on\u2014\n\" Oh, but what weak Christians many of them were !\nThe Church needs, to train them by her ancient discipline, at the same time remembering that they are only\nchildren in Christ, bearing patiently with them. The\nIndian missionary should be that alone, doing nothing\nelse, and should be on his beat continually. He will\nhave many enemies, but at the same time will find not.\na few friends.\"\nThe following further extract from the Gazette\nspeaks of the sad condition of the Indians at the\ntime\u2014\n\" So many are the crooked ways by which bad intoxicating liquors find their way into the hands of Indians\nthat in this province at least a change in the law is\nrequired at once. Something should be done, and that\nquickly, to stop a traffic which is a heavy expense to the\nexchequer, and causes untold misery to the Indians who\nwish to live quiet and orderly. From one end of the\ncountry to the other, from Cariboo to the sea, in every I\nii2 -MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\ntown and settlement, is heard the one complaint.\nWhisky finds its way in abundance to every rancherie.\nIn New Westminster men well known to be in the\nbusiness go at large. At Burrard Inlet the mad cries\nand demon shrieks of drunken Siwashes sound over the\nwater ; at Yale there is no trouble in obtaining the '. chain\nlightning ; ' while tales are told such as this of the hell it\ncauses in the villages higher up the river.\n\" A drunken son had his father down on his back and\nbeat his head on the floor; three men tried to hang\nthemselves ; the whole rancherie was drunk, and this in\none day. The chiefs say they are powerless to stop it,\nand so great is the evil that it has outgrown the ability\nof the whole country to put an end to it under the\npresent laws.\"\nDuring the year a great deal of good work\nwas accofnplished by the Rev. D. H. W. Horlock,\nacting under a commission from the Bishop. He\nvisited the Spuzzum Indians at the beginning of\nJuly, and was warmly welcomed.\nThe Bishop's efforts to provide supervision for\nsome part of this immense field of work were rewarded at last by the offer of two English clergy\nto come out as missionaries to the Thompson\nRiver Indians. One was the Rev. Richard Small, \"\nthen chaplain to the House of Mercy, Ditching-\nham, the present head of the Lytton Mission ;\nthe other was the Rev. H. G. Fiennes-Clinton, late\nPrincipal of Bishop's College, Calcutta, and Vice-\nPrincipal of the Missionary College of S. Boniface,\nWarminster, now Rector of S. James' Church,\nVancouver. This accession to the ranks of the\nBishop's aides-de-camp greatly cheered and brightened his heart, and gave him fresh stimulus in the\nfurther development of the diocesan work.\nWe append Mr. Horlock's interesting report,\nand a copy of the statement signed by all the -\"I\nNEW WESTMINSTER. 113\nmale householders of the tribe in the presence of\nthe magistrate of Boston Bar.\n\" Left Yale February 28th by handcar borrowed from\nthe C.P.R. Co., and worked by Mr. Wright, the two\nIndian interpreters, and myself. We arrived at the\ncrossing of the Fraser about three o'clock, and with some\ndifficulty procured a boat to cross. Arrived at Boston\nBar, I called on Mr. Pearson, J.P., to whom I had written\nby the previous mail, asking him to give notice to the\nIndians at Yankee Flat of my coming. He assured me\nthat the whole tribe would be in waiting for me on the\nfollowing morning, and kindly consented to accompany\nme on the visit. Mr. Pearson also called my attention\nto the affairs of a tribe living three-fourths of a mile from\nBoston Bar, and asked me to visit them. I did so\nimmediately, and found that they had half built a church,\nbeing obliged to relinquish it for want of funds to purchase the necessary materials. I found there a young\nman apparently dying of pleuro-pneumonia. Here, as\neverywhere else, the Indians are without medical attendance. The chief being absent at work, I left word for\nhim to call on me in the morning. He did so, and\ncomplained bitterly of the spiritual destitution in which\nhe and his tribe were placed. I hear on all hands that\nhe is a really good man, and has been making the most\nstrenuous efforts to keep his tribe from the usual effects\nof approximation to the white man\u2014drunkenness and\nfornication. At his urgent request, I consented to visit\nthe tribe the following day and give them a service and\naddress.\n\" Crossed the river 8 a.m. on Friday and worked the\nhandcar to the settlement There we found the whole\ntribe assembled\u2014numbering about forty adults and twenty\nchildren\u2014in the chief's house. The Indian service was\nvery creditably performed, after which I addressed the\ntribe concerning the proposed school, and found a\nperfect unanimity as to the expediency of establishing it.\nI also expressed a hope that a church would also be MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nbuilt ere long, which they seemed exceedingly anxious\nto effect. After I had finished, the chief, who is a\nsplendid fellow, asked permission to speak. He said\nneither himself nor his people could think what 'the\nChurch ' was doing to leave him thus entirely alone and\nneglected ; certainly it was not acting according to our\nBlessed Lord's commands. All he said was in sorrow, not\nin anger. I replied with the oft-repeated excuse of ' no\nmen '\u2014God only knows how my soul revolts against it.\nI promised to do all I could for them\u2014of course, it is\nbut little. In common with all other tribes I have\nvisited, almost none were baptized. I shall have to visit\nthe place again in a fortnight to baptize the infants. How\ncan one see a great field of work like this and not try\nto do it ? And how can I do it ? The whole tribe are\nexcessively anxious to have a school established, and a\nchurch, and I believe would do all in their power to help.\n\" Business ended, I baptized a dying old man, and\nthen left for Boston Bar. About six of the chief men of\nthe tribe accompanied me in their canoe, to attend the\nother service. The Indian service was sung very sweetly,\nthe most musical I have ever heard, the chief who\nconducted it showing really great untaught musical\nability. I promised this tribe I would endeavour to get\nthem the necessary lumber for completing their church\nas soon as possible. ... I had to listen to the same\nbitter complaints repeated, and to reply in the same strain,\nof course. ... I left Boston Bar at 2.30 and arrived at\nYale at 5.15\u2014a fine run of twenty-five miles. I must\ntry to visit these tribes once a month, till something is\nmanaged permanently. . . . One cannot help feeling\nthat the Church will have to answer for many souls lost\nduring these past years of trouble and grievous temptation to the Indian tribes.\"\nThe statement referred to above is as follows :\u2014\n\" We, the undersigned Indians of Yankee Flat, desire\na certain sum of money due to us from Mr. Onderdonk\nto be paid over to the Lord Bishop of New Westminster, NEW WESTMINSTER. 115\nfor the purpose of building and establishing a day-school\nfor our children in the neighbourhood of our village.\"\nIt was signed by twenty-three householders of\nthe tribes and by the witnesses to the act, and so\nforwarded to the Indian Superintendent\nWe append a description, by the Bishop, of the\nIndian Mission and its needs and possibilities.\n\" The Indian Mission at Lytton\u2014S. Paul's Mission,\nas it is called\u2014includes all Indians speaking the\n'Thompson River' tongue, and extends from about\neight miles above Yale to the foot of Nicola Lake, a\nhundred and twenty-three miles along the main waggon\nroad, with an offshoot from Lytton in the direction of\nLillooet, and another from Spence's Bridge as far as\nAshcroft.\n\" The number of the people is variously estimated at\nfrom two thousand to two thousand five hundred, of\nwhom about one-fourth have received baptism, and\nabout one-tenth have been confirmed. These are the\nresults of the sixteen years' work of the Rev. J. B. Good,\nwho resigned the Mission last year. . . . This year we\nhope to invoke God's blessing on a faithful endeavour\nto bring the widest influence of Christianity to bear\nupon this people, not only to build them up in spiritual\nthings, but to minister also to their mental and physical\nimprovement and elevation. The Mission staff in this\nwide and important field has consisted hitherto of but\ntwo persons, for whose support the S.P.G. has made\nannual grants of ^300 and \u00a3$0 respectively. The\ncatechist resided at Lytton, where his labours were\nlimited to saying prayers in the absence of the missionary.\nHe was a catechist only in name, because he was never\nable to acquire sufficient knowledge of English to study\nfor himself, and was not, therefore, more perfectly\ninstructed than the congregation. Mr. Good resided for\na while at Lytton, but for the last six years of his incumbency he occupied the Mission House at Yale, visiting\nJ L\n116 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe Lytton district from time to time as other duties\nallowed. Under these circumstances, the wonder is that\nthe Church retained any hold at all upon the people, and\nit is the most eloquent testimony to their steadfastness\nthat they accepted thankfully such desultory and deficient\nministrations as were afforded them, and are to this day\ntrue and loyal to their first instructors in the faith.\n\" Now for the due administration of such a mission it\nis equally imperative that the missionary should occupy\nsome central headquarters, and that he should at frequent\nintervals visit the distant villages ; and so the first conclusion arrived at was, that at least two men must be\nassociated together in the work. I obtained the consent\nof S.P.G. to a division of their grant of ^300, to which\nI propose adding ^100 more from private sources, and\nI have found (D&lpltwo devoted men who, for the\nreduced stipend, have given themselves to the work. . . .\nNot hastily or unadvisedly, but after long and prayerful\nconsideration, have these appointments been made, and\nI earnestly plead, on behalf of these new fellow-labourers,\nfor a share in the intercessions of the Church that their\ndevotion and labours be not in vain.\n\" For a priest's house at Lytton I am indebted to the\ngenerosity of the Rev. R. C. Whiteway, who has placed\nhis cottage at the disposal of the mission. With a little\nenlargement, at a cost of about ^\"50, it can be made\nsufficiently commodious for the purpose. One of the\nclergy will reside at Lytton permanently, while the other\njourneys to and fro through the district. The one in\nresidence will, in the first place, be responsible for the\ndaily offering of the Sacrifice of praise and prayer, and,\nsecondly, will combine with his spiritual ministrations\nthe elementary instruction of young men and boys. This\ndepartment of the Mission we propose gradually to\nextend by making provisions for the accommodation of\npupils from distant villages, by the erection of workshops,\nand by associating with the Mission priests a lay brother\ncompetent to give instruction in the technical and industrial branches of education. NEW WESTMINSTER. 117\nI When we shall have been allowed to accomplish this,\nwe shall have wrought a social revolution in the land, for\nwe shall have elevated the people from the servile condition of hewers of wood and drawers of water and given\nthem an equal chance in the race of life. Whether they\nare capable of this is, of course, a question which we\nmust expect to have raised. I have no doubt about it,\nor I should be less hopeful about making the experiment.\nThere are already examples enough of self-improvement under the present very limited opportunities to\nwarrant the highest expectations, and the opinion is\nshared by all who have brought unprejudiced observation\nto bear upon Indian character, amongst whom I may\nventure to include our late Governor-General, There is\nanother branch of the work to speak of before I have\ndone, and one, though second in order, by no means\nsecond in importance. If the men are to be raised\nsocially, industrially, physically, the women must be raised\ntoo.\n\" The girls of the present generation will be the wives\nof the young men and boys we are going to educate, and,\napart altogether from their right inherent to equal privileges, we must raise them mentally and spiritually if we\nwould not have them unconsciously neutralize our efforts\non behalf of the other sex. But there is a higher view\nthan this to take, for if, amongst ourselves, the influence\nof woman is perhaps the strongest auxiliary for refining\nand purifying the nature of man, why may we not expect\nan equally happy result to follow the cultivation in these\ndusky maidens, of the more gentle and tender instincts\nand attributes of womanhood ?\n\"And by the good Providence of God this auxiliary\nwork has been placed within reach of accomplishment.\nA year ago a call to undertake it was heard at Ditching-\nham, and was immediately responded to, and three Sisters\nof the Community of All Hallows' are ready to come out\nas soon as we have provided the necessary premises.\nThey come at their own expense, and maintain themselves, if necessary, for a year or more, and the cost to the ii8 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nChurch amounts to no more than the hire or erection of\na suitable house, and the purchase of furniture. It is\nnot yet decided whether to hire or to build. At the\nclose of railway construction (that is, within twelve\nmonths), various buildings will be for sale which could\neasily be adapted for the purpose, though there are none\nsuch actually at Lytton. On the other hand, special\nbuildings would be most convenient, and Lytton the\nmost suitable site. The maintenance of pupils in the\ninstitution will be the most serious expense, for I cannot\nput the cost per head at less than ^20 per annum,\nand the Indians themselves must not be depended on to\ncontribute much.\n\" Now I have done. I have striven to write without\nexaggeration ; I have even denied myself the expression\nof the enthusiasm I feel in the contemplation of this\nwork (an enthusiasm warranted, I believe, by the grandeur\nof the possible results), because I would not risk the loss\nof a single practical mission helper by an apparently\nover-coloured picture. I know what I feel, and that the\nfuture will justify me.\n\"I ask only God's blessing; with that all we need\nbesides will follow.\" NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XV.\nPROGRESS OF DIOCESAN ORGANIZATION.\n1883-1884.\nTHE Bishop was fortunate throughout his episcopate in the possession of a strong Home Committee, which was ever at work presenting the\nclaims of the diocese before the English public,\nand sending out help in men and means. In 1884\nthe work of the diocese had so increased in extent\nand interest that the Home Committee decided\nupon the printing and issuing of a quarterly paper,\nwhich should contain the latest news from the seat\nof work. To these quarterly papers for the history\nof the next few years the writer of this memoir is\nvery largely indebted.\nThe visit of Archdeacon Woods to England in\n\u25a01882, and his long tour of deputation work, were\nof the greatest service in arousing interest in New\nWestminster among the English parishes, and his\nreturn in 1883 left the committee without any one\nto carry on what had now become a necessary\nwork, viz. that of pleading personally for the wants\nof the diocese. To quote the report\u2014\n\" The committee had to face this difficulty, and, after\ncareful consideration, came to the conclusion that it was\nnecessary to employ a clergyman who should devote at\nleast half the year to travelling as a deputation for the 120 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nmission, and doing the other necessary work in connection with the Mission Guild.\"\nThe clergyman appointed to this important\noffice, the Rev. H. H. Mogg, was, as a former\nworker in British Columbia, enabled to speak from\npersonal observation, and to describe the needs of\nthe diocese the more readily from having himself\nfelt them.\nIt would be difficult to say to what an extent\nthe work of this committee lightened the labours\nof the Bishop. Certainly there was ever the most\nloyal co-operation ; on the one hand, the single\ndesire to carry out consistently and cheerfully the\nwishes of the head of the Mission ; on the other\nhand, the readiness to trust to the proved judgment and tried affection of friends at home. The\nBishop's committee consisted of personal friends,\nand the friendship, which in many cases dated\nfrom before his consecration, continued unbroken\ntill death\u2014aye, and beyond.\nWhile on this head, it may be mentioned that\nthis year, mainly through the untiring energy of\nan English worker\u2014Miss Lansdale\u2014a mission-\nboat was sent out for conveying missionaries from\nplace to place, and for visiting and holding services\non board ships in the harbours. The funds had\nbeen collected in the autumn of 1884, and the boat\nwas built at Bristol\u2014a good, strong, seaworthy\nsailing-boat, about seventeen feet long, fitted with\nsails, oars, centre-board, and all the necessary gear,\nand manageable, if necessary, by one man.\nWhile this important aid to the missionary work\nof New Westminster was on its way out, the\nBishop was energetically engaged\u2014although the\nwinter was far from over\u2014in the oversight of\nthe districts immediately around the see city. NEW WESTMINSTER. 121\nThe Bishop paid an interesting visit to Surrey\nfrom the end of July to about August 9th.\nMr. Bell's parish was about twenty-seven miles\nlong by about fifteen wide, and embraced two\nmunicipalities. Of Trenant, the western municipality, we have frequently heard already ; the\neastern portion was called Surrey\u2014a poor district,\nbut one in which the Church was making great\nadvances. The services hitherto had been held in\nthe Town Hall (let not the reader form his idea\nfrom the English equivalent of this), but, by dint\nof great self-sacrifice, the building of a church had\nat last become feasible, and one part of the Bishop's\npurpose in coming was to lay the foundation-stone.\nThis was done with full masonic rites, and Christ\nChurch, Surrey, was auspiciously begun for a\nscattered flock, many of whom had not been inside\na church for many years.\nBaptisms and Confirmations were also administered by the Bishop, and when his visit was over,\nthe people laboured so enthusiastically on their\nchurch that on September 29th\u2014the Feast of\nS. Michael and All Angels\u2014it was ready for\nopening, just seven weeks from the laying of the\nfoundation-stone.\nAbout this same time a desire, long entertained\nby the Bishop, was carried out in the inauguration\nof\" a Mission in the Spallumcheen and Kamloops\ndistrict. The importance of the step had been\npressed upon the S.P.G. from year to year, but at\nlast the progress of railway construction compelled\naction, and the Rev. D. H. W. Horlock was removed from Yale, which was now a rapidly decaying place, with a daily diminishing population, to\ntake charge of the Kamloops Mission.\nThe Mission extended from Clinton on the\nnorth to Okanagan on the south, and embraced 122 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCache Creek, Savona's, Grand Prairie, and Spallumcheen. One hundred miles in one direction,\nand seventy-five in the other, it was sufficiently\nlarge to^fully task the energies of three men,\nespecially as th^failway was running through\nseventy or eighty miles of it. Kamloops was fixed\nupon as the head and centre of the Mission.\nThe fir\u00a7tg service was held in the temporary\nchurch at Kamloops on September 7th, when the\nBishop officiated. Mr. Horlock entered upon the\npermanen\u00a3|duties of the mission a fortnight later,\nand his first coadjutor was found in the Rev. A.\nShildrick, transferred from Maple Ridge. A new\nworker was also promised in the Rev. H. Irwin, I\nexpected early in 1885.\nIt will be seen that the diocese was gradually\nattracting to itself a staff of clergy more adequate\nfor the work the Bishop had before him ; but in a\ndiocese every day becoming more populous and\nimportant, and a hundred and sixty thousand\nsquare miles in extent, even thirteen clergy was\nnot an extravagant provision.\nUnder these circumstances, it was a bright day\nfor the Mission and the Bishop when, in October,\nthe staff was reinforced by the arrival of the Rev. -\nH. Edwardes for the Indian Mission, Lytton ; three\nSisters from the Community of All Hallows',\nDitchingham, for school work at Yale ; and Miss\nBoyce for school work at Nicola. The prospects\nof the Indian Mission now looked rosy indeed, and\nthe new impetus given to it will be appreciated\nwhen we come to the Bishop's account of the Indian\ngathering this year at Lytton.\nBut in spite dffjthe brighter outlook in many\ndirections, financial anxiety had not ceased to\nparalyze, to a large extent, the Bishop's activities.\nThe following letter addressed to the Secretary of NEW WESTMINSTER. 123\nthe Home Committee will show the Bishop's position in this respect :\u2014\nS New Westminster,\n\" November 3, 1884.\n\" My dear Mogg,\nS For my own part I am afraid that my report\nthis time must be a melancholy one. We held our\nquarterly Executive Committee meeting last week. Our\nbank balance amounts to .\u00a3147, including all special\ndonations, which of course ought to be reserved for their\nparticular purpose. We required, however, .\u00a3146 ioj.\nfor actual stipends, and the committee decided that it\nwas better to appropriate the special funds rather than\nleave the stipends unpaid. We, therefore, paid the\nstipends in full, but bills to the amount of ^75 had to\nbe laid over. The simple fact, therefore, is that the\ndiocese at this moment is insolvent. Understand particularly that I am not finding fault with you. I am\naware of the circumstance that you have drawn no\nsalary as organizing secretary during the year, and I\nrequire you to publish this circumstance with the rest of\nmy letter. I am finding fault with no one except it be\nmyself for not using my own pen to better purpose ; but\nI abhor writing begging letters, especially to individuals,\nthough I suppose I must descend to it, if money is not\notherwise forthcoming.\n\" On December 31st a similar amount will be due\nfor stipends, the bill will have to be paid, and we ought\nto replace the special donations which have been appropriated. Further than this, we are under engagements\nto pay ^50 towards a church at Mud Bay now nearly\ncompleted, and ^\u00a350 towards new buildings for Lome\nCollege. I have exhausted local effort for this year,\nand must depend, therefore, wholly upon home contributions being remitted in time. . . .\n\" Ever yours sincerely,\n\"A. W. New Westminster.\"\nMeanwhile, not only were those outside the .\ndiocese called upon to bestir themselves, but 124 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nChurchmen within the diocese were also invited\nto rise to the needs of the occasion. At the\nrequest of the Bishop, Archdeacon Woods undertook to organize what has since become a most\nimportant part of the diocesan machinery\u2014the\nDiocesan Mission Fund. The Archdeacon put\nforth an appeal for prompt help, reminding Churchmen that grants from outside were only for a time,\nand might at any time fail or be withdrawn.\nWe may conclude this general review of the work\nof the year with a reference to the meeting of\nsynod on November 20th. The Bishop preached\na very able sermon at the opening of synod from\nthe text, a Look not every man on his own things,\nbut every man also on the things of others,\" and\nafterwards delivered his address, in which he dealt\nwith the general condition of the diocese, the appointment of attorneys for S.P.G., the need of\ncanons dealing with the solemnization of holy\nmatrimony, the subject of periodical collections\nwithin the diocese for various public objects, such\nas S.P.G., S.P.C.K., and the Diocesan Fund, and the\nneed for a proper arrangement of the boundaries\nof parishes. All these subjects were duly discussed, and such others as were brought up by\nindividual members of the synod, various committees appointed, and a very good and useful\nsession brought to a conclusion in one day.\nFrom all these details of diocesan organization\nand work, which it was necessary to mention, we\nmay now turn to the more interesting subject of\nthe Bishop's journeys, in the spring and summer\nto Lytton for the great Indian gathering, in the\nautumn to Cariboo. NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XVI.\nTHE INDIAN GATHERING AT LYTTON.\n\" At length, the night has passed away, and the dawn of\na new and, we all hope, a more prosperous day has broken\nupon the long-neglected Indian Mission in this diocese.\"\nSo writes the Bishop in commencing an article\nto the Mission Field with regard to what was in\nsome respects the most interesting diocesan event\nof 1884.\nThe Bishop continues\u2014\n\" It was in July, 1882, that I announced to the S.P.G.\nthe resignation of the Rev. J. B. Good, which took\neffect in September following. The officers of the\nSociety will know the efforts that have been continually\nmade ever since in the direction of a reorganization of\nthe Mission, and I cannot hope for a better opportunity\nthan this of acknowledging the sympathetic and patient\nconsideration with which the Society has waited for the\ndevelopment of the plan of reorganization which I laid\nbefore it two years ago. To have hurried that plan to a\npremature execution would have been fatal to its success,\nbut nevertheless to have been allowed so long a time\nfor preparation demands a thankful acknowledgment. I\nwould not have it supposed that during two years no\nwork has been done. Far from that, for apart from\nthe permanent residence at Lytton of the Rev. R. C. 126 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nWhiteway, I am much indebted to the Rev. G. Ditcham\nand the Rev. D. H. W. Horlock for the willing and\nvaluable assistance they have rendered me, sometimes at\nthe expense of much personal inconvenience. Still, the\nwork has been necessarily desultory, and, in consequence,\nimperfect and unsatisfactory.\n\"With the greater thankfulness, therefore, I record\nthe end of the interregnum and the happy inauguration\nof a new period in the life of the Mission. For two long\nyears, and often with a desponding heart, I have been\nencouraging the Indians to look forward to the ' good\ntime coming ' when Church work, and specially education,\nwould be resumed among them, and with greater earnestness than ever. And therefore, when the good time had\ncome, it seemed fitting to usher it in with some amount\nof ceremony and observance. To this end, I summoned\nthe Indians, far and near, as many as were able, to meet\nme in June, at a favourite camping-ground of theirs\nnear Lytton, that I might introduce to them the Rev. R\nSmall, and publicly induct him into his office. I was\ndesirous, too, of impressing upon their minds the reality\nof their fellowship with us in the Body of Christ, and\ntherefore invited to be present the Archdeacon of\nColumbia and other clergy, engaged chiefly in white\nwork, as well as a few representatives of the laity.\"\nAfter describing the journey by steamer, rail,\nand road to Lytton, one of the party writes\u2014\n\" On Friday, the 30th, we reached our camping-ground\nabout 2 p.m., having ridden in from Lytton, a distance\nof about fourteen miles, a ride full of interest in every\nmile from the time we crossed the wooden bridge which\nspans the Thompson at its junction with the Fraser, and\nthence climbed up, on some surefooted Indian horses,\nhills which had literally in places to be climbed by the\naid of steps cut in their sides; and as we rose higher\nand higher, we were able to look down on and trace for\na considerable distance the course of the Thompson as NEW WESTMINSTER. 127\nit came down on our right to join the Fraser, which,\nfacing us in our course, lay on our left. We could see\nfor ourselves the geography of the land into which we\nwere entering, how it lay in the fork between the two\nrivers. We passed in our ride two well-laid-out farms\nof no great extent, but rich to profusion through the\nfertility of the virgin soil, irrigated from some of the\nmany cool, clear, rippling streams which crossed our\ntrail every few miles.\n\"On reaching Pootanie we found our tents already\npitched, and every preparation made for our comfort.\nSome few Indians came out to meet us, but there\nwas no formal reception until later in the afternoon,\nafter a short rest and such refreshment as cool water,\ngrateful shade, and not unsubstantial 'tea,' were well\ncalculated to afford. Having formally announced their\nintention, the Indians then came from their encampment towards the Bishop's reception-tent\u2014a bell-tent\npitched under the shade of a great pine tree\u2014and\nmarching past in single file, spoke to and shook hands\nwith each member of our party, many of them, both\nmen and women, recognizing Archdeacon Woods, who\nhad visited the Hope, Yale, and Lytton Missions some\nyears before the division of the diocese. The formalities\nof the reception over, there was little to be done until\nthe next day, when there would be plenty of work for\nall. The Bishop announced the hours of the different\nChurch services, the Sunday work was planned out, and\nother arrangements made clear, so that all should know\nwhat they had to do, and how far they were at liberty to\nfollow their own devices. And now while we wait for\nthe real work, which has brought us so far, to begin on\nSaturday morning, let us look round and observe the site\nof our camping-ground. Gentle swelling hills, covered\nwith rich verdure\u2014not grass in the sense in which the\nwordis used in reference to cultivated pasture land, but yet\nevery inch of the ground covered with a thick, rich, soft\ncarpet of green, so thick and soft that to lie down on it\nwas as restful as the most luxurious couch, so rich that 128 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe hundreds of horses belonging to the whole encampment, some tethered, but the greater part free, find\nample pasture, while the wild flowers innumerable, and\nof so many various kinds, give an added beauty to what\nin itself is so lovely. On one small hill are two tents\nappropriated to the Bishop, Mrs. Sillitoe, and Miss Woods;\non another are the tents assigned to the rest of the\nparty ; while the bell-tent stands midway between. Lower\ndown, and on more level ground, is the awning\u2014it\ncannot be called a tent\u2014under which the table for meals\nis built. The word built is used advisedly, for the table\nconsists of so many stout legs driven into the ground,\nand slabs laid on top ; while benches run down each side,\nbuilt after the same fashion as the table; the seat of\nhonour at the head of the table being a round log sawn\noff so as to make a seat, and set up on end. The whole\nencampment is looped round by a stream of water of icy\ncoolness and crystal clearness. Across a little valley\nstood the tents of the interpreter, Meshell, and his\nfamily and following, while the general camp of Indians\nwas entirely out of sight, though close at hand, for one\nhad but to walk a few hundred yards from the bell-tent\nand from the side of any of the low hills to look down\nupon a sight not easily, once seen, to be forgotten. A\nlarge low-lying plain, quite level throughout its whole\nextent, marked off from the forest and brush on its\nfarthest border by the stream already described, was the\nplace chosen by the Indians for their encampment.\nOur first view of it was after nightfall when the camp\nfires were lighted, and the work of the day being over,\ncooking, feasting, smoking, chatting, singing, or rest, pure\nand simple, varied the aspect of each group of tents.\n\"The work of the day\u2014what was it? What had\nbrought this crowd of Indians, men, women, and\nchildren, to the number of close on a thousand, from\ntheir different homes situated miles away in all directions ?\nThey were here to gather what was to them a valuable\nharvest of edible roots of various kinds, and the fact of\ntheir being thus assembled in one central spot afforded NEW WESTMINSTER. 129\nthe Bishop his opportunity. Apart from the immediate\nproximity of both wings of our encampment stood the\naltar, with altar cross, flower vases, altar lights, and all\nthat was needful for the due and reverent celebration of\nHoly Communion. The altar stood upon a slightly\nelevated platform, carpeted, as was the ground all round,\nwith layers of young pine branches, the whole being\nunder a screen, or, in ecclesiastical terminology, a balda-\nchino, erected by the Indians before our arrival.\n\"On Saturday, the 31st, the greater part of the day\nwas devoted to examining the credentials of those Indians\nwho desired to present themselves for Holy Communion\non Whit Sunday. Each Indian on being brought under\nChristian teaching is given a printed paper certifying\nthat he is a catechumen belonging to a certain mission or\nsection of a mission. When baptized, he is given another\npaper ruled for three separate entries, the first of which\nis filled in with the date and place of baptism. In due\ncourse, if all goes well, the second is filled in with the\ndate of Confirmation, and the third with the date of his\nfirst Communion. These papers had to be examined\none by one, the chief of a tribe, if a Christian, or the\ncaptain or watchman of a village being required to\nbear testimony that there was no charge against him.\nIf all proved satisfactory, he was given a ticket signed\nby the priest who had examined his case. Among all\nwho presented themselves as desirous of communicating,\nbut two cases of any difficulty occurred. The examination of credentials occupied the three priests present a\nconsiderable part of the day. Throughout the afternoon and late into the evening new arrivals called for\nfurther examinations, so that the work may be said to\nhave extended over the whole Saturday. In the course\nof the afternoon, the Bishop addressed the Indians on\nvarious subjects of interest and practical utility, suggesting to the men some questions (specially in relation to\nschools and education) for discussion by themselves in\ncouncil. The women he addressed by themselves.\n\"Whit Sunday, June 1st, was indeed a glorious day, i3o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\none to be rememembered with thanksgiving by all who\nthat day were gathered together in the secluded valley\nof Pootanie. It could not be but that one's mind was\ncarried back to the first Whit Sunday, when ' the day of\nPentecost was fully come.' True, there was no sound\nfrom heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, no cloven\ntongues like as of fire, but none the less there was the\nfelt presence of God the Holy Ghost.\n\" The accredited messengers of God were there with\nthe message of His Gospel and the Sacraments ordained\nby Christ Himself, to assure these Indians, many of them\nalready Christians and inheritors of the kingdom of\nheaven, but many of them still heathen, yet with\nsufficient fight and knowledge to comprehend the full\nmeaning of the assurance that ' the promise is to you\nand to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as\nmany as the Lord our God shall call.' When at the six-\no'clock celebration\u2014we believe the first in that place\u2014\none hundred and eleven Indians received the most comfortable sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ, who\ncould doubt but that a great and real work was being\ndone among them ? . . . On Whit Sunday there were\nthree celebrations, the High Celebration being by the\nBishop, at 10.30. At the afternoon service the whole\nbody of Indians was present, and Evensong having\nbeen said, the Rev. Richard Small, the Rev. G. Ditcham,\nand the Ven. the Archdeacon of Columbia gave short\naddresses\u2014a plan adopted by request of the Indians\nthemselves. At this service nineteen children were\nbaptized by the Bishop.\n\"On Monday, June 2nd, the Bishop, the Rev. R.\nSmall, and Mr. Cantell remained another day in camp\nto further certain details of work, the rest of the party,\nwith the exception of Mrs. Sillitoe, turning their faces\nhomeward, and reaching New Westminster on the evening of June 3rd.\"\nThe foregoing account may well be supplemented by some extracts from the Bishop's own\ndescription. NEW WESTMINSTER. 131\n\" On Friday, May 30th,\" he says, \" we were all\nassembled in camp at a place called by the Indians\nPootanie, about fifteen miles from Lytton, among the\nmountains, between the Thompson and Fraser rivers,\nabout three thousand feet above the sea-level.\n\" I have not time for topographical word pictures, but\nI verily believe there are artists in England who would\nnot think it too far to have come for one look at Pootanie.\nThe first glance around was one of wondering admiration,\nthe second afforded the fullest justification of our presence,\nfor the extent of the Indian camp showed that large\nnumbers had responded to my call, and a great opportunity was before us. The Indian camp was on a flat at\nthe upper end of a narrow valley, and beyond it the\nground rose suddenly in benches and terraces. On the\nfirst of these was MesheU's camp, and ours on the next,\nand between the two, in a little natural amphitheatre, was\nerected a canopy of evergreens, under which, on a raised\nplatform, was the altar.\n\"A flag floated over nearly every tent, in most\ninstances the diocesan flag, blue, with gold cross and\nmitre ; and the whole scene was bright and picturesque\nand, to most of us, novel.\n\" A fifteen-miles' ride and two thousand six hundred\nfeet altitude above our breakfast level made the dinner\ngong a pleasant sound, and the Indians were thoughtful\nenough to send us a message to the effect that they\nwould not expect us to receive them until after we had\nrested; and having formed a procession in their own\ncamp, we presently saw them approaching us from\nbelow, in Indian file, of course, with stately tread, the\nmen coming first, the women following.\n\" They wound up the hill in zigzag lines, the men uncovering as they approached. We stood in a line, and\nshook hands with each as they passed by. There were\nabout nine hundred of them, and the ceremony occupied\njust an hour. After the reception we had Evensong, and\nthe Indians returned to their camp.\"\nThe Bishop goes on to describe the work of L\n132 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nSaturday, the examination of credentials, etc., an\naccount of which has been already given.\n\"In the afternoon,\" he resumes, \"all the women and\ngirls assembled under the shade of a gigantic pine, at the\nfoot of which my tent was pitched. I addressed them\non the subject of domestic life, the duties and responsibilities of their sex, and the cultivation of womanly\nvirtues ; and explained to them the object of the girls'\nschool shortly to be established at Yale under a\nbranch of the Ditchingham Sisterhood. Mrs. Sillitoe\nthen distributed among them handkerchiefs, aprons,\npicture cards, etc., gifts for the purpose from friends in\nEngland.\n\" After this was held a meeting of chiefs, captains, and\nwatchmen, to whom I explained the plan of the Mission .\nas reorganized under Mr. Small and Mr. Edwardes and\nthe Ditchingham Sisters, particularly insisting on the\nprinciple of self-support as regards both the church and\neducation. I requested them to discuss the plan among\nthemselves, and to report the result to me on Monday.\nIt subsequently transpired that they sat in council over\nthis discussion till three o'clock in the morning !\n\" They then presented me with a list of cases occurring\nwithin their several jurisdictions of delinquency in various\nforms, and I arranged to hold a court of inquiry on\nMonday. The Sunday services were then announced,\nand the meeting closed with a potlatch, or distribution\nof knives, fishhooks, pictures, and tobacco.\"\nOmitting the account of the Sunday services,\nwhich have already been sufficiently described, let\nus come to the picture presented of a Bishop's\ncourt among the Indian converts.\n\" On Monday, after breakfast, ... the whole throng\not men, women, and children gathered on the slope in\nfront of my tent to ' assist ' at the court of inquiry. The\n' cause list ' included two cases of matrimonial difficulty, NEW WESTMINSTER. 133\none of drinking and gambling, one of practising ' medicine magic,' and a long-pending charge against the late\ncatechist It is creditable to the delinquents to say that\nthey all put in an appearance, although, of course, they\ncould not have been compelled to do so, nor were any\nof them under constraint\n\"The matrimonial cases were easily arranged, and\nI had the happiness of restoring harmony to two wigwams. The drinking and gambling case was the more\nserious, inasmuch as the accused was no less a personage\nthan the recognized chief of all the Thompson River tribes.\nIt speaks volumes for the honesty and courage of these\nChurch officers that they did not hesitate to present even\ntheir superior chief as an offender against the laws of\nmorality.\n\" A lecture on the responsibility of his office and his\nChristian obligations was patiently listened to by the\nold chief. He then made a very humble, public acknowledgment of the justice of the charges, expressed his\npenitence, and only asked us to give him a little time in\nwhich to prove his sincerity. He then signed a written\ndeclaration to abstain both from whisky and gambling,\nand I told him I should require in two months' time\ncertificates of his good behaviour in these respects.\n\" The charges against the catechist were fully proved,\nand he was deposed from his office. The 'medicineman' proved the most difficult to deal with, chiefly\nbecause, as of old, his profession brought him 'much\ngain.' He denied ever receiving more than $10 for\nhis work, and claimed that, after all, his work was\nchiefly one of prayer. There was evidence,' however,\nthat he had received as much as $50 in some cases,\nand I pointed out to him that on the ordinary occasions\nof prayer he did not find it necessary to strip himself\nnaked, and dance and howl, as his custom was when\nofficiating as medicine-man. He positively refused to\nabandon the practice, and there was no alternative,\ntherefore, but to excommunicate him, and, further, to\n' threaten with excommunication any who employed his 134 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nservices. I do not venture to hope that the remedy\nwill be altogether effectual, but it will mitigate the evil.\nAnother remedy, and a better one, I would like to be\nable to adopt, viz. the appointment of a medical\nmatters, they informed me that they were quite prepared\nto contribute to the support of schools, and wished me\nto say how much I expected them to give. . . . The\nappointment of a new chief, the registering of the\nbaptisms of the previous day, and issue of certificates,\ntogether with some minor matters, concluded the day.\nNext morning, after a short farewell charge, I called\nfor three cheers for the Queen\u2014a name of mingled\nmystery and confiding love to Indian ears\u2014to which\nthey responded heartily in English fashion, and then we\nbroke up camp and returned to Lytton.\"\nOne more account of this remarkable meeting\nmust be given, coming as it does from one of the\nIndians present, and written after the Bishop's\ndeath.\n\"In June, 1884,\" the account runs, \"our Bishop came\nup to Lytton with Mrs. Sillitoe to go to Pootanie. . . .\nMr. Hughes and I went to Pootanie ahead of the\nBishop's party to choose a good place for the camp.\nMr. Hughes when he saw Pootanie was very glad, and\nsaid it was the best place the Bishop could come to.\nAll the hills were covered with fine flowers, red, blue,\nwhite, and green. We had horses ready to meet the\nBishop at Lytton, and we sent notice all round to the\nIndians belonging to the English Catholic Church. At\nonce they came to Pootanie as fast as they could, some\nof them hardly taking time to bring their blankets\nand food.\n\" The first 'day in camp the Bishop rested quietly in\nhis tent, being tired from the long journey. The following day all the Indians dressed up to go to his tent to NEW WESTMINSTER. 135\nshake hands with him. They walked in a straight line\nto his tent. When they had finished shaking hands\nwe looked where they had been walking, and it was a\nvery big trail, because the Indians were so many. The\nsame day we built a rough church and altar, the clergy\nand Indians all working together. The church was\nbuilt of green brush and flowers, and we hung up all\nour flags.\"\nsdf MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XVII.\nTHE REPORT FOR 1884.\nIn the report issued at the end of 1884, the prevailing note is unmistakably that of disappointment\u2014a disappointment all the keener inasmuch as\nit appeared to the Bishop that the gloominess of\nthe outlook was attributable to causes within the\ncontrol of Churchmen in the diocese.\nThere was disappointment with regard to the\nsynod, which was poorly attended by the lay\ndelegates, and the Bishop speaks out with great\nplainness and candour as to the failure of the laity\nto rise to their opportunities in this matter.\n\"Eighteen lay delegates,\" he says, \"had been elected,\nbut of this number only eight put in an appearance. . . .\nBut further, with regard to the business transacted, it is\nthe merest euphemism to say that expedition characterized the whole proceedings. The Committee on S.P.G.\nAttorneys recommended the Executive Committee to\nattend to the business. The Committee on Marriage\nLaws 'respectfully recommended' the Bishop to look\ninto them and get them altered if lie thought it\nnecessary, and they added three other 'recommendations' to whom it might concern, extremely good as\nto the matter of them, but devoid of practical force. . . .\nNow, the question is pre-eminently a layman's question.\nThe laity called for the synod in the first instance, and\nit was granted to them, although by many amongst us 1\nNEW WESTMINSTER. 137\nregarded as inopportune. It is, therefore, not unreasonable to require that the laity shall take an interest in the\nsynod, ana that the lay members shall cheerfully and\npatiently devote themselves to the business of the\ndiocese.\n\" If the synod is simply to pass resolutions recommending the Executive Committee and the Bishop to do the\nwork, we can do the work without such a recommendation at all. ...\"\nA similar feeling of disappointment pervaded his\nlordship's remarks on Church schools, in the cause\nof which he had sacrificed so much time and money.\n\" It seems to be entirely ignored,\" he says, \" that these\ninstitutions exist, not as private speculations, but for the\npromotion of religious education on Church principles.\nIt is simply a question as to whether such an object is\ndesirable or not. I established these schools because I\nbelieved that it is, and because I was encouraged to do\nso by the repeated solicitations of Church people. I am\nnaturally, therefore, disappointed at finding Church\nchildren sent indiscriminately to Roman or to free\nschools, while our own are left to languish for want of\nsupport, and I myself am consumed with anxiety on\ntheir account.\"\nOther subjects called for equally plain expressions of feeling, the uniform depression of the\nBishop's statement being only broken by a more\nhopeful forecast of the prospects of the Indian\nwork and schools.\nThe great anxiety which no doubt clouded the\nBishop's estimate of the whole diocesan work was\nthe serious financial outlook resulting from the\ndecrease of offerings both in England and within\nthe diocese. On this point the Bishop writes\u2014\n\"While I would be the very last to regard the\nfinancial prosperity of the diocese as an absolute test of 138 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nits success, nevertheless I am strongly of opinion that\nwhere a Church fails to attract the willing and hearty\nsupport of its members, the circumstance betokens a want\nof confidence and harmony for which there must be a\ncause, and for which it is the duty of all, and especially\nfor those in authority, to seek a remedy.\"\nOne cause to which the Bishop called special\nattention, whether rightly or wrongly the present\nwriter has no knowledge, lay in a direction upon\nwhich he speaks trenchantly and with characteristic\ncourage.\n\"There is, however, another way of reading our\nfinancial embarrassment, and one which the solemn\nobligations of my office forbid me to overlook, viz. as\naffording an indication of the relationship existing\nbetween pastor and people. And herein, again, I must\nguard myself from being misunderstood. I do not for\none moment allow that the personal relationship of any\none to his parish priest is a lawful or proper measure of\nhis obligation to support his Church. A man's duty in this\nrespect belongs to a region far removed from all personal\nconsiderations. Nevertheless, unfortunately for human\nnature, we know only too well that personal relationship\nis the pivot on which a large proportion of our religious\ncontributions turns, and the first and commonest indication of friction in the running of the parochial machine\nis often the failure or falling off of contributions. It\nwould be childish to ignore that there is friction of a\nserious character in some of our parishes, and such\nfriction as ought to be avoided, and could be avoided ;\nfor in every instance at present in my mind, self-will and\nno principle whatever is the originating cause of it Self-\nwill is equally unlovely, whether in priest or people, but\nit is undoubtedly less excusable in the former, who\nshould have the more evenly balanced and more perfectly\nsanctified mind. ' It is impossible but that offences will\ncome, but woe unto him through whom they come.'\nThe responsibility, whether to priest pr layman, is a. NEW WESTMINSTER. 139\nterrible one, while the insignificance of the matter in\ndispute is an aggravation of the scandal and a wanton\noutrage to common sense.\n\" The shepherd is quick to complain if his flock do\nnot follow him, but he complains also when they follow\nhim in the path of self-will. He claims that to him is\ncommitted the cure of souls, and his conscience must\nnot be fettered in the exercise of it. My brothers, there\nis a cure of souls of higher responsibility than yours,\nthat is, your Bishop's, and his conscience is to him a\nmatter as solemn as your own. You can, by submission,\nthrow your responsibility on to him ; he cannot dispose\nof his own. He may certainly err, but the blame is his,\nnot yours, if you have yielded to his judgment ; whereas\nyour errors are his responsibility if he has suffered them\nto continue.\n\" And to my lay brothers may I not justly say that in\ntheir contentions there is more of self-will than of\nprinciple, more self-assertion than argument ? ' We will\nnot have these things so,' is neither convincing nor provocative of charity. It is possible to compel peace\nwith a sword, but it is only the peace of a slumbering\nvolcano, a breathing time for the vanquished to prepare\nagain for the contest A true peace is one for which\nboth sides long, and for sake of which both sides are\n. ready to yield.\"\nBe the cause what it might, the Bishop had to\nbid the friends of the Mission at home and abroad\nto face the unpleasant fact that the diocese was\npractically bankrupt, and its chief pastor compelled\nto meet urgent liabilities out of his own private\nresources.\n\" It is not within the bounds of reasonable expectation,\"\nhe writes, \" that I should go on doing this, even if I were\nin a position, which I am not, to afford it. I am under\nno obligation to contribute more than one-tenth of my\nincome for Church purposes, whereas during the last five\nyears I have contributed more than one-fourth.\" i4o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nThat this was a time of grievous anxiety to the\nBishop was fully borne out at the time by the testimony of Mr. Justinian Pelly, treasurer to the Home\nCommittee, then on a visit to the diocese, and who\nworked indefatigably to improve financial matters.\nHe wrote as follows, under date of January 31,\n\"... Since I arrived here I have occupied myself\nin making a complete investigation of the financial\nposition of the Mission, and I now send you, under\nseparate cover by book post, an abstract of the Mission\naccounts, from the time the Bishop entered upon his\nduties. I have endeavoured to put this abstract in such\na form as shall be intelligible to persons not versed in\naccounts, as it is the opinion of the Bishop, subject to\nthe concurrence of the English committee, that it would\nbe expedient to have it printed and circulated among all\ninterested in the diocese. . . . There are some remarks\nregarding the several items of expenditure, which I\nventure to submit to the committee. ' Travelling Expenses ' is necessarily a very heavy item. The cost of\nthe journey of each employ\u00e9 coming from England was,\nuntil last year, ^70. By arrangements with steamship\nowners in England, and with railroads in America, the\ncost has latterly been reduced to under ^50, and\nnegotiations are in progress for still greater reduction.\nTravelling expenses in the diocese are likewise very\nheavy. To those unacquainted with the condition of\n\u25a0 the country, it may be surprising to be told that the\nordinary charges at the roadside inns, where only the\nvery roughest accommodation is to be had, far exceed\nthose of first-class hotels in England. The distances,\nmoreover, from place to place are very great. With\nregard to the journeys of the Bishop, he has been treated\nwith great liberality by the innkeepers and by the\nauthorities of the railway company, who have given him\na free pass over the line so far as completed, and have\nbeen equally liberal with regard to other clergy when NEW WESTMINSTER. 141\ntravelling on ministerial duties. Moreover, the special\n' donations and offertories which the Bishop has received\nin his journeys up-country have frequently exceeded\nand generally equalled his outlay. These contributions\nappear on the credit side of the account, under the head\n'Offertories,' and are included in the sum of $5151\nappearing there. I would here venture to remark on what\nappears to me the largeness of the sum so contributed\nby offertories, donations, and sales of work in the diocese,\nand for the general purposes of the Mission, as this does\nnot include what was raised in the several parishes for\nchurch-building, maintenance of services, and clergy\nstipends. I find from the annual parochial returns\nthat these in the four years, 1881-1884, amounted to\n$23,193.57.\n\" With regard to ' General Expenses,' I have looked\nthrough the several items charged under this head, and\ncould not discover any outlay beyond what was absolutely\nnecessary. Freight and duty on mission goods, included\nunder this head, is either recouped by sales of work, or\nbenefits the parishes for which the goods are destined,\nwithout appearing in the accounts.\n\"The finances of the Mission are managed by an\nExecutive Committee of which the Bishop is president,\nand the strictest economy is exercised.\"\nAs the months went on the situation did not\nbecome less acute, and the quarterly paper issued\nin July, 1885, makes the following announcement :\u2014\n\" Owing to the very unsatisfactory state of our funds,\nthe Bishop has felt it his duty to come home next year-\nand try to stir up more interest in his diocese. The\nnecessity of this step comes at a most inconvenient\ntime, for the completion of the C.P.R. especially\ndemands his presence in the diocese to try to meet\nthe fresh demands which will be made p&jfhe Church\nfor her ministrations to the new sejtt&s from England.\n\" More men will mean more money. At present some\nwork will have to be given up, and though one of the 142 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsaddest things in mission life is to give up work, yet it\nis better to do this than to get into debt We are doing\nour best to avoid this, and to keep clear of owing money\n\u2014though there are clergy out there now, hard-working\nmen, who have not received the wretchedly small stipends\ndue to them in full for the last six months. It is much\nbetter that our readers should know this. So many\npromised to collect for us and have given it up; so\nmany were eager for boxes, but have become tired ;\nso many clergy who gave offertories now say that they\nreally cannot manage to give us a sermon once a year.\nIs it that the love of many is becoming cold? Is the\ninterest in the welfare of our poor diocese so small that,\nat a critical time like the present, our old friends will not\nrally round us ? . . . May God raise us up some helpers\nspeedily, that the work may not fail.\"\nIt is a melancholy story, and by this time probably to the reader monotonous, but the reality\nwas monotonous too, and it is just as well that this\nfact should be appreciated.\nIn the fall of, the year came another letter\nfrom the Bishop, dated September 24, 1885, on\nthe now too familiar subject. We quote this at\nlength\u2014\n\"My dear Mr. Mogg,\n\" My quarterly contribution to the paper 'can- %\nnot be a cheerful one. I am bitterly disappointed at the\nfailure of support from home, and while I am cast down\nat the prospects of the Church here, I cannot help feeling\nsome indignation as well at being left to do the best\nI can with obligations which home support, a year or\ntwo ago, encouraged me to incur.\n\" It would probably have been better had the money\nthen given us been withheld. We certainly could not,\nin that case, have enlarged our borders as we wished to\ndo, and as was really necessary to be done, but we\nshould not have been in our present position of financial\ncollapse. It is only another proof, were any needed, of NEW WESTMINSTER. H3\nthe falsity of the principle of giving out of a temporarily\nexcited interest, rather than out of a sense of duty and\na love of God.\n\"I hope I shall be forgiven for writing somewhat\nseverely, but it must be remembered that, on the strength\nof contributions in former years, I have opened up\nmissions and brought men out from England to occupy\nthem ; I have established schools, and sent for teachers\nto superintend them ; and then suddenly, and without one\nword of warning, contributions fail, and no alternative is\nleft us but to abandon much promising and prosperous\n\"I am not exaggerating. Two churches are now\nclosed, and a third will be closed at the end of a\nmonth ; two have been reduced to fortnightly services.\nOne school was closed last June, and another is to be\nclosed at Christmas. We are in debt to the clergy for\nstipends, due on June 30th last, about ^90, and we\nhave about \u00a3,10 in hand to meet this and the stipends\nfalling due on the 30th inst ; and I have had to borrow\nmoney on the mortgage of Church property to meet\nliabilities which could not wait, and have made advances\nmyself to the very utmost of my ability.\n\" I have no heart to write of work while this financial\nburden is weighing on me. A responsibility, heavy\nenough under any circumstances, becomes almost intolerable in such a case.\n\" 'Why not come home and beg yourself? say some\npeople. I cannot afford to come home at present, but,\nfurther, it ought not to be necessary for me to come\nhome. Where is the use of great missionary organizations like S.P.G. and C.M.S., or of the multitude of\nlesser ' committees,' ' councils,' and ' agencies,' if,_ after\nall, the Bishops have to do the begging? I maintain\nthat we are sent by the Church to do her work, and our\nreports of the work doing and to be done ought to be\nsufficient. It is a degradation of our office to have to\nmake 'appeals' to conjure pence out of people's pockets\nwherewith to do God's work. 144 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n\" There is something wanting in a system that requires\nsuch appeals, but the supply of what is wanting is a\nsubject altogether too big to be entered upon here, even\nif it were within my capacity to discuss it.\n\" I append a summary of the treasurer's statement, to\nshow that (in the single item of stipends) we have in\nhand about ^20 to meet about ^\"220.\n\u25a0 Yours faithfully,\n\"A. W. New Westminster.\"\nThis has been a short and dull chapter, but it\nwill not have been dull in vain if only Church\npeople in England can be induced to think of the\nway in which our colonial Churches are starved in\ntheir tender infancy, rendered puny and weak for\nwant of the nourishment a rich Mother Church\nhas it in her power to give, and if they can be induced to think, too, of the way in which a Bishop's\nheart is crushed within him at the apparent indifference of those who have sent him forth.\nOur dear old Church has had her martyr-bishops\nwho have freely shed their blood in savage lands,\nbut it has had, and still has, its martyrs also of\nanother type\u2014martyrs whose life-blood is pressed\nout of them drop by drop.\nStill there was another side to the shield, and\nthough the Bishop's heart was made sore within\nhim by these and other trials, there were not\nwanting signs of great things, both achieved in\nthe past and promised for the future. The opening\nof the C.P.R. during this year was a determining\ncrisis in the history of the colony, and brought the\nMission into closer touch with the rest of the Church\nwork in Canada, while opening up the country more\neffectually to the ministrations of the Church. The\nIndian Missions went on apace at Yale and Lytton.\nIn both places church-building proceeded rapidly, NEW WESTMINSTER. 145\npriests and people working enthusiastically together,\nand many converts were gathered into the fold by\nbaptism. On every hand we see during this year\nthat the influence of the Bishop's work was felt,\nand producing a far larger harvest of good than\nwas at first sight apparent. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XVIII.\nFROM KAMLOOPS TO THE COLUMBIA.\nHere is a narrative by Mrs. Sillitoe of an eventful\njourney.\n\"A new city having sprung up during the last few\nmonths on the Columbia river, where the C.P.R.\ncrosses it the second time, the Bishop decided to\ntake advantage of an opportunity which occurred\nto go up and pay Farwell a visit On Friday, May\nist, we were up at 6 a.m., to be ready for the steamboat Peerless. We left Kamloops about 10 a.m., with\na very large cargo on board, and a very rough crowd\nof passengers, numbering, Chinese included, nearly two\nhundred. The men were on their way up to work on\ndifferent parts of the railway line. We spent a pleasant,\nlazy day, going slowly up the South Thompson river,\noften getting on the sand-bars\u2014for the river was very low.\nOur progress was so slow that, instead of arriving at\nEagle Pass at 10 p.m., it was six the following morning\nere we arrived at that landing.\n\" It was 9 a.m. before we were able to ' hitch up ' our\nhorses and drive off. The morning had been misty, and\nso we were unable to see much of the Lesser Shuswap\nLake, on the shores of which we had been landed. The\nday was very warm, and the sun scorching, yet all\naround snow lay on the ground, quite thick in the\nmore sheltered places. The trees all along the road were\nwonderful. The timber of British Columbia is generally NEW WESTMINSTER. 147\nvery fine, in some places extraordinarily large, but never\nhad we seen anything to equal this amongst which we\nnow were\u2014cedars for the most part so tall and straight\nthat the tops were scarcely visible. About seven o'clock,\nwhen still three miles from our destination, we were\nstopped at a camp with the news that it would be\nimpossible for us to proceed at present, as forest fires\nwere raging ahead, and the road was blocked with fallen\ntrees. They were expecting every moment the return of\na party who had been engaged all day in clearing the\nroad. Soon we met the ' boss,' who told us the fire was\nvery bad, but that there were only a few more trees to\nclear away, and that he would send out a fresh gang of men\nand get us through if possible. We put-to the ponies,\nand, following the men, came up to them whilst they were\nchopping out the two last trees. It was by no means\npleasant waiting in the midst of such fire and smoke,\none's eyes streaming with tears, yet unable to withdraw\nthem from the falling trees, which were liable to come\ndown at any moment. Against one large cedar we\nwere especially warned to be on our guard, and whilst\nwatching this, down fell another between ourselves and\nthe choppers, not many yards from either of us. How\nthose men worked ! Englishmen have little idea how,\nunder ordinary circumstances, Canadian axemen can\nchop, but when working, as they then were, with almost\nsuperhuman efforts, it was a sight requiring to be seen\nto be believed.\n\"At last the road was clear, and the boss told the\nBishop to whip the ponies ' all he knew how,' and gallop\nthrough. This he did, though at first it looked impossible, the bushes burning fiercely on either side, and\nthe flames blowing right across the road, the dense\nsmoke making everything else look dark. We did as we\nwere told, and the ponies seeming fully to understand\nthat this was a time for a special effort, galloped, and we,\nwith our heads bent down, went through safely, the large\ncedar falling directly after. About 9 p.m. we reached\nGriffin Lake, and here we stopped for the night, being 148 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nnot sorry to have some rest, for we were thoroughly tired.\nOur start next morning was to be not later than six, for we\nhad still seventeen miles to drive, and wished to reach the\nColumbia river in time at least for an afternoon service.\nBetween Griffin Lake and the Columbia, four lakes have\nto be crossed on scows, and one's progress can be but slow.\n| Griffin Lake is about a mile and a half wide, and\nthis we got across all right, though the water had risen\nconsiderably during the night, making the landing very\ndifficult. A short drive brought us to the second.and\nlargest, Three Valley Lake, three miles long, and here\nthe unpleasant news reached us that a gale was blowing\nround the point, and it would be impossible to cross till\nthe wind fell, which it might do about eleven o'clock.\nOur party was six in number, and we determined to go\nas far as the point and see for ourselves, but on each\nattempt to get round we were blown back, and so there\nwas nothing else to be done but to tie the scow to a tree\nwhich had fallen into the lake, and to wait for the wind\nto abate. For two hours we remained tied up, and then\nmade another effort, this time a successful one, and\nreached the end of the lake. Half a mile more brought\nus to Summit Lake. All these lakes are very beautiful,\nthe two last with high rocky banks, and into Summit\nLake a lovely waterfall comes tumbling from a great\nheight. Our progress was so slow that it was 4 p.m.\nere we reached the Columbia. Here we found a most\nkind hostess in Mrs. Wright, the wife of the contractor\nof the Eagle Pass Road, over which we had just travelled,\nwhich within the last two years had been made from\nEagle Pass Landing to the Columbia river, a distance of\nforty-seven miles. During this day we had had to drive\nthrough several fires, the last being not half a mile from\nMr. Wright's house. This being in the vicinity of a\nshed where a large quantity of charcoal was stored,\nrequired to be watched by a number of men, whose\nabsence diminished the number of our evening congregation. Mr. Wright's house stands on the west shore\nof the Columbia. . . . NEW WESTMINSTER. 149\n\" Directly opposite, on the east shore, stands Farwell,\nthe latest-born city in British Columbia, consisting of\nabout eighty houses, some of them substantial log buildings, and gradually degenerating down to the shanty,\nbuilt wholly of split cedar planks, and every kind of tent.\nWhisky selling was the principal trade, and hitherto a\ngood deal of lawlessness had prevailed. The piers of the\nbridge over the Columbia are built, but the bridge itself\nis not finished, and the river is crossed in small boats,\nwhich, considering the swiftness of the current, is by no\nmeans a pleasure unmixed with danger. Boats are frequently swept down by the stream and swamped in passing\nthe piers; Two days before our arrival, a boat with three\nmen was swamped in going through the bridge, and the\nmen left clinging to the piles. First one boat, then\nanother, going to the rescue, met with the same fate, till\nseven men were all clinging on for dear life, whilst the rushing stream threatened every moment to carry them away.\nAt last a boat succeeded in reaching them, and all were\nrescued twenty minutes after the first boat was upset.\nThree men out of five had that week been drowned\nwhilst trying to get on board the steamer Kootenay, then\nmaking her first trip up the Columbia.\n\" On Monday we crossed to Farwell to see the place\nand visit a few people, and to make arrangements for a\nservice to be held the following day. During the evening the fires approached so close to the house that,\nthough no danger was anticipated, it was thought advisable to dig a trench and bury a quantity of powder\nkept in the storehouse. On Tuesday morning the men\nkeeping watch over the fires came in to have a sleep.\nThey had been on watch since Sunday morning, and\nwere worn out ; besides, the fire was thought to be well\nunder control. Though only the beginning of May, the\nweather was intensely hot, and we were glad to stay in\nthe cool log-house all the morning. About one o'clock a\ncry was raised that the fires were upon us, and running\nto the door, we found the bushes and trees blazing and\nroaring not eighty yards away. The house is closely i5o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsurrounded on three sides by trees, no clearing having\nbeen made around, and it was very necessary to take\nprompt measures, or everything would soon be burnt up.\nHappily a large staff of men was at hand, and as there\nwas no possibility of extinguishing the fire, it was thought\nbest to burn the trees and brush immediately round the\nbuildings, leaving a burnt space across which the forest\nfire would not be able to pass. Before doing this, however, the roofs were covered with blankets, which were\nkept wet with water 'packed' up from the river. Oh,\nthe excitement of that afternoon and evening ! And\nhow thankful every one felt that the powder had been\nburied ! It was, indeed, a grand, awful sight to see the\nfire catching tree after tree, running up the trunks like\na flash of lightning, and bursting into a mass of flame as\nit caught the foliage at the top, roaring and crackling in\nthe most deafening manner. From thirty to forty men\nmust have been at work arresting the course of the fire,\nkeeping it in check by shovelling on sand and snow (of\nwhich a quantity remained in the hollows), and by pouring on buckets of water. As night came on the danger\nto the house was lessened, as a space had by this time\nbeen burnt round it ; but now the almost greater danger\nthreatened from the trees, which by this time were burnt\nthrough, and were falling in all directions. Now it was\nthat the wonderful skill of the axemen was noticeable.\nThey marked every tree likely to fall on the house\u2014\nthough it is very difficult to know which way a burning tree\nwill fall. Three men worked at felling each tree, two\nchopping and one sawing, till either the tree fell or they\nwere obliged to give up on account of the intense heat.\nThere was one tree leaning so much towards the buildings as to make it impossible for them to fell it so as to\nmake it fall in another direction, so they decided it must\nfall between the houses, and to accomplish this they\nhad first to fell a cotton-wood tree standing in the way.\n\"The tree was thirty-three inches in diameter, as\nI afterwards ascertained by measurement, and the\nthree men took exactly seven minutes to fell it. They\nLi NEW WESTMINSTER. 151\nafterwards brought down the burning tree just where they\nintended, without the buildings being touched. Then\non they went to another tree\u2014a sound one, apparently,\na puff of smoke only now and then issuing from the bark,\nshowing that there was fire within. They chopped at it\nfor awhile, when, all at once, a solid mass of flames\nburst out from the centre, and salamanders though the\nmen seemed to be, they had quickly to get away. The\nscene was indeed weird, even more so than in the daytime, when the fire raged more fiercely. Fire on all sides\nas far as the eye could reach, each tree standing out\nclearly in the bright red light. Every minute a crash\nand a roar as one tree after another fell to the ground.\nI could not but admire the self-command of our hostess,\nwho, in the absence of her husband, had so much extra\nanxiety and responsibility, but nevertheless did not for a\nmoment lose self-possession and coolness, but was continually out and around watching how matters were\ngoing. The men worked hard during the whole of that\nnight The next morning broke on a scene of desolation, the coolness of night causing the flames to die\ndown, leaving only the smouldering flame and thick\nsmoke, with every minute the crash and roar of a falling\ntree. One tree in falling grazed the house, but happily\ndid little damage. All that day the men worked, for the\nfires became fiercer as the sun waxed hot.\n\"In the afternoon we crossed the river to Farwell,\nand the Bishop held service at the hotel, recrossing the\nsame evening. On the further bank of the Columbia\nthe fire had been increasing all day, but no steps were\ntaken to arrest its progress, because, first of all, it was\nnobody's business, and secondly, because the town was\nconsidered safe. Alas ! for their supposed security !\nDuring j,the night a strong wind began to blow, increasing to a gale, and we were startled, while dressing,\nwith a cry that Farwell was in flames. Rushing out,\nwe saw that this was indeed the case, and from house\nto house the fire rushed with awful rapidity, driving out\nthe inhabitants, who had not time to save any of their 152 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nbelongings, but had to fly for their lives. The strong\nwind was meanwhile bringing large pieces of burning wood\nacross the river, and a look-out had to be kept on the\nbuildings, which once actually took fire. In about half\nan hour the fire had burned itself out, leaving about\nthirty buildings standing out of eighty. During that day\na scene of utter lawlessness prevailed, those who had\nsaved anything having it appropriated by those who had\nnothing left, and the rescued whisky-kegs becoming\ncommon property.\n\" We had intended to leave the Columbia in time to\ncatch the Saturday's boat from Eagle Pass, as we were due\nin Kamloops on Sunday. But this was not possible.\nThe road was blocked with fallen trees, and men could\nnot be spared to clear them away, the house being by no\nmeans out of danger. It was not, therefore, till midday\non Sunday, after a morning service, that we said goodbye to. our kind and hospitable hostess, and started, not\nknowing, indeed, how far we might be able to get without being stopped; for information had come that the\nfires were very bad along the whole road. For the first\nseven miles we had an escort with an axe, and very\nthankful we were for his help in unhitching the horses\nand getting the buckboard across two bumt-out culverts\nand some fallen trees.\n\"We crossed the lakes without trouble, reaching\nGriffin Lake about 7.30, where we found a number of\nteams waiting to get over the road. After an all too\nshort night's rest, we started at 6 a.m., hoping, oh ! so\nheartily, that the road might be clear, knowing with\nsatisfaction that when we had accomplished the first ten\nmiles, we should afterwards have one, or perhaps two,\nteams ahead. We, therefore, hurried on, as, being only\nour two selves in the buckboard, company would be\nvery desirable in getting over our difficulties.\n\" Our hopes were, alas ! futile. Hardly had we driven\na mile before we found a tree fallen right across the road,\nwith no possibility of getting round it, -so we unhitched,\nand the Bishop chopped out the smaller branches. He NEW WESTMINSTER. 153\nthen made the ponies jump over, and we proceeded to lift\nover the buckboard. Never had it seemed so heavy\nbefore, and, indeed, once or twice I felt almost hopeless.\nBut time and perseverance accomplish most things, and\nso with this, though a number of bruises bore testimony\nthat the task was by no means an easy one. Other logs\nwe encountered, but were able to get round some, and\nwe were fortunate in getting the help of men to get past\nothers. The ten miles ended, we believed our troubles\nto have come to an end, and drove on with lighter hearts\nover the fresh wheel-tracks, but the first man we met\ninformed us that the fires were so bad three miles\nfurther on that we should be stopped, and that a large\nbridge had been burnt during the night This was not\ncheering ; but thinking that where one team had gone\nanother might follow, we proceeded, but were soon\nstopped by our friend, the overseer, who had conducted\nus through the first fire on our journey up. He recom-\n. mended us to turn back, as we could not possibly get\nthrough until the next day. He said that not only was\nthe bridge burnt, but the trees were falling so fast that\nit would be dangerous to go near where the repair party\nwas already at work.\n\" Still, we pushed on, for the steamboat was to leave\nthe landing that evening. Reaching the fire, the Bishop\nalighted, leaving me in the buckboard while he walked .\non. After a long, anxious wait, I heard his voice calling\n\u25a0 me to come on, and he brought the welcome news that\nthe road was clear to the bridge if we could drive through\nvery hot fires, and that the men would try and lift over\nthe buckboard. Well, we got through, I know not how,\nand reaching the bridge, found quite an assemblage ; for\nbesides the repair party, there were two teams, a band\nof wild cattle, and a loaded pack-train, waiting on the\nother side. It seemed a big gap over which to lift the\nbuckboard, but many hands make light work, and to cross\nthe bridge did not take a quarter of the time it had\ntaken us to cross some of the trees. Before the steamer\nhad been many minutes at the landing, we had taken leave 154 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nof our friends, and retired to a fairly comfortable cabin.\nI was soon asleep, or as much asleep as the case would\nadmit, whilst the steamboat was going from one camp\nto another landing freight. A cry of ' Fire ! ' aroused me.\nAt first I thought it must be a dream, but the cry being\nrepeated again and again, I looked out and saw that we\nhad returned to Eagle Pass, and the place was aglow with\nthe flames of a burning shanty. I did not need the cry\nof a man from on shore to remind me that the steamboat\nwas lying close to a shed where powder was stored. It\nseemed, indeed, as if our enemy were following us to\nthe end of our journey. The night was calm, no wind\nblowing, so the fire burnt itself out, fortunately without\nspreading, no attempt being made to put it out. ' It's\nonly a Chinaman's ; let it burn,' I heard one white man\nsay ; though the agonized cry of the poor Celestial with\nhis house on fire was dreadful to hear.\n\"After this our journey was uneventful, and we\nreached Kamloops in the afternoon of Saturday, with\nhearts full of thankfulness at having been safely brought\nthrough so many dangers.\" NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XIX.\nGENERAL SURVEY, 1885-1886.\nOne or two events of the year 1885 have been\ndescribed at length, but the notice of interesting\njourneys and events has by no means been exhausted. For instance, we have an account of a\nnine hundred miles' drive into the Cariboo country\nundertaken by the Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe from\nJuly to September. Inasmuch, however, as the\nground has been covered once or twice before,\nand the narrative embraces only such now familiar\nincidents of up-country travel as forest fires, washouts, miry roads, and break-downs, together with\nthe incessant recurrence of services, baptisms, and\nconfirmations, which, of course, formed the primary-\nobject of the Bishop's visitations, we will leave the\nreader to imagine for himself this arduous, but no\n. longer novel, journey.\nAlmost immediately after the return from this\ntour in Cariboo, took place the consecration of the\nnew Indian church at Lytton on October 19th.\nWe cannot do better than give Mr. Small's account\nof this festive event, cheering alike to the Mission\npriests, and to the Bishop, who was beginning to\nsee his efforts on behalf of the Indians bearing fruit.\n\" You will be glad to hear,\" writes Mr. Small, \" that\nour Indian church at Lytton\u2014entirely rebuilt by the\nlabour of the Indians themselves\u2014was consecrated by the\nJ 156 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nBishop on October 19th. I really never dreamed, when\nministering in the old dilapidated church a year ago,\nthat within twelve months it would be my happiness to\nfind a bright, clean, waterproof building, with a sanctuary\nwhich in decency would compare with many, if not most,\nof the churches in which I have ministered at home.\nMeshell, our interpreter, and the chief agent in the\nwhole matter, has been most faithful in following out\nthe directions given by Mr. Edwardes's practical and\ntasteful mind, and in the final arrangements, the completeness was due to the personal help and-instruction\ngiven by him and Mr. Clinton. On the Thursday\nprevious to the consecration, the Governor-General,\nwho was passing through Lytton, received a deputation\nand address from the Indians in the unconsecrated\nchurch. Sis excellency's reply was eminently grave\nand practical, and in it he promised the Indians an\norgan for their church, to be sent by the C.P.R. when\nthe traffic is opened through. On the day of consecration\nwe had Mattins, followed by the Consecration Service\nand Holy Communion at 9 a.m. Many services and\na Confirmation took place; and in the evening, after\nthe Bishop had left for Kamloops, the congregation\ngathered again in church, and at this service six infants\nand children were baptized.\"\nThe Bishop's report for 1885 also refers to a few\nother interesting items in the year's work.\n1. Of Columbia College he has to report that,\nowing to the disadvantages of inadequate ^\u00e0\u00eet\u00eblSj\nunsuitable premises, of too frequent changes of lady\nprincipals, and the competition of the Government\nfree schools, it had been found impossible to maintain the institution as then established, but with the\nhelp of S.P.G., and the kind promise of another\nSister from Ditchingham, he felt that he might\npurchase commodious premises at Yale, and hand\nover the education of girls to the Sisters with every\nprospect of success. NEW WESTMINSTER. 157\n2. Another matter referred to was the departure\nfor England of Mr. Justinian Pelly, after a stay of\nsome months in the diocese. During his visit Mr.\nPelly was most assiduously engaged for the Bishop\nin lay work of the most valuable character. In\nalluding to his departure, the Bishop speaks of it\nas a terrible loss, both to himself personally and to\nthe diocese at large.\nHowever, it was a consolation to feel that Mr.\nPelly was carrying his unequalled interest in the\ndiocese with him to England, and would there\ncontinue to labour for the same ends. There was\na further occasion for congratulation in the fact\nthat his place as a visitor would be taken by Canon\nThynne, a consistent friend of the Mission from the\noutset, and now desirous of strengthening his ties\nwith the diocese by engaging in mission work for\nsix months among the miners.\nThe effects of visits such as this was of considerable value to the diocese in keeping it in touch\nwith sources of assistance in the old country. At\nthis stage of the diocesan history, the home organization, carried on under the direction of Mr. Mogg,\nwas doing excellent work. Centres of interest\nwere formed in various parts of England, and guilds\nestablished for the deepening of zeal in the workers.\nIt was to assist in this movement that the Bishop\ndesired to visit England, but the same cause which\nimpelled him to undertake the journey\u2014viz. the ne-,\ncessity of raising funds\u2014also seemed for a long time\nto bar the way, for he could not afford the journey.\nUnder date of March 10, 1886, the Bishop writes\nas follows :\u2014\n\"My dear Mogg,\n\" I am sorry to say that I have been obliged to\npostpone my visit to England. I hoped to have been able\n1 158 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nto start next month, but I am so badly off that I could\nonly come by borrowing the money for my travelling expenses, and this I am unwilling to do.\n\" I have had to pay out so much for public purposes\nthat I cannot save a penny ; and, indeed, if I come this\nyear at all, it will have to be by stopping at home and\neconomizing to the last degree. And yet I ought to\ngo and visit the Granite Creek mines if I go nowhere\nelse.\n\" The winter is probably a better time than summer\nfor week-night meetings, but as regards Sundays, they\nare difficult to be had between Advent and Easter.\"\nTo make matters worse, the year 1886 was a\nyear of considerable strain upon the diocese.\nOn Whit Sunday, June 13th, the city of Vancouver was visited by one of those disastrous\nconflagrations which seem at some time or other\nto visit all towns on the American continent, and\npractically the whole city was left in ashes. Only\nsix houses, it is said, were left standing, and a\nthousand people were left homeless. The loss\nincluded the church of S. James', which was in\nthe charge of the Rev. H. G. F. Clinton, who lost\nbooks, clothes, furniture, and everything, with\nnothing insured, while the church itself was only\ninsured for the sum of $750. It was a strange\ncoincidence, with perhaps some hidden sign of\nblessing, that the fire occurred on the day that the\nChurch was celebrating the coming down of the\nHoly Spirit under the outward symbol of tongues\nof fire. The necessity for rebuilding this church\ncame as an added anxiety to the already overburdened Bishop.\nDuring the year it became imperatively necessary\nto place the position of the diocese prominently\nbefore the lay Church people. To every known\nChurchman an appeal was sent asking what each NEW WESTMINSTER.\n159\nwould give, not to his own parish, but to the\ngeneral work of the diocese. In writing to meet\nsome objections to the appeal raised by some, the\nBishop remarks as follows :\u2014\n\" Amongst the duties of the Bishop are some which\ninvolve expense, as, e.g. the management of property, the\nlegal costs of which amount to a large sum annually.\nThere are three ways of dealing with these expenses :\n(1) Let the Bishop pay them out of his own pocket ;\n(2) Let the parishes generally contribute to the payment\nof them ; (3) Don't pay them at all. I need scarcely\nsay that they have been dealt with hitherto in the first\nmentioned way. There is a simplicity about this solution\nof the difficulty which quite accounts for the complacency with which the parishes have hitherto quietly\nacquiesced in the arrangement I say the 'parishes,'\nbecause whatsoever help I have hitherto received in\nthis direction has been altogether individual in its\ncharacter, while my contention is that it should be\nparochial. ... I firmly believe that the successful\nadministration of a diocese, specially in regard to its\nfinances, depends in a most important measure upon\nthe full appreciation and practical observance of this\nprinciple It admits of a simple illustration. A citizen\nof New Westminster is required to pay municipal taxes,\nbut his payment in this respect does not exempt him from\n\" the payment of provincial taxes, nor do these again\nset him free from the imposts levied by the Dominion\nGovernment The municipality corresponds with the\nparish, the province with the diocese, while the Dominion .\nstands for the whole Church, especially in its mission\nfield ; and every Churchman is liable under these several\necclesiastical organizations, as is every citizen under the\n. corresponding political ones.\"\nThe necessity for doing something above what\nhad already been done was obvious enough. The\ncompletion of the C.P.R. was bringing large i6o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nnumbers of settlers into the province, and from\nevery direction urgent and touching calls were\nbeing received for the ministrations of the Church\n\u2014calls which considerations of distance made it\npeculiarly difficult and expensive to answer.\nHere is one specimen letter received from a\nprominent and influential layman at Donald.\n\"June 2, 1886.\n\"Right Rev. and Dear Sir,\n\"I am induced to trouble you thinking that\nyou would be pleased to learn what I have to communicate, and hoping you may have it in your power to meet\nthe views of the people residing here, both as affects\neducational and religious matters.\n\" All last year there were quite a number of families\nwith their children at this place, yet not once were they\nvisited by a clergyman. It has been decided by the\nC.P.R. that Donald is to be the most important station\nthis side of Winnipeg. Large machine shops and round\nhouses are to be maintained, and some three hundred\nand fifty or four hundred men will be kept here by the\nC.P.R. Many of these fill important positions, and\nmembers of all classes coming in have families, but the\nsuperintendent tells me that they object to this place as\nbeing unfit as a dwelling-place for their families, there\nbeing no schools, no churches, nor any facilities for\nbringing up their children in the way they should go.\n\" That this place should be so neglected is the cause\nof much comment Should you feel like running up\nhere to see the country and people, what I can do I will\nfreely do to make you comfortable.\n\"Yours very faithfully,\n\" A. W. Vowell.\"\nUnremitting efforts to meet such pressing wants\nwere made throughout this year, and, as the\nstatistics for the year show, not by any means\nunsuccessfully. The number of clergy shows a NEW WESTMINSTER. 161\ngratifying increase, and, by performing double\nduty, the clergy made themselves go a considerable way in supplying the lack of Church privileges.\nAs an example of this, we may take the case of\nMr. Croucher, who had charge of Maple Ridge and\nLadner's Landing, two settlements twenty-four\nmiles apart. To minister to these two localities, he\nhad for some time to use a little skiff totally un-\nsuited to breast the rapid flood of the Fraser\nriver. In December, 1885, Mr. Croucher nearly\nlost his life in his efforts to perform this double\nduty. Returning from Ladner's Landing, the tide\nrunning swiftly out, and the wind blowing strongly\nagainst it, the boat capsized, and after struggling\nfor three quarters of an hour in the deadly cold\nwater, Mr. Croucher's cries were heard by the workmen in a salmon cannery near, during a stoppage\nof the machinery.\nGood, however, came out of this perilous adventure, for by the kind efforts of friends of the\nMission in England, a steam launch was bought\nand sent out from England for the use of Mr.\nCroucher and the Bishop in their visits to the settlers\nalong the banks of the Fraser. The Eirene, as this\nnew aid to the mission work was called, proved\nindeed a messenger of peace among the settlers,\nmany of whom were living in a state of practical\nheathenism.\nMoreover, what the Eirene effected on the water,\nnamely, a saving in every direction of time and\npower, the C.P.R. was the means of effecting on\nthe land ; for in spite of the need of economy, the\nBishop was obliged to pay Sunday visits up-country\nfor the purpose of Confirmations. Take for example the week from March 30th to April 7th.\n\"Leaving home on March 30th, the Bishop reached 162 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nYale the same afternoon, and at Evensong held a Confirmation in S. John's Church of three girls belonging to\nthe Sisters' school, and five Indians, and later in the\nevening addressed a gathering of Indians in the Indian\nchurch. The next day he reached Kamloops, travelling\n^Dyitrain as far as Savona's, and the remaining twenty-five\nmiles by handcar. On Saturday, April 3rd, two persons\nwere confirmed in the temporary church at Kamloops.\nThe following morning the Bishop celebrated and\npreached, and left in the afternoon by handcar for\nSavona's, where he held service and preached in the\nevening. On Monday morning Lytton was reached at\n9 am. Flags were flying, and people were dressed in\ntheir best and brightest garments. The Indians were\nfound already gathered in church for a Confirmation, the\nwatchmen representing the different tribes being present\nto receive the Bishop at the church door. Twelve men\nand six women were confirmed ; and in the afternoon the\nBishop, accompanied by the Rev. H. Edwardes and Mr.\nWilliam Meshell, drove down to the S. Paul's Mission\nHouse, where he was received by the Rev. R. Small and\nthe Rev. E. L. Wright On Tuesday, the 6th, there\nwas a Confirmation of three men and five women, and\ntwo infants were baptized. On Wednesday the Bishop\nbaptized eighteen adults. Thursday was devoted to an\ninspection of the Mission premises and the examination\nof the pupils of the school. On Friday the whole staff of\nthe Mission House, with the pupils, accompanied the\nBishop down the river by canoe to Reefer's Station,\nwhere the Bishop took train, and reached home in the\nevening. During the journey the Bishop confirmed\ntwenty men and sixteen women, and baptized eighteen\nadults and two infants.\"\nIn the year 1886 two meetings of the Diocesan\nSynod were held\u2014one in March, and a second in\nNovember, previous to the Bishop's departure for\nEngland.\nOn the morning of November 3rd the Bishop NEW WESTMINSTER. 163\ncelebrated Holy Communion in S. Mary's Church,\nSapperton. A large number, both of clergy and\nlaity, had assembled to say \"Good-bye,\" and to pray\nfor God's blessing on the journey. The parting,\nthus appropriately made, was soon over, and the\nBishop sped on his way over that great highway of\nCanada, the C.P.R.\nThus the Bishop temporarily left his diocese,\nthinking anxiously of all he had to accomplish\nbefore seeing once more the glorious peaks and\ncanons of the Rocky Mountains.\nQuebec was reached in time to sail by the\nParisian on November 19th ; and at length the\nwelcome coast of England came in sight once\nmore, and Liverpool was reached on the first\nSunday in Advent, November 28, 1886.\nThe visit itself we must pass over, as every\nreader knows what the visit of a colonial Bishop\nis like\u2014an endless series of appeals, sermons, and\nlectures, with but the merest fraction of time for\nrest. The great outstanding features of his stay\nwere the annual meeting of the Mission in London,\nat which the Marquis of Lome spoke, and the ever-\nmemorable Jubilee Service at Westminster Abbey,\nat which the whole Empire lifted up its heart to\nGod for our Queen's glorious and happy reign. L\nMEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XX.\nTHE RETURN TO THE DIOCESE.\n1887.\nEVERYWHERE throughout the diocese, upon his\nreturn, the Bishop was warmly welcomed by his\npeople.\nAt Donald an address, signed by some forty\npersons, was presented at the C.P.R. station, in the\ndarkness of a stormy night, to greet the Bishop.\nThe next day, being Sunday, the Bishop recommenced diocesan work by celebrating Holy Communion, and preaching morning and evening to\ncrowded congregations in the new church\u2014fitly\ncalled S. Peter's\u2014the first church in the Rocky\nMountains.\nAt Kamloops the visit was marked by a Confirmation on the Monday, and a conference with\nthe clergy on the Wednesday. A parish conversazione was also held, and an address of\nwelcome presented on behalf of the citizens of\nKamloops.\nThe more official welcome was given in New\nWestminster, where a large number of friends,\nincluding the Executive Committee of the diocese,\nmet the Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe on October 17th.\nAn address was presented, and, what was more,\nthe affectionate greetings of all emphasized the\ngladness of heart with which the inhabitants of NEW WESTMINSTER. 165\nNew Westminster again saw their Bishop and his\nwife.\nThe year was marked by one other event deserving of notice.\nOn the Festival of S. Andrew an interesting\nceremony took place in the church of the Holy\nTrinity, New Westminster, when a beautiful pastoral staff was presented to the Bishop in the\nname of the clergy and communicants of the\ndiocese, as a token of personal love and esteem,\nand with the sincere hope that it would be many\nyears before it passed into the hands of another.\nThe Bishop accepted the staff, and having laid\nit upon the altar, dedicated it to the service of\nGod. He then gave a short address to the congregation, which gathered up in a few words the\nideal he held of the episcopal office, and which\nhe faithfully, to the best of his power, endeavoured\nto fulfil.\nAt least from the fourth century, he stated,\nthe pastoral staff had been by all branches of the\nChurch accepted as the symbol of episcopal rule\n\u2014a rule, not autocratic as by a rod of iron, but\nas defined by the proper meaning of the word\nr\u00e9gula, a straight edge. A pastoral staff consisted\nof three portions, the central being the rod signifying the Bishop's rule over the flock committed to\nhis charge by the Chief Shepherd, by drawing the\nstraight lines of the Church's faith once delivered\nto the saints, so that his charge might stay in the\nold paths and walk therein. Another portion, the\ncrook, typified the duty of the Bishop to seek\nthe lost ones wandering from the fold, and with\nlove and sympathy and tenderness draw them once\nmore into the Church ; and also to guide those who\notherwise might stray away into the world without.\nThe third portion, the point, symbolized the most i66 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\npainful portion of the episcopal duty, the exercise\nof Church discipline. As the clergy and laity, he\nconcluded, had of their own accord presented him\nwith this staff after eight years of episcopal rule,\nhe judged that it was a sign that his rule had been\ncommendable to them. \"^\nNEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XXI.\nSTEADY PROGRESS.\nThe year 1888, like 1887, was broken into by a\nvisit to England, and it is only necessary here\nbriefly to indicate its leading events. The very\nfirst day of the year was marked by the consecration of S. James' Church, Vancouver, built in the\nplace of the building swept away by the great\nVancouver fire. The Bishop's Confirmation tours\nwere as numerous as ever, though compressed into\na smaller portion of the year, and, these over, a\nstart was made for England immediately after\nthe meeting of synod in April.\nThe object of this visit was to attend the Lambeth Conference, of which it is only necessary to\nsay that to our Bishop, as to every Churchman,\nthe spectacle of one hundred and forty-five Bishops,\nassembled together from the ends of the earth,\nunited by the tie of a common faith and a common\npurpose, was deeply impressive, and furnished\nemphatic testimony to the vigorous growth and\npractical unity of the Anglican Communion.\nWith regard to the remainder of the stay the\nBishop writes\u2014\n\" I was occupied, as last year, in visiting as many as\npossible of the parishes from which we derive most of\nour support, and this occupied me continuously during\nthe months of August, September, and October.\"\n*J i68 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nThe diocese was reached once more on November\nnth, when the mountain church of Donald came\ninto view, and as it was Sunday morning, the party\nwas able, while the train waited, to join in a\nservice of thanksgiving and praise. Unhappily,\nthe Bishop came back not in the best of health,\nand in fighting sickness ended the year.\nThe work of the year 1889 was of a perfectly\nunexciting, if not absolutely humdrum character.\nThe tenth year of an episcopate could hardly be\nso full of varied interest as the first, and as the\nBishop had learned by this time the exact amount\nof work of which he and his staff were capable, all\nthat he had to do was to do it, as well as under\nthe circumstances was possible. But humdrum\nwork, sometimes called drudgery, is not the less\nvaluable because it fails to appeal to men's love\nof the sensational, so that if we here give but the\nbarest r\u00e9sum\u00e9 of the work of 1889, it is not because\nit was less important than that of the preceding\nnine, but because the ground has already been\ncovered in former chapters.\nIn one way the year was well marked\u2014in the\nincrease that took place both in the number of clergy\nand of churches in the diocese.\nOn Sunday, January 13th, an ordination was\nheld in Holy Trinity Church, New Westminster,\nwhen the Rev. W. B. Allen, of Chilliwhack, was\nordained priest, and Mr. Wright admitted to the\ndiaconate.\nWith fresh clergy fresh churches were not long\nin springing up. The new church at Donald, built\namid the bracing air of the mountains by men\nwho seem to have inhaled with that air the spirit\nto become pioneers in the Church's work, was\nconsecrated by the Bishop on Sunday, February\n24th, at a service the impressiveness of which NEW WESTMINSTER. 169\nremained long after as a stimulus to those who\ntook part therein. The Bishop seems to have\nspoken on this occasion on the sacredness of the\nHouse of God with more than his usual force and\nfervour.\nAt Kamloops, too, a new church had been erected,\nto the unfeigned gratification of those who had\nworshipped so long in a barn. The first service\nwas held in the new edifice on the same Sunday\nas witnessed the Consecration Service at Donald,\nand the Bishop was able to be present and hold\na Confirmation on the following Wednesday.\nAgain, in Vancouver, while the new parish of\nChrist Church was developing rapidly, the Rector\nof S. James', so far from feeling his work narrowed\nby the loss of a portion of his old parish, succeeded\nin building two Mission churches at some distance\nfrom the mother-church\u2014S. Michael's on Mount\nPleasant, and S. Paul's on Hornby Street.\nThus new work was pushed forward on every\nhand, and the character of the Bishop's work,\nduring the first half of the year, was that of continual itinerancy, confirming the work already\nachieved, and inspiring the clergy to fresh efforts\nin the future.\nSoon after reaching home, from an extended tour\nin the Okanagan country, the Bishop called together\nhis synod, and in his address touched on many\nof the points raised in the Lambeth Conference, and.\ncommittees were appointed to deal with several\nof them. In the matter of forming a Provincial\nSynod for the whole of British Columbia, no practical result was so far attained, the diocese of\nCaledonia being in practice more distant from the\nother dioceses than some of the eastern sees.\nThe great event of the year, and one which was\nfraught with far-reaching consequences\u2014to the' i7o MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nparish of New Westminster advantageous, to the\nBishop personally physically ruinous\u2014was the exchange effected between Archdeacon Woods, Rector\nof Holy Trinity, and the Bishop ; whereby the\nformer became rector of the little suburban church\nof S. Mary's, Sapperton, and the latter assumed\nthe responsibilities of the parish of Holy Trinity.\nTo the Archdeacon it was the means of obtaining\na much-needed rest, to the parish it was the means\nof having the Bishop constantly in its midst, and\nthe parish church recognized as a quasi-cathedral ;\nbut to the Bishop himself it was the undertaking\nof a burden far too heavy for his strength, even\nassisted as he was, for the greater portion of his\nincumbency, by a staff of two curates.\nBut, for the time, the impetus given to the parochial work was immense. The Bishop entered\nupon his new duties as rector on July 19th, and\nMr. Irwin became assistant-curate a week later.\nThe old rectory building was demolished, and the\ncontract let for the building of a new house, which\nshould be the official residence of the Bishop.\nMrs. Sillitoe writes at the time\u2014\n\"The Bishop has now, in addition to his episcopal\nwork, the charge of the parish of New Westminster, and\nthis keeps him very busy\u2014in fact, far too busy\u2014for\nwhilst we are living a mile and a half distant from the\nchurch, it is difficult to get through all the work. Our\nnew house in New Westminster is being built, but we\nshall not be able to get into it till Christmas. As it\nis built of wood, we can move in as soon as it is finished.\nSorry as I shall be to leave our present home, the knowledge that if we lived here the work would be too much\nfor the Bishop, reconciles me to the change. It will\nbe very nice to have a new house, but I fear it will have\nthe effect of making my belongings look very shabby.\"\nMeanwhile, the new work did not prevent the bishop's household. NEW WESTMINSTER. 171\naccomplishment of the usual episcopal duties, and\nthis year, for the first time in three years, he was\nable to be present at the annual gathering of the\nLytton Indians at Pootanie.\nOn November 1st (All Saints' Day) a landmark\nin the Bishop's work was' reached in the completion of the tenth year of his episcopate.\nThe occasion was fitly marked by a special\nservice in Holy Trinity Church, on All Hallows\nE'en, when the Bishop summed up the encouragements and lessons of his ten years' work in a\nstriking sermon from the text, \"Of myself I can\ndo nothing.\" A few days later, in memory of the\nsame interesting event, a reception was tendered\nto the Bishop and Mrs. Sillitoe in the Opera\nHouse, which was of more than parochial interest,\nsince representatives from many of the outlying\ndistricts attended to offer their congratulations.\nIt is a significant comment on this tenth anniversary which is furnished in the statistics of the\nclose of this year. The Bishop was able thankfully\nto chronicle the receipt of a material increase of\nfunds. In the parish of Christ Church, Vancouver,\nno less than $7000 was raised during the year.\nAnd on every hand there were signs that Church-\npeople, naturally so slow in such matters, were\nbeginning to realize the part they were called upon\nto play in building up the Church in the West.\nDr. Sillitoe's ten years' unremitting toil, although\nnot spent to obtain dazzling or immediate returns,\nhad not failed in bringing forth much fruit to the\nglory of God and the service of man. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XXII.\nPAROCHIAL WORK.\nTHE record of 1890, to correspond with the Bishop's\ndual position as Bishop and Rector, must consist\nof two stories : the one, describing his progress with\nthe parish work of Holy Trinity, New Westminster,\nthe other, his efforts to perform his episcopal duties.\nTo secure a closer touch with his new parish,\nthe Bishop had felt the need of building a See\nHouse in the city, and it was an event of no little\nlocal interest, when, on April 16th, the removal\nwas made from S. Mary's Mount. The \"flitting\"\nwas effected by dint of hard work in one day,\nalthough the interior fittings were as yet incomplete. A Benediction Service was held in the\nhouse on the evening of April 23rd, to which were\ninvited all the members of the Parish Workers'\nAssociation, to the number of nearly seventy. The\nhouse was open to visitors on three afternoons and\nevenings in the following week, and a large number\nof friends availed themselves of the opportunity of\ninspecting it.\nNo sooner had the Bishop secured a house for\nhimself, than he determined also to secure a home\nfor the various organizations which the parochial\nwork necessitated. The Sunday School, Trinity\nChurch Club, Sewing Guild, etc., were all practically NEW WESTMINSTER. 173\nhomeless until the Bishop planned the erection of\na hall, which, with good acoustic properties, should\ngive to all the manifold agencies of the Church \" a\nlocal habitation.\"\nThe hall, dedicated to S. Leonard\u2014was completed\nand opened on June 3rd, with an inaugural concert\ngiven by the Choral Union, of which the Bishop\nwas the leading spirit. What might be called the\nparochial inauguration took place on June 5th,\nwhen the Bishop gave an address of welcome, and\nspoke hopefully of the future usefulness of the new\nhall.\nMoreover, the quickening of the Church's vitality\nin the neighbourhood of Holy Trinity Church did\nnot prevent the claims of other portions of the\ncity from coming under consideration. New Westminster was at this time growing in size and population daily, and like many western cities where the\n\" real estate \" is in the hands of a not over-generous\nfew, growing more on the outskirts, where the land\nwas comparatively cheap, than at the centre, where\nthe purchase of corner-lots demanded capital.\nConsequently, the small beginnings of a future\nnew parish were made by the commencement of\nservice in the West End School-House, kindly\n- lent for the purpose by the school trustees. But\nactivity in the parish in no way interfered with\nthe visitation of the diocese, as this year we find\neven more places visited than usual, though we\nmust resist the temptation to describe any of them. MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XXIII.\nWORK IN THE INDIAN MISSIONS.\nAt the end of 1890, the Bishop felt considerable\nperplexity as to the way in which the work of the\ndiocese would go on in face of the various changes\nwhich the year had brought about.\n\" My report for 1890,\" he writes, \"will not be one of\nunmixed satisfaction. Though there has been much to\nrejoice at, in growth and prosperity, there has been much\nsadness, on the other hand, at the departure from among\nus of some of the most devoted of our labourers. The\nloss in one year of Mr. Croucher, Mr. Small, who\nwent to Corea, and Mr. Edwardes, who joined the Universities Mission to Central Africa, whose faithful service\nhas extended over half the fife of our diocese, seems at first\nsight almost like the irremediable break-up of our staff,\nand yet it is, I suppose, with the diocese as with the\nworld at large, one drops out and another takes his\nplace; a gap appears in the ranks, it is noticed for a\nmoment, and in a moment more it is filled, and things\ngo on as before, and we learn to see how God hath so\nordered life and His Church that no one of us is necessary\nto the accomplishment of His purpose and plan. That\nplan is one, embracing all ; and while each has his little\npart to play, it is his part only and no more, and his\npart ended, another is forthwith raised up, and the one\nplan progresses unbroken and undisturbed.\"\nBut there was, nevertheless, progress along the NEW WESTMINSTER. 175\nwhole line. The clerical staff was seventeen, as\ncompared with fourteen a year ago ; an increase of\nthree also appears in the list of lay-readers, and a\ncorresponding increase in Church members, communicants, baptisms, marriages, and offertories. The\nonly decrease was in the number of comfirmees\n\u2014chiefly among the Lytton Indians, where the\nresignation of Mr. Small created a vacancy very\ndifficult to fill.\nIndeed, the Bishop's great anxiety this year was\nwith respect to the Indian Mission and the finding\nof a suitable successor to Mr. Small.\n\"The history of our Indian Mission,\" the Bishop\nwrites, \" has been a very broken one this year. The loss\nof Mr. Small was a difficult one to repair in any case,\nbut we have hitherto been unsuccessful in finding a\nsuccessor at all. I gave notice of the vacancy, many^\nmonths ago, to my representative, in England ; but though\nmany applications were received, there were none that\nMr. Mogg could entertain, and, but for Mr. Wright's\nwilling devotion, we should have been landed in a very\nserious difficulty. As it is, he is working single-handed,\nwith the help that I have been able to afford him from\nNew Westminster.\n\" The Indian school at Yale,\" the Bishop continues,\n\"has not only made that progress, which we have now\ncome to regard as a matter of course, but we have also\nbeen able largely to extend its accommodation, by the\naddition of a new building at a cost of over $3500,\ntowards which a grant was made by the Dominion\nGovernment of $1500.\"\nOf the opening of this new wing we have an\ninteresting account in a letter written by one of\nthe sisters. From this letter we take the following\nextract :\u2014\nI His Lordship and Mrs. Sillitoe arrived on Monday,\nDecember 29, 1890, and, as only two days could be 176 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nspared for Yale, we had to crowd a good deal into Tuesday.\nAbout 6 p.m. a large number of Indians began to assemble,\nmarshalled by ' George,' our mission servant and interpreter, and waited in perfect order till the procession\nhad formed in the hall. From thence it started; the\nBishop in cope and mitre, preceded by Aimie, a little\nhalf-breed girl of twelve, as crossbearer, dressed, like her\nconfirmed companions, in white veil and red pinafore.\nAnother child came after the Bishop, carrying the school\nbanner, then four choir-children, then the remainder of\nthe school, the sisters, and finally a troop of Indians.\nThe last, nearly seventy in number, walked in couples\nand in reverent order and silence. Upstairs wound\nthe long procession, numbering just a hundred in all,\nsinging the 67th Psalm, going first to the children's\ndormitory and infirmary, then downstairs again to the\nrefectory and schoolroom, suitable prayers and responses\nbeing said in each ; ending with a short service in the\nlittle chapel, where there was hardly standing room. It\nhad been arranged that the Benediction was to be\nfollowed by the annual Christmas tree for our children,\nin which this year their compatriots were to have a share.\nIt was quickly lighted, and the presents were distributed\nby the good Bishop and other kindly helpers, and then\nthe tree was removed, and the dusky crowd comfortably\nseated for the magic lantern\u2014an exhibition of English .\ncathedrals and abbeys\u2014shown by the Bishop, and explained to the Indian spectators by the interpreter.\"\nThus progress at Yale was gratifying enough,\nbut meanwhile Lytton was a sore trial of faith and\npatience. Every month the appeal was made, and\nstill remained apparently unanswered.\n\" No suitable priest has yet been found for the Indian\nwork. There never was a clearer-voiced call, ' Come over\nand help us,', than is contained in the appeals from the\ndiocese for a really earnest, devoted man. There is really\nwork for three men, and now only one is keeping it going. Photo: Thompson.} NEW WESTMINSTER. 177\nThe Indians will be scattered, and, amid the enticements\nof the Romans on the one hand, and the denunciation of\nthe Salvationists on the other, these poor, childish people\nare sore let and hindered. Midst the thousands of\nsingle priests in England, who are not specially tied by\nthe circumstances of their lot, surely one can be found\nto go forth to this great work. It means self-denial and\nhard work\u2014it does not mean good pay\u2014but it means a\ngreat sphere for showing devotion to our blessed Lord.\"\nThe enforced return of Dr. Pearce, the medical\nmissionary, to England, just when his work was\nbeginning to tell, made the outlook still more\ngloomy.\nMr. Wright, in bad health, was doing his utmost\nto cope with the difficulties of his position, but\nwith a district two hundred and twenty miles long,\nit was impossible to do much. Moreover, Indian\nwork specially needed personal care, or it was liable\nto develop in unexpected and undesirable directions.\nOn one occasion Mr. Wright wrote\u2014\n\" I have just heard of an Indian woman, who was\nsupposed to have died and has come to life again just as\nshe was being put into a coffin. I suppose, some trance.\nWhen she came to, she said she had been to a place\nwhere some people were miserable and some happy, and\nall the happy ones belonged to the Church of England !\nThis has had a great effect upon the unbaptized Indians,\nwho now say they are all coming to us. Great care will\nhave to be exercised about their preparation for Baptism\nunder such circumstances.\"\nAt last the welcome announcement was made,\nthough not until near the close of the year\u2014\n\"The senior priest's vacancy at Lytton is filled.\nGod has answered our prayers, and in a way we least\nexpected. The Rev. R. Small has offered to return to\nhis old work, and the Bishop has readily accepted his offer. 178 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nChristmas, at latest, will see him back among the Indians,\nwho so dearly love him. This is joyful news indeed,\nand let us not forget to thank God for His goodness.\nMr. Small offered, of himself, to come back, as he\nheard his post was not filled, and the Bishop of Corea\nwould not stand in his way. This action on the Bishop's\npart is most generous, and demands our gratitude. Thus\nthe difficulty in regard to one vacancy is at an end. We\nstill have to send out an earnest, devoted assistant.to\nMr. Small, either priest or deacon. He would have to\nlive in the Mission House, and be ready to enter into\nthe system of community life, which means some roughness and self-discipline.\"\nTo compensate for the lack of regular pastoral\nvisitation from which the Lytton district suffered\nthis year, the Bishop gave a considerable part of\nhis own time to this particular branch of work.\nA few extracts from letters will give some idea\nof what the work was.\nOf the developments of the Mission and up-\ncountry districts, the Bishop writes\u2014\n\" A railway is now being constructed from Sicamous to\nEnderby, and on past Lansdowne to Vernon on Lake\nOkanagan. This railway is bringing all these places into\nprominence, and opening up a district which, from a\nmissionary point of view, is at the present moment as\ninteresting as any we have. Enderby and Vernon are\nabout twenty-five miles apart, Lansdowne lying between\nthe two.\n\"At Lansdowne we have a church and a small\nparsonage ; at Enderby the people are prepared to\nbuild, but have not determined which site to accept out\nof the several that have been offered ; at Vernon the\npeople are taking steps to obtain a site.\n\" Churches in these places are very unpretentious\nbuildings, costing not more than ^250, with a seating\ncapacity of about a hundred, but even this apparently .\nsmall amount is a considerable tax upon the few Church NEW WESTMINSTER. 179\npeople who have to provide it, especially when it is\nremembered that they already contribute to the stipend\nof their clergy as well. . . .\n\" An incident of missionary life to close with. I heard\nof a dying man who wished to see a clergyman. He was\nin a hut or cabin eleven miles down the track. There\nwas no train, nor any road, but the chief engineer of the\nline, who happened to be there, procured me a handcar\nand a crew to take me down and back. A handcar on\na single fine of railway, where freight trains run independently of time-tables, and where curves are as\nsharp as they have to be in this gorge of the Fraser river,\nis an exciting kind of travelling. In many places the\ntrack overhangs the river at a height of several hundred\nfeet ; at others it is carried over deep gullies or ravines\non wooden trestles, of which our friends have seen illustrations in our lantern show, and the platform of a handcar, without a rail to hold on by, and five men occupying\nthe space of about five feet square, is a position from\nwhich one can appreciate without effort the ' chances of\nthis mortal life.' Without misadventure, however, my\n' crew ' covered the eleven miles in an hour.\n\" The sick man was a Churchman from the north of\nIreland, who has been twenty years in this country, and\nhas naturally lost sight of all old-country relations and\nfriends. He is suffering from heart disease, and may be\ntaken at any moment, and being dependent entirely\nupon chance visits of trackmen passing up and down the\nline for help, he more than probably will be alone at\nhis death. I helped him as well as I could, and tried\nto persuade him to allow himself to be taken down\nto the coast, but he said he would rather die where he\nwas than in a 'charity hospital,' and I am afraid he\nprobably will.\"\n\" Temmelch Creek Camp,\n\"August 15, 1891.\n\" My dear Mogg,\n\" I shall not have time to send you a full account\nof our visit to the Indian district for publication in the I So MEMOIR-OF THE BISHOP OF\nSeptember Record, but you shall have a few lines by way\nof summary. This is our last camp, and I am waiting to\ncommence work while the people are building a stone\naltar in the church tent. This is the first time we have\nhad to revert to the ancient type of altar. Hitherto we\nhave had a village church within reach, or have been\nable to procure a few boards for an altar table.\n\"Our camp here is three miles from the nearest\nvillage church or Indian ranch, but the rock about is all\nof a slaty character, and slabs of it are very convenient\nfor our purpose. I have endeavoured to cover as much\nground as possible in the trip, my first object having\nbeen to impress upon the Indians generally the fact that\nwe had not abandoned them. . . . Consequently, we have\n' gone forward ' every two or three days, halting at convenient places for assembling the flock. At each camp\nwe have had congregations of from fifty to sixty. Most\ndays we have commenced with a celebration at 6.30 and\ntaken three services during the day, for instruction,\nbaptism, confirmation, etc. Once or twice the afternoons have been too hot to sit out in places where shade\nwas not procurable, and our evening sessions have been\nprolonged by the light of the camp fire until long after\ndark.\n\" It is impossible to speak in terms of exaggeration of\nthe attention and patience of these people They simply\nnever tire of instruction. Such responsiveness is the\ngreat charm of the work, and gives it an attraction which\nis certainly too often wanting in the missionary's experience among white people.\n\" All the more strongly, therefore, is borne in upon me\nthe necessity for supplying the vacancy\u2014the necessity\nfor finding the man ordained of God to take up the\nwork. . . .\"\nHere, too, are some extracts from Mrs. Sillitoe's.\nvivid description of the same visitation.\n11 am writing under difficulties, with a tiny gold\npencil and my paper on my knee, under the shadow of NEW WESTMINSTER. 181\nthe church We are camped out near an Indian village\non a dry, dusty, and exceedingly barren flat, under a\nburning sun, with not a tree nearer than on the steep\nmountain sides which surround us. I am hardly correct\nin calling this a barren flat, for on it thrives a vigorous\ngrowth of cactus, and with the utmost care one cannot go\nmany yards without getting one's shoes full of the sharp\nprickles. One night in rolling over in bed I got my side\nfull of them.\n\"... On Wednesday, July 29th, we drove down the\nwaggon-road about fifteen miles, and after crossing the\nThompson river in an exceedingly ramshackle\u00bbcanoe, and\nclimbing the steep bank, we arrived at this our first\ncamp, Pakyst. Meshell was there already, and had our\ntents pitched. As it was getting dusk, I lost no time in\nunpacking our blankets, and as on account of the great\nheat we needed none for covering, we had a less hard bed\nthan would otherwise have been the case. After that we\nhad our supper of bread and marmalade by the light of\na candle, the candlestick consisting of three nails in the\ntop of a piece of wood driven into the ground. After\nsupper we retired to bed rather than to sleep, for a strong\ngale had sprung up, which threatened to carry our tent\naway, and in the course of the following day the threat\nwas carried out, and I had to fly about in all directions\ngathering up my scattered belongings. We have stayed\nthree whole days in this camp, and the programme has\nbeen much the same as at Ashcroft. . . .\n\"Pakyst was a comfortless, hot camp, and it was\nwithout any regret that we left it on Saturday, August\n1 st, walking three miles down the railway track to\nSpatsum station, while the tents and pack were sent on\nhorses over the trail. The west-bound train was due at\nSpatsum at 3 a.m. on Sunday, and the long, weary night\ndid we spend sitting on the platform ; and as if that were\nnot enough, the train was an hour and a half late, so not\ntill 4.30 did we get away. Spatsum is only a flag station,\nand about ten o'clock the man in charge brought us a\nlantern, telling us to wave it, and he then retired. It 182 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nwas 6.30 on Sunday morning before we reached Lytton.\n... It seems impossible that animals on four legs can\nwalk as slowly as these Indian horses do. Arrived in\ncamp, we found lots of Indians ready to help, and in a\nwonderfully short time the tents were pitched, a thick\ncarpet of brush laid, and it was just getting dusk when\nwe sat down to our supper, spread on the ground in\nfront of our tent. After supper the Bishop arranged for\nthe next day's proceedings with the Indians, while I\nmade up the bed. Then we sat down over the camp\nfire, admiring the dim outline of the surrounding\nmountains, and the picturesque encampment about two\nhundred yards away in a grove of large pine trees,\neverything looking weird and ghostlike in the light of\nthree camp fires. Then the stillness was broken by the\nsound of a bell summoning to prayer, and the whole\ncamp gathered, and the low monotony of the voices\nsounded not unmusical, and wonderfully solemn and\nimpressive, borne to us on the evening breeze. The\nIndians are most regular in their attendance at the daily\noffering of prayer and praise, both morning and evening,\nbut are not as diligent as they might be in teaching the\nprayers to their children and to those adults who have\nnot managed to pick them up, and the Bishop has had\nto speak very seriously to them about this. At 10 p.m.\nwe turn in, but alas ! there are many disturbances. First\nof all, the camp fire spreads, a most dangerous proceeding during the dry, hot weather, and it has to be beaten\n^u\u00c9$knd later on there is an ominous pitter-patter on\nthe tent, increasing to a steady downpour, and the\nBishop has to go outside and loosen the ropes. Then\na careful look round is necessary, for if anything is\ntouching the tent, in comes the wet; even the cabin\nbags had to be taken down.\n\" It was still raining at six o'clock next morning, and\nthe celebration had to be postponed, as our second, tent,\nused as a church tent, is only big enough for the altar,\nand the congregation has to be in the open. About ten\no'clock the rain cleared off, but it had lost us a day, as we NEW WESTMINSTER. 183\nhad intended moving on that afternoon. All the day\nthe Bishop spent with the Indians, giving instruction,\ncatechizing the children, conferring with the chiefs and\nwatchmen, and there was besides the interesting ceremony of the election of two new watchmen.\n\"The following day, August 5th, we commenced\nwith a celebration at 6.30, after which the horses were\nhunted up ; but with all the haste possible we did not\nget away till 11.30, too late to allow of our reaching\nthe next rendezvous, N'chakup Camp, the same day.\nSo we rode about twelve miles, passing on our way\nan Indian lying in his tent, ill from the bite of a\nrattlesnake. These reptiles are said to be very numerous\nin these parts, but from the fact that recovery from the\nbite is possible if the right remedy be used in time, I\nimagine they are not so deadly as in other countries.\nI am afraid I shall shock you if I describe the remedy ;\nbut remember it is a case of life or death. The bite is\nusually on the foot or leg, and a tight string is at once\ntied above the wound to prevent as far as possible the\ncirculation of the poison in the blood. After that\nthe patient is dosed with raw spirit until the system\nbecomes saturated. The poison causes intense pain, and\nit takes a long time for it to work its way out As there\nis a strict law in force in British Columbia forbidding the\nsale of liquor to Indians except on an order from a\nclergyman, doctor, or J. P., it is no easy matter for them\nto obtain the required remedy in time. It is curious that\nthe Indians, who are skilled in the use of herbs, should\nnot yet have discovered an antidote. Our camping-\nground on the night of the 5 th was a most unpromising\none\u2014near the bed of the creek, with nothing but rocks\nand sand, and it was too late to allow of much brush\nbeing collected, so our bed was none too soft, and the\ntent was badly pitched, so did not entirely keep out the\nrain which fell during the night Towards six o'clock in\nthe evening we reached N'chakup Camp, leaving the\nproper trail about half a mile back. Oh, if you could\nhave seen that last half-mile I think your hair would have 184 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nstood on end ! First we skirted round a sandy, gravelly\nbluff\u2014the trail was, I am sure, not more than six inches\nwide, and at every step the horses sent the stones and\nsand rolling down the precipice. Then we started zigzagging down the mountain side, and it was no easy\nmatter to stick on the horses' backs. My contempt for\nIndian horses on a good road is unbounded, but in\ndangerous places and broken-away trails, my contempt\nchanges to confidence and admiration.\n\" For grandeur of scenery N'chakup Camp is unrivalled ; in other ways it was not well chosen. There\nwas no shade and the ground was sandy. Certainly the\nIndians did their best for us, covering the sand with brush,\nand bringing Cottonwood trees and planting them around,\nbut the shade these threw was a very poor apology for\nthe real article, and the inside of the tent during the day\nwas like a furnace. Happily, the surrounding mountains\nare high, and the sun disappears at 5.30 p.m. It rises,\nhowever, at 6.30 am., and it is well to clear out of the\ntent as soon as possible after that.\n\" At N'chakup Camp we spent three whole days, and\nevery moment of the Bishop's time, except what was\ngrudgingly snatched for meals, was devoted to the Indians.\n. . . One afternoon we crossed the river in order that the\nBishop might visit a sick child. The Fraser is extremely\nswift, and the boat had to be towed a long distance up\nthe shore before the crossing was attempted. I have\npretty strong nerves, and like being in a canoe ; but this\ncraft was an exceedingly cranky and leaky flat-bottomed\nboat, and was besides overloaded, and two or three times\nI thought we should have capsized. The sick child was\nlying under a kind of shelter made of rush mats. She\nwas about seven years old, and did not look ill, but was\nlying quietly sleeping ; and in this way her parents said\nshe had been lying for the past three weeks, taking\nnothing but an occasional spoonful of cold water. We\ncould give them but little advice, but sent them from the\ncamp some condensed milk to mix with the water. Near\nthe sick child sat an old Indian, stone blind, who was led NEW WESTMINSTER. 185\nforward to shake hands with us by his equally ancient\nspouse. A decrepit old pair they were, and not pleasant\nto look at. Our return journey across the river was not\nbeset with so many dangers, as we were the only passengers, and pleasanter,- as the sun had set.\n\" On Monday we were up early so as to start before\nthe sun got hot; but although we breakfasted at 6.30,\nwe did not get away till nine, and then rode on till\n3 p.m. in such heat as I do not care to recall. Not\nwishing to repeat the experience, we started next day\ndirectly after breakfast, leaving the pack to follow, and\nsucceeded in reaching Lytton at midday. Here, by a\ncurious coincidence, we met the Sister Superior on her\nway back from England. We were four days late in\nreturning to Lytton, and the Sister seven hours late,\nyet we arrived within ten minutes of each other. It\nwas but poor -hospitality w\u00e9 had to offer, as the house\nhad been shut up for over a week, and we could not\nexpect the pack for an hour or two, but in our delight\neverything else was forgotten. The afternoon, however,\nwas not entirely devoted to talk, as there was plenty to\nbe done. The camp kitchen had to be gone through and\nstores replenished, clothes had to be washed, and callers\nto be received.\n\"Next morning we were up at four so as to start\nthe Sister off by the five-o'clock train, and by eight\no'clock we were jogging down the road. We had now\ntwo additions to our party\u2014Mali, one of the Indian girls\nfrom Yale, who was spending her holidays at Lytton ; and\nPhilip, the Lytton church servant, whose duty it was to\nshepherd the horses. His work proved no sinecure, for\nthe horses were always trying to run home. In recommending him, Meshell said that although not very young,\nhe was a capital worker, and could stay awake all night\nif we wished. As we had never curtailed the night's rest\nof any of our Indians, we considered the recommendation uncalled for. When, however, I found what an\nintense desire the horses evinced to return home, I could\nsee that Philip had a good deal of staying awake to do ; 186 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nand, poor man, he was not even allowed the peaceful\nenjoyment of the services, for every now and then there\nwould be a stampede, and off would fly Philip in pursuit.\nOur camp that night and the following was at Staziani,\nat the foot of Jackass Mountain, not a hundred yards from\nthe old Mission House. When the headquarters of the\nIndian Mission was moved to Lytton, the place was sold\nto an Indian, and looked well cared for. There was not\ntime to get through all the work before midday on Friday,\nAugust 15th, when we left for our next camp, so the five\ncouples to be married followed the Bishop down the\nroad. On the way one of the watchmen met us to ask\nthe Bishop to baptize a dying child, a little mite of three\nmonths old. Such a disappointment we had that day :\nwe were riding a short distance ahead of the pack, and\na bear crossed the road behind us, but in front of them,\nand we never saw it. Temmelch Creek was our last\ncamp, where we stayed till the 19th. The ground was\nrough and rocky, but it was near a lovely creek full of\ndelicious trout, which we greatly appreciated. We had\nintended breaking up camp on the 18th, but the\nIndians required so much instruction and preparation\nthat we were obliged to stay an extra day. Very unfortunate it was for us, as all Monday it rained, and it\nwas most troublesome work getting everything dry before\npacking up. We left behind a memorial of our camp in\n. the altar which the Indians had built with the flat stones\nout of the creek. We had a most pleasant trip in the\ncanoe across the Fraser, and then a steep climb up the\nbank on the other side brought us back to civilization\nin the shape of the C.P.R. Hotel at North Bend. On\nAugust 20th the Bishop, accompanied by Meshell only,\nwent down to Spuzzum, and his day there brought the\ntrip to a conclusion.\"\nOf the other events of the year, the daily tasks\nat New Westminster and the routine of Confirmations in the country parishes, there is no need now\nto speak. Suffice it to say that, all things considered, the diocese was now in a condition to excite NEW WESTMINSTER. 187\nadmiration and astonishment among those who knew\nthe difficulties which had been encountered. The\nRev. Allan Pitman, who stayed for some months\nof 1891, expresses in the Mission Field his delight\nin the work he saw proceeding. In concluding his\narticle, he says\u2014\n\" I cannot help it if these remarks seem too laudatory ;\nthey ought to have shown me something I could criticize.\nOr perhaps it is that the sun of that land, where it is\nalways shining, where the air is always fresh, where the\nsound of the water falling, rushing, gliding, is ever within\nhearing, where all life seems freer, where the sadness of\nthe Indian past is altogether obscured by the promise of a\ngolden future\u2014perhaps it is this and things like this which\nhave made me strike the ' major ' with never a note from\n. the ' minor.' That I must leave to those who can play the\nwhole piece ; but I guarantee that any one who visits\nthe diocese of New Westminster will be as startled and\ndelighted as I was with the amount of work and love\nwhich must have been poured out on the diocese, and the\nrich return it has yielded.\" MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nCHAPTER XXIV.\nILLNESS AND WORK.\n1892.\nIt was in this year that the illness began from\nwhich the Bishop never fully recovered. Just as\nthe prospects of the diocese looked brighter than\nat any time since the foundation of. the see, and\nall were looking forward to greater progress still,\nthe mysterious la grippe, which had wrought such\nhavoc in other lands, made its presence known in\nthis distant western diocese, and violently attacked\namong the very first the Bishop, one of those who\ncould least be spared from active life.\nThe Bishop's illness commenced at the beginning\nof February, and though he was able to be out\ntwo or three days at the beginning of March, he\nbroke down again on March 5th, and was sent to\nbed again. He forced himself through a visit to\nYale, and an ordination at S. James', Vancouver,\non March 27th, and then got away again till\nApril 8th for a few days' rest.\nFrom this time onward, although the Bishop was\nby no means strong, the record of work shows little\nif any diminution from that of preceding years.\nIndeed, the Bishop seems to have gone over the\ngreater portion of the diocese, including three\nvisits to Nelson.\nOf visits to Kamloops, Lytton, Ashcroft, Donald,\nI NEW WESTMINSTER. 189\nGolden, Vernon, Penticton, Surrey, and other places,\nit will not be necessary to say more than that they\nresembled the past visits which have already been\ndescribed.\nAn interesting visit was also paid to Nelson,\nwhere the Bishop introduced the Rev. A. J. Reid to\nhis new flock, and where vigorous signs of Church\nlife showed themselves. Nelson is an important\ncentre of a large and growing mining district.\nThe Bishop, later in the year, paid two other\nvisits to this remote portion of his diocese, and\nhad the satisfaction of seeing his plans rapidly and\nsuccessfully developing.\nOne other incident in the itinerary of this year\ndeserves more than passing mention, viz. the\ngreat Indian gathering at Hope. In itself the\ngathering was similar to those which took place at\nPootanie in preceding years, but it had a special\ninterest through the presence of the venerable\nBishop of Columbia, Dr. George Hills, then on the\neve of departure from the diocese he had ruled\nso indefatigably for thirty-five years, and of the\nRev. J. B. Good, who was the Indian missionary in\ncharge at the time of Bishop Sillitoe's appointment.\nNot only was it a great delight to the Bishop and\nMr. Good to renew acquaintance with their old\nfriends of the interior, but it was a great source of\nboth delight and profit to the Indians to see once\nmore among them those who had been in very\ntruth their first fathers in God. It was a witness\nto them and to all of the continuity of the Church's\nwork, and of that unity of faith which binds men together in every land in one \u00a7 Communion of Saints.\"\nIt was shortly after this that the Bishop went out\nto meet Bishop Hills at Mission to speak on behalf\nof the diocese of New Westminster the words of\nfarewell to its former chief pastor, and present I90 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nhim with an album, which would bring some of the\nold faces from time to time before his eyes.\nIt was a great comfort to the Bishop at this\ntime to feel that his efforts in supplying ministrations to every part of the unwieldy diocese had\nnot been altogether unproductive. Although by\nno means over-manned, the diocese was at this\ntime better equipped with clergy than at any time\nsince its formation.\nThe return of three former workers in the diocese,\nin the persons of Mr. Small, Mr. Edwardes, and Mr.\nCroucher, was a telling instance of the magnetic\nattraction possessed by New Westminster. Two\nnew clergy were also admitted to the priesthood\non March 27th, the Revs. E. F. Lacey and F.\nYolland. Besides these, the Rev. A. J. Reid (as\nwe have seen) came to take up the new work at\nNelson, the Rev. A. R. Macduff from Lahore to\nwork at Ashcroft, the Rev. A. A. Dorrell to fill the\nlong-vacant vicarage of Trenant, and the writer of\nthe present sketch to work at the cathedral and\ndo other work in the city of New Westminster.\nThis other work included two new efforts upon\nwhich the Bishop had long set his heart, the\nevangelization of the Chinese and the establishment of a new district church in New Westminster.\nThe work among the Chinese, difficult and slow\nas it necessarily is, had been long crying out for\nsupport. In Vancouver and New Westminster\nthe placid, persevering, long-suffering Celestials\nhad been gathered in considerabe numbers, and\nscattered in smaller communities over the province,\nworking in the cities as laundrymen, cooks, market-\ngardeners, and store-keepers, in the country places\nas miners, and along the Fraser taking their part\nin the important industry of catching and canning\nthe salmon. There was, perhaps, on their part no NEW WESTMINSTER. 191\nconsciousness of the need for mission work\u2014indeed,\nthere was little visible sign of their belief in any\nreligion whatever\u2014nor was there any great enthusiasm among the Church people of the diocese on\nbehalf of a mission. Rather, sad it is to say, there\nwas a sort of unchristian conviction that such a\nmission was a mistake and a needless waste of\nmoney. But, nevertheless, upon the Bishop's heart\nthe responsibility weighed heavily, and he was glad\nindeed to find some one ready to take up the work.\nOf that work it is not needful to write at length.\nDisappointing in some respects, small and feeble,\nperhaps, it has nevertheless done something to\nteach Church people the practical value of missionary\nwork, to make known among the Chinese that the\nChurch cares for tlteir souls as well as for those of\nwhites and Indians, and, at any rate, to be a kind\nof standing protest in the face of the world against\na Christianity which regards the Chinaman as\noutside the pale of evangelistic work.\nThe centre of this work naturally gravitated to\nVancouver, where the Chinese most do congregate.\nHere a school, for which the nucleus already\nexisted in a class established by the Rev. H.\nHobson, Rector of Christ Church, was organized,\n.from which a Chinese catechist from Honolulu, Mr.\nS. Ten Yong, worked in a large circle, including\nthe two principal cities of the mainland.\nThe work in connection with the West End\nMission in New Westminster was easier and more\nimmediately productive. The ground had lain as\nit were fallow, and the response of the people to\nthe efforts made on their behalf was spontaneous\nand generous. Twice this year the Bishop came\nup to the little church to administer the rite of Confirmation. By the end of the year the necessity\nfor enlargement had become pressing. To complete 192 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe mention of the work now, we may add that by\nthe Easter of 1893 the church had been enlarged\nto three times its former size. By the end of 1893,\nfrom paying half the stipend of the clergyman in\ncharge, it undertook the whole ; and at Easter, 1894,\nonly a month or two before the Bishop's death, it\nwas constituted a new parish, under the name of\nS. Barnabas'.\nTo go back to 1892, we find the Bishop making\none other\" effort towards supplying a religious\neducation for boys. New premises were secured\nin Vancouver, and energetic efforts made to ensure\nsuccess. But, apparently, success was not to be.\nSo far the history of the diocese has shown that\nuntil the people generally care a great deal more\nfor religious education than they do at present, it\nis hopeless to attempt to compete with the public\nschool system. Perhaps some other way will have\nto be found to make religion a part of an ordinary\neducation, which need not involve the costly experiment of separate schools.\nAt any rate, this effort shared the fate of its\npredecessors, and died a natural death in the\ncourse of a few months.\nAnother matter, however, which had long been\non the Bishop's mind, was brought to a satisfactory\nconsummation. This was the constitution of Holy\nTrinity Church, New Westminster, as the Cathedral\nChurch of the diocese.\nA committee had been appointed in October,\n1891, to draw up the constitution and agreement\nbetween the Bishop and the Vestry of Holy\nTrinity Parish. After long and thoughtful discussion, and much labour in studying the constitution\nof other cathedrals, the task was brought to a happy\nconclusion, and on September 28, 1892, the Vestry\nof Holy Trinity Church passed the following r\u00e9solu- NEW WESTMINSTER. 193\ntion, accepting the conditions laid down by the\nBishop :\u2014\n\" Resolved that this vestry consents to the said constitution and ordination of Holy Trinity Church as the\nCathedral Church of this Diocese; and agrees to the\nconditions set forth in the said agreement, and authorizes\nthe Rector and Churchwardens to sign the same on its\nbehalf.\"\nThe following is a copy of the deed of constitution :\u2014\n\" To all to whom these presents shall come,\n\" Acton Windeyer, by Divine permission, Bishop of\nNew Westminster, in the Name of the Father, and of the\nSon, and of the Holy Ghost, greeting.\n\"Whereas it hath ever been by authority of Holy\nScripture and of the Primitive Church, an ancient custom\nto establish new Bishoprics in populous cities, more\neasily resorted to by the inhabitants of the Dioceses, or\nin the seats of civil governments, or ancient capitals, of\nstates or provinces,\n\"And whereas, upon the division of the Diocese of\nBritish Columbia, a new see was created under the name\nor title of New Westminster, which said city of New\nWestminster was then the sole city within the limits of\nthe new diocese, and was, and still is, the seat of the\nCounty Government of the District of New Westminster,\nand the original capital of the Colony of British Columbia,\n\" And whereas Her Majesty, by and with the advice\nand consent and Vestry, they hereunto consenting,\nappropriate and attach to the see and Bishopric of\nNew Westminster, the Rectory and Rectorship of the\nsaid parish church of the Holy Trinity, reserving always\nto us and our successors our Episcopal rights,\n\" Moreover, it is hereby expressly provided, that\ncertain conditions contained in the resolution of the\nvestry meeting held on the 28th day of September,\none thousand eight hundred and ninety-two before-\nmentioned, shall be formulated in an agreement, which 194 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nshall be signed by us, and by the Rector and Churchwardens of the parish of the Holy Trinity, before thirty\ndays next ensuing from the date of these presents shall\nhave expired and the said conditions shall be faithfully\nobserved and performed at all times hereafter, otherwise\nthese presents shall be void and have no effect.\n\u25a0 In witness whereof we the said Bishop have hereunto set our hand and Episcopal seal on the fourteenth\nday of October, in the year of our Lord, one thousand\neight hundred and ninety-two, and of our consecration\nthe thirteenth.\n\" (Signed) A. W. New Westminster.\n\" E. M. N. Woods 1 witnesses S [Seal.]\nE. A. JENNS J VVlmeSSeS-\nOf this year's meeting of synod' there is nothing\nwhich calls for special mention. It was held in\nNew Westminster on November i6th and 17th,\nwas largely attended, and harmoniously conducted.\nThe principal reference in the Bishop's address\nwas to the constitution of the cathedral which is\ndescribed above.\nIt was a subject of congratulation to the Bishop\nthat in spite of the drawback of his illness the\ndiocese had made such progress both in the number\nof its clergy and the results of their work. This\nthought finds emphatic expression in the Bishop's\nsummary of the year's work.\nProfiting by this knowledge, and by the desire\nto make the diocese and its needs better known\nto the Dominion of Canada generally, the Bishop -\naccepted an invitation from the Domestic and\nForeign Missionary Society of Canada to visit in\nthe following spring the principal cities in the\neastern provinces, to lecture upon the work and\nneeds of the Church in the Far West. Of this visit\nwe shall speak briefly in the next chapter. NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XXV.\nTOUR IN EASTERN CANADA AND GENERAL\nSYNOD.\nThe first day of 1893 saw the Bishop enthroned\nin his newly constituted cathedral. The ceremony\ntook place after the Te Deum at Mattins, and was\nconducted by the Archdeacon of Columbia, who at\nthe same time was installed as Canon in the chair\nof St. Nicolas. The episcopal throne was subscribed\nfor by the ladies of Holy Trinity Church, and is a\nbeautiful piece of work, of oak, and nicely carved.\nAs mentioned in the last chapter, a promise had\nbeen given by the Bishop to visit Eastern Canada\non behalf of the Domestic and Foreign Missionary\nSociety. The tour commenced in weather such\nas, fortunately, British Columbia does not often see,\nbut a letter of Mrs. Sillitoe's, dated April 13th, will\ngive a fair outline of the trip :\u2014\n\" My dear Friends,\n\"... When we left on February 4th there was,\nbeside the cold, a heavy snowfall, and we hadnot proceeded\nmany miles on our journey before we began to be delayed.\nWe were, in spite of all delays, comparatively fortunate,\nfor before we had been twenty-eight hours on the road\nwe had caught up with the trains which had left the day\nbefore and the day but one before us. At Donald we 196 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nwere all moved into the first train, and instead of being\nalmost the sole occupants of the Pullman, we had rather\na crowded car. From Donald we made slow progress,\nthe train having to be sent on in sections, in spite of our\nhaving two engines, and by breakfast-time on Monday\nmorning we were only at Field, which'we should have\nreached on the previous evening in time for supper.\nFrom Field up to the summit of the pass to the\nRockies, a distance of seven miles up a very steep grade,\nwe had four engines, one of which, ' Jumbo ' by name,\nis an unusually powerful one, used for pushing the trains\nup this grade. But, although we had four engines and\nonly six cars on the train, the cold was so intense that\nthe wheels would not grip the rails, and it took us over\nan hour to make the ascent. The scenery was never\nseen to better advantage ; there had been an unusually\nheavy snowfall, and the sun was shining brightly, the\nsky of an unclouded and dazzling blue. We spent all\nday in the Rockies, being delayed at every station with\nthawing out frozen pipes, and also in repairing the mail\ncar, the back of which had been pushed out in the\nstruggle up the steep ascent. Tuesday morning found\nus steaming over the plains of the North-West, which look\nterribly monotonous in an unbroken expanse of snow as\nfar as the eye could see. Our only excitement was caused\nby herds of antelope, which were often seen quite close\nto the line. Swift Current, where we stayed for twenty\nminutes, was the coldest place I have ever been in;\nindeed, so cold was it that, although we went out for a\nwalk, we had to hurry back again to the car, not being\nable to stand it. I do not know what the temperature\nwas the day we passed through, but for several days\nbefore the thermometer had stood at 650 below zero,\nand with a blizzard blowing at the time it was impossible\nto venture out. One poor man who went a short distance\nto report a train snowed up got frozen to death, and was\nfound stiff in an upright condition. To give you an idea\nof what such cold is, going out in it makes one's eyes\nwater, and each tear immediately becomes solid ice. In NEW WESTMINSTER. 197\nWinnipeg we were delayed five hours in order to be\njoined with the train that left Vancouver twenty-four\nhours after us. We walked up to the hotel for dinner,\na distance of about one and a half miles ; and although\nit was only 350 below zero, I got my cheeks very\nsore. From Winnipeg on nothing of importance\nhappened. As we were bound for Toronto, we had to\nchange cars at North Bay, and, unfortunately, instead\nof the change taking place at 6 p.m., as it should have\ndone, it came at 4 a.m. We reached Toronto at 2 a.m.\non Saturday, thirty-three hours late, and we had been\ntravelling since 2.30 p.m. on the previous Saturday. We\nwere the guests of the Bishop and Mrs. Sweatman, and\nas we had been expected early the previous morning\nthey had arranged for a large ' At Home ' from four to six\nthat afternoon. Happily we reached the house in time\nfor it The next day the Bishop preached in the morning at St Thomas', and in the evening at St. Alban's\nCathedral, holding meetings during the week both in\nToronto and Guelph. The second Sunday we spent in\nHamilton, returning again to Toronto for more meetings.\nIn Canada there is a wonderfully useful organization of\nwomen called the Women's Auxiliary to the Domestic\nand Foreign Mission Board, a branch of which is to be\nfound in almost every parish. The wonderful organization of this body makes it a very powerful auxiliary to the\nChurch. Wherever we went I addressed meetings of the\nWomen's Auxiliary, so as in some measure to relieve\nthe Bishop. Our third Sunday was spent in London,\nOntario. It is most amusing how they have tried to\ncopy in every way the older namesake. The Bishop,\nfor instance, preached in the morning at St Paul's\nCathedral, on Monday we drove through Piccadilly,\nand over the River Thames across Westminster Bridge.\nDuring the week we visited Brantford and Port Hope,\nand by Sunday reached Montr\u00e9al\n\"From Montreal we went to Richmond, Quebec,\nLennoxville (the Church boys' school and college for the\ndiocese of Quebec), Sherbrooke, Kempville, and finally 198 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nOttawa. We should have visited three more towns, but\nin Ottawa the Bishop became so ill that the doctor forbade further work, and he was obliged to cancel his three\nlast engagements. We stayed nearly a week at Ottawa,\nand at the end of that time got permission from the\ndoctor to start off home. Unfortunate permission, as it\nproved, for either the Bishop was worse than the doctor\nrealized, or else he caught fresh cold leaving. He was\nvery ill all the journey home, and on arriving our doctor\npronounced him to be suffering from pneumonia, and sent\nhim straight off to bed, where he still is, though that is\nmore than a fortnight ago ; and although he is now on\nthe mend, his progress is very slow.\"\nFrom the effects of this illness the Bishop never\nreally recovered, and although with indomitable\nwill he persisted in rising to the call of duty, it\nwas obvious that every effort was made painfully j\nand laboriously.\nThese efforts, however, were by no means few\nor far between. The combined labour as Bishop\nand as rector of Holy Trinity was enough to take\nthe strength of the most vigorous of men, yet the\nBishop's illness was not permitted to interfere with\nthe arrangements for Confirmations made in all\nparts of the diocese. A visit to the Kootenay\ncountry is, under no circumstances, an easy one to\ntake, yet in order to introduce the Rev. H. S.\nAkehurst\u2014who had come to succeed Mr. Reid\u2014\nto his flock, the Bishop once again made the\nacquaintance of Nelson, at the beginning of\nAugust. The following account is given in the\nGazette :\u2014\n\" The Bishop left home on Monday, August 7th, and\ntravelled direct to Field, the most easterly point in the\ndiocese, on the railway line, exactly five hundred miles\nfrom New Westminster. The Rev. J. C. Kemm met the NEW WESTMINSTER. 199\nBishop at Field, and a service had been arranged for the\nevening of the 8th, which was held in the C.P.R. Reading\nRoom,-and was well attended.... While the Bishop was at\nField, the Rev. H. S. Akehurst arrived from Qu'Appelle,\nand after a stop over of a day, proceeded with the\nBishop by way of Revelstoke and the Columbia river to\nNelson, where the party arrived on the evening of the\n10th. Friday and Saturday \"were occupied in calling\nupon members of the congregation in Nelson, and on\nSunday services were resumed for the first time since the\ndeparture of Mr. Reid. The Bishop celebrated Holy\nCommunion at 8 a.m., and preached both morning and\nevening, Mr. Akehurst taking the rest of the service.\nNelson maintained its reputation for excellent choir\nsinging, and the services, especially in the evening, were\nvery hearty. On Monday evening a social meeting\nwas held, at which the Bishop formally introduced\nMr. Akehurst, and an address of welcome was presented\nto him on behalf of the congregation. . . . After five\ndays spent at Nelson, the Bishop with Mrs. Sillitoe and\nMr. Akehurst started to visit other points on Kootenay\nLake. Numerically these ' points ' are many, for the\nreal estate fiend has blocked out town sites every few\nmiles without regard to anything but his own aggrandisement, a feat in which he is only too successful, for it is\nno exaggeration to say that one-tenth of the money sunk I\nby the unwary investor in those embryo cities that will\n\u25a0never be born could have accomplished such a development of mineral resources of the district as would have\nadvanced by many years the prosperity both of the\ncountry and of the investors themselves. There are, for\nexample, largely advertised ' towns ' on the lake which\nconsist of a shack and a tent or two. There are\n' towns ' where instead of new buildings going up, the\nexisting buildings are being torn down to be removed elsewhere. And yet the maps of these ' towns '\nare to be seen posted in every real estate office\nthroughout the land, and lots are being sold at prices\nwhich will certainly never be warranted during the 2oo MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\npresent century. It is waste of breath probably to preach\ncaution to the man to whom the hope is held out of cent\nper cent on the purchase of a town lot, but it would be\n' largely in his interest if a fee, say of $1000, were\nrequired for the registration of a map of a new town site.\nSuch a fee would have relieved the country of most of\nthe bogus town sites that exist, and would have saved\nmany thousands of dollars to the pockets of a too-confiding public.\n\" Kaslo, however, forms an exception to this criticism.\nIt has taken hold, and has evidently ' come to stay.' The\nsite itself is convenient and spacious, the buildings substantial, and the stores furnished in a manner equal to\nany in the province. The growth of this town has been\nphenomenal. In June, 1892, it had no existence, in\nOctober it had a population of 3000. Since then it has\nbeen overshadowed by the cloud of the [ silver question,'\nand having been caught in the very bud of its youthfulness,\nit has felt the check more seriously than older places\nhave done. Nevertheless its very youthfulness, when the\nreaction sets in, will give it opportunities of vigorous\nrevival above places of maturer development. . . .\n\" Friday and Saturday were employed in visiting the\npeople and making arrangements for Sunday's services.\nThe only church at present is one built for the\nPresbyterians, which was kindly placed at the disposal of\nthe Bishop. A celebration of Holy Communion was\nheld in a private house, and services in the church at\n11 and 7.30. A large congregation attended in the\nmorning, but in the evening the building was packed\nwith over two hundred people, many having to stand\nthroughout the service. It was impossible to estimate\nthe proportion of Church people present, but there is\ngood ground for believing that they form the most\nnumerous body in the town. At a business meeting\npresided over by the Bishop, the vestry was organized,\nand an undertaking given that $30 a month could be\ncontributed to the stipend fund. For the present a room\nwill be hired for the use of the congregation, and no NEW WESTMINSTER. 201\nattempt will be made to build before next year. The\nTown Site Company have made an offer of one hundred\nfeet square for a church, but no selection has as yet been\nmade. A further offer was made to the Bishop of a five-\nacre block for hospital or school purposes, objects which\nmust be delayed until church accommodation is provided.\n\" On the return journey Lytton was visited again.\"\nThis visit to Lytton had a special object, which\nwas nothing less than the consummation of a three\nyears' endeavour to provide a Church hospital for\nIndians.\nAs long ago as 1890 Miss Rosetta Lansdowne\nof Manchester, a devoted friend of the Mission, had\nappealed for funds for such an institution. In\nthe course of this appeal she wrote\u2014\n\" On being admitted to Christ's religion in Holy\nBaptism an Indian is required to renounce many of his old\ncustoms ; among these, and perhaps the hardest of all, is\nto give up the medicine-man. These men are supposed\nto possess supernatural powers. He pretends to go in\nsearch of the spirit of the sick person in order to fetch\nit back. Having succeeded in this, he places it in the\nbody of the patient after which he is expected to recover.\nThe mode of proceeding is to cover his head with a\npiece of rush matting to prevent his seeing, then to use\nthe incantations\u2014dancing, howling, and singing. When\nhe has found the spirit he replaces it, dipping his hands\ninto a basin of cold water, and then passing them round\nthe face of the sick person, keeping up a continual\nmuttering. In cases of extreme danger three or four\nmen act together, on the principle that unity is strength.\nI suppose what we should call 'public opinion' is on\nthe side of the medicine-man, and we all know the\nstrength of that in England. When therefore we are\ntold that ' the first adult publicly baptized by the Bishop,\nthough prostrated by sickness for several months,\nhas resolutely refused the offers of the medicine-man\nand the solicitations of his friends,' we may feel that it 202 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nhas been ' a triumph of faith.' A fully qualified medical\nman, Dr. A. Pearse, went out as medical missionary,\nNovember, 1888, the S.P.C.K. having promised the\nBishop a stipend for him of ^150 for the first year, and\n;\u00a3ioo for the second and third. He writes, 'The\nIndians are subject to many of the worst constitutional\ndiseases, more particularly to consumption, which often\nruns a rapid course ; and from the same causes, together\nwith dirt and injury, the eyes frequently suffer. During\nthe past five months I have attended about a hundred\nand fifty cases of illness, and the result of my efforts\nso far gives me great encouragement. They have no\nidea of cleanliness, or of making a poultice or dressing\na wound, though they are quite willing to submit to\ntreatment. A small hospital placed at some central\npoint would help our work very much.' \"\nMiss Lansdowne gradually accumulated a sum\nof $500, to which the Bishop added $100 collected\nduring his eastern tour, and a grant of $500\nobtained from the Indian department at Ottawa.\nThis amount covered the cost of building, while\nvarious friends in the diocese contributed sums\ntowards the furnishing, and Sister Frances, of S.\nLuke's Home, Vancouver, gave valuable help in\nsuperintending the furnishing and supplying a\nnurse.\nIt was, therefore, a source of great gratification\nto the Bishop, so familiar with the trials of sickness\nhimself, to declare open this House of Refuge\nfor the sick Indians of the district, who, however\nsuperstitious, ignorant, and uncivilized, were yet\nmembers of the same great family of the All-\nFather.\nThe opening took place on August 26th, and is\nthus described\u2014\n\"A large gathering of the white and Indian inhabitants of Lytton and the neighbourhood took part NEW WESTMINSTER. 203\nin the opening of the new Indian hospital on Saturday\nevening in the Mission grounds. The Benediction of\nthe building was performed by the Lord Bishop of\nNew Westminster, assisted by the clergy of the Mission\nand the Rector of Esquimalt. A procession, consisting\nof the clergy, acolytes, the Bishop, vested in cope and\nmitre, and the visitors, passed round the hospital, singing\nPs. xviii., after which the various wards and offices\nof the house were visited, and special prayers said in\neach. Subsequently the visitors were entertained at\nthe hospital in a most pleasant way by Sister Frances,\nwho has kindly consented to undertake the work in\nconnection with the hospital for some time. The little\nbuilding is an ornament to Lytton, and reflects great\ncredit upon all who have so generously given help\ntowards its construction and support, both in money\nand kind, and also upon Mr. E. Disney, the builder.\n\" In one day Sister Frances, assisted by a band of\nwilling helpers, had converted the empty building into\na model cottage hospital.\"\nNo sooner had the Bishop arrived home from\nLytton than it was time for him to leave again to\nattend the General Synod of the Canadian Church\nin Toronto. After the trying journey in the spring,\nand the exertions necessary after his recovery, it\nwas really more than the Bishop should have under-\n' taken, but his energy deceived not only all around\nhim, but himself also, and he went.\nThe following letter and its prefatory note from\nthe Monthly Record, published in England, shows\nthis to have been the case :\u2014\n\"Since the last publication of the Monthly Record,\nthe Bishop's health has been gradually restored, and,\nwith great thankfulness to Almighty God, a complete\nrecovery can now be announced to his friends.\n\" It appears to have been a far more serious attack\nthan we at home thought it to be, and it makes us all 204 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe more thankful that he has been spared to carry on\nthe important work of the diocese at a very critical time.\nFrom all accounts, there seldom, if ever, has been a\nmore depressed state of commerce in the colony ; and\nthe Church suffers. An extract from a letter lately\nreceived from the Bishop gives a graphic account of\nthe present situation\u2014\n\" ' New Westminster, B.C.,\n\" ' September 7, 1893.\n\" ' My dear Mogg,\n\" ' Before I leave for Toronto, to attend the\nmeeting of the General Synod, I must get a letter\nwritten for the October meeting of the committee. I\ncannot sufficiently thank you all for many kind expressions of sympathy, as well as for the forbearance\nwhich spared me the trouble of letter writing when I\nwas unequal to it\n\" ' This year has been quite the most trying of my\nepiscopate, personally and officially. My terrible\njourney through the eastern provinces in February,\nMarch, and April was in itself labour enough for a year,\nas my subsequent illness testified. In that time I\ntravelled nearly ten thousand miles, preaching every\nSunday twice, and sometimes three times, and lecturing\nafternoons and evenings nearly every day but Saturday.\nThere was little wonder I came home a wreck. That\nGod granted me recovery is, I venture to hope, a sign\nthat my work for Him is not yet done.\n\" ' But apart from personal labour and trial, the year\nhas been throughout the province the most disastrous\nin its history. There has been, comparatively, no\nbusiness done. The lumber trade is at a standstill ;\nmining is unprofitable on account of the silver crisis;\nlarge numbers of people have been compelled to leave,\nbeing unable to gain a livelihood. In every town in the\nprovince there are hundreds of houses unoccupied and\nstores unlet To give you an illustration\u2014the Endowment Fund of the Bishopric includes five stores or shops\nin New Westminster. Two are empty, the tenant of one NEW WESTMINSTER. 205\nhas paid no rent this year as yet, and I have had to\nreduce the rent of the other two to $35 a month, in place\nof $60 they were paying two years ago. ,\n\" ' Happily the salmon-canning industry has had a\ngood year\u2014a better one, indeed, than has ever been\nknown. The fish have been running prodigiously, and\nkept running during the whole open season. But we\nmust wait for a general revival of trade before we can\nexpect a general improvement Meanwhile, the Church\nis the first to suffer. Offertories have diminished one\nhalf, and there is not a parish in the diocese which\nhas not difficulty in meeting expenses. I have collected\nliterally nothing this year for the Diocesan Fund, and\nbut for what I collected in the' east, our Chinese work\nmust have been suspended. I worked chiefly for that\nand the Indian hospital. . . . The question of main7\ntenance now arises.' \"\nTo reach Toronto in time for the General\nSynod, which opened on September 13th, the\nBishop had to hurry his up-country visits ; but he\nreached the synod in time, and took an important\npart in its deliberations.\nIt is impossible yet to estimate rightly the importance of this historic gathering. The attainment of the consolidation of the whole Church.\nin Canada, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, the\ncreation of the two Archbishoprics of Canada and\nRupertsland, are in themselves sufficient to mark\nan epoch in the Colonial Church. That men of\nvarying and even opposing schools of thought\nshould alike sink their differences and hail consolidation was a notable sign of the times in\nCanada. A deadlock was indeed threatened on\none occasion, and it is to the credit and honour\nof the Bishop of New Westminster thalfue played\nno small part in composing the differences that\nthreatened to render the meeting of the synod a\nfailure. L\n206 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\n' At the thanksgiving service held at the close of\nthe synod the sermon was preached by Bishop\nSillitoe from Eph. iii. 20, 21, and in a few words\nat the beginning of his discourse he well gathered\nup the reasons for thankfulness as to the past\nand joyful anticipation as to the future.\n\" What,\" he asked, \"is the work that we have accomplished ? We call it the consolidation of the Church in\nthe Dominion of Canada. Three years have been spent\nin preparation for this\u2014three years of patient deliberation and communion of minds and hearts, consummated\nin the act of the past week, which has welded together\nthe scattered fragments of which the Church in the\nDominion has been hitherto composed. And we are\nhere to praise and thank our God for what He has\nenabled us to do. And rightly and properly so. But\nthe thought that is in my heart at the present moment,\nand with which I desire to inspire your minds as well, is\na thought of the insignificance of that which we have\naccomplished in comparison with the possibilities of\nthe grace and power of the Holy Spirit. It is a fault of\nour nature to be satisfied in spiritual attainment, and\nthe fault is equivalent to a limiting of Divine grace and\npower. Search the universe, and you will never find a\nhalting-place. Forward ! Onward ! is the eternal law,\nand it is the law of the unseen world as much as of the\nseen. It is a law of the spiritual world as much as of the\nnatural. It is a law of Christ, it is the law of the individual soul. Human ends may be attained, human aims\nmay be accomplished, but myriads of efforts could not\nexhaust the immeasurable grace of God. ' God is able to\ndo exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think,\naccording to His power that worketh in us.' What a\nlimitless field is opened to us here ! What an expanse\nof opportunity ! How is it possible for the thought of\nattainment to enter in ? Here is association with the\nInfinite, association with the Omnipotent ! We marvel at\nthe achievements of scientific research in the application NEW WESTMINSTER. 207\nof steam and electricity to the uses of men. What are\nthese in comparison with the power of grace which God\nhas given us by the Spirit through the Church ? \"\nThe Archbishop of Rupertsland, in addressing\nhis synod a year or two ago, spoke gratefully of\nthe assistance Bishop Sillitoe had rendered in word\nand action towards bringing the first General Synod\nof the Canadian Church to a successful issue.\nIn a similar manner, the Bishop of Nova Scotia\nbore testimony before his synod at Halifax.\n\"Well do I recall,\" said the Bishop, \"his strenuous\nendeavour to avoid not only the impending deadlock,\nbut the threatened failure to consummate the consolidation of the Church, when the Bishops and elected\ndelegates met in the city of Toronto in September last ;\nfor it was largely owing to his pleading with his fellow-\nBishops, and his advocacy of a conciliatory attitude\ntowards those whom some of us looked upon as taking a\nposition unwarranted by facts, that harmony was restored,\nand peace came to cement and perfect our union.\"\nCommenting on this, the Canadian Church\nGuardian says\u2014\n\" We feel sure that every one who took part in that\n\u2022 historic meeting will be glad to find this now open tribute\npaid to the late Lord Bishop of New Westminster, whose\nstrong personality and wise judgment, as well as winning\nmanner, impressed itself upon all who were present, and\nwon so great a benefit for the Church in Canada.\"\nAnd had the Bishop done nothing more for\nChrist and His Church, he would not have departed this life with scanty sheaves of harvest\nfor the Master's garner.\nBut the labour went on, in spite of almost continuous sickness. Confirmations at Penticton and\nVernon were held on his way home. Arrived home, 208 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthere was a meeting of the Diocesan Synod to be\nfaced, with all its attendant anxieties.\nIt met, the Bishop's last synod, on November\n15 th and 16th, but, owing to the Bishop's illness\nand inability to leave his room, the session was\nconstituted by a quorum meeting in the Bishop's\nlibrary. This being done, the synod resolved\nitself into committee of the whole to debate the\nsubjects set down upon the agenda paper. After\nthe discussions were completed, the reports were\npresented again to the Bishop in his room, and the\nsynod adjourned, many feeling that the Bishop had\nbravely and from a sense of duty subjected himself\nto a strain which was physically beyond his powers.\nBut his willingness thus to endure enabled the\ndiocesan business to be carried on, and the'votes\nof sympathy and thanks passed to him and Mrs.\nSillitoe were no mere formal expressions of feeling.\nThus concluded the practical work of a year\nwhich the Bishop may well have felt to be the\nmost laborious in his episcopate, including, as it\ndid, two difficult and tiring journeys to the east\nin the interests, not of his own diocese alone, but\nof the whole Church of Canada, and indeed of\nthe whole Church of God. Photo: Alfred Ellis and Watery.} NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XXVI.\nIN HARNESS TO THE LAST.\nAt the beginning of this year the Bishop was\nhopeful that his illness was over and that the\nopportunity of vigorous work had returned.\nBut others were not so hopeful, and even the\nEnglish committee, though far away from him, were\nnot reassured by the bright optimism of his letters.\nIn February Mr. Mogg writes\u2014\n\" The committee, knowing the state of things, begged\nhim to give up for some months, and an offer was\nmade to meet the expenses attending an entire rest.\nHis answer overflowed with gratitude; he pointed out\nthe difficulties of leaving, and continued, ' I cannot go\naway until I have given the parishes the opportunity\nof Confirmations. . . . We must try and make up for\nthe falling off last year. Again, I do not think I need\ngo away for six months. I am now very well, my\nonly trouble some symptom in my heart, which last\nyear's attacks seem to have left rather shaky ; but quiet,\nand, above all, peace of mind, are the best relief for\nthis.' He felt, whether wisely or unwisely, he could\nnot give in. God had placed him in his responsible\nposition, and as long as any strength remained, he\nwould be at his post and fight on with undiminished\nhope. This was emphatically his character.\" 2io MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nSo, weak as he was, he started out on his round\nof Confirmations.\nFirst of all, he visited Trenant to hold Confirmation there. This passed off happily, and the Bishop\ngreatly cheered the vicar in his difficult work\nduring the short stay he made before proceeding\nto Victoria. Immediately after this, with com-\npletest self-forgetfulness, he went off to Tacoma,\nWashington, to officiate at the funeral of his old\nfriend, Bishop Paddock. He little dreamed that\nin three months Bishop Paddock's successor would\nact in a similar capacity beside his own grave.\nOn returning home to New Westminster he had\nat once to leave for a Confirmation at Kamloops,\narriving early in the morning after a whole night's .\ntravelling, and returning again the night following.\nOn Palm Sunday, though feeling very ill, he took\nthe early celebration at the cathedral, and morning service with sermon, and then went over to\nVancouver for a Confirmation at S. Paul's. Here\nhe broke down, and was compelled to omit the\nusual address after the laying on of hands. Taking\nthe Rector of S. Paul's back with him, to officiate\nfor him in his stead at the cathedral (for at this\ntime the Bishop was. taking the cathedral services\nalmost single-handed), he returned to New Westminster, and was at once ordered to bed. Here\nhe remained over Easter, and was prevented from\nfulfilling various Confirmation engagements for\nHoly Week.\nBut as soon as he was the least bit stronger he\nmoved up to Lytton, believing that the bracing air,\nwhich he had always found so beneficial before,\nwould suffice to restore him. Lytton had always\nbeen a favourite resting-place for him.\nThe Rev. H. Edwardes, writing of this visit,\nsays\u2014 NEW WESTMINSTER. 211\n\" It was my privilege to have the Bishop and Mrs.\nSillitoe as my guests shortly before his death. He came\nto Lytton, which place he always loved, despite its evil\nwinds, hoping to build up his health again, but day by\nday we could see there was no improvement, and that he\nwas growing weaker and more nervous and sleepless.\nBut he still struggled daily with the work of his diocese,\nand with miserable worrying difficulties which would\nfollow him, dictating his letters to me when he was\nutterly unfit for any worry, or work, or correspondence\nat all.\"\nMeanwhile, he had determined upon the cutting\noff of one great source of labour and wony in the\nresignation of his post as Rector of Holy Trinity,\n' New Westminster. That post he had accepted\nunder circumstances which entitled him to believe\nthat it would be to the great advantage of the\nparish. This it undoubtedly proved, but the\ndouble work, and its attendant worry, was fatal\nto himself, and for some time his resignation had\nappeared inevitable.\nEarly in the year he had written in his report\u2014\n\" It is already, I think, generally known that I have\ndetermined to divest myself of the office of rector of the\nparish. I had anticipated that it would hejjjjbssible to\nhold the office nominally, while the duties should be\nperformed by a deputy, but I have learned that there is\nmore in a name than I had thought ; and having convinced myself that the parish could be better served by\nan actual rector permanently resident, I am now about\nmaking such an appointment. What little hesitancy\nI may feel in taking what appears to be a retrogressive\naction in this matter is amply compensated for by the\nsatisfaction of having accomplished the work of establishing so successful a mission in the parish as St. Barnabas',\nthe consummation of which work I still hope to see in 2i2 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nthe elevation of the Mission into independent parochial\nlife before I lay down my office.\"\nBoth these wishes were realized at Eastertide,\nwhen the Rev. A. Shildrick, late incumbent of\nKamloops, was licensed to the Rectory of Holy\nTrinity, and the Mission district of S. Barnabas'\nwas constituted a separate parish under the present\nwriter.\nLeaving Lytton on May 5th, the Bishop once\nmore set out for the coast for Confirmations at\nVancouver and New Westminster. The journey\nwas managed better than had been expected, but\na very bad night followed with no sleep. The\nConfirmation at S. Michael's, Vancouver, was\nsuccessfully administered, and a second one at\nChrist Church, although the Bishop's voice sounded\nvery weary. In the evening he left for New\nWestminster, and again a sleepless night followed,\nwith a sense of weakness in the morning. Several\nhours' rest during the next day enabled him to\nconfirm at the cathedral in the evening for the\ntwo parishes of S. Mary's, Sapperton, and S.\nBarnabas', New Westminster, and on the 8th he\nleft again for Lytton.\nMr. Edwardes writes\u2014\n\"He returned to Lytton decidedly worse after the\nexcitement and exertion of services, confirmations, and\nworrying meetings in New Westminster. A number of\nIndians had been prepared for Confirmation, and so again j\nhe braced himself up to give them the precious Gift. On\nWhit Sunday we had all ready for him at the Indian Church\nby 8.50 a,m., when he came to the door supported by\nMrs. Sillitoe. The Indian churchwardens and sidesmen\nreceived him, and the big congregation rose as he\nentered. It was a touching and anxious service for all\nof us, a service full of self-sacrifice, for he could hardly NEW WESTMINSTER. 213\nget through it, and his words to the confirmed Indians\nwere very brief and to the point. We are proud and\nthankful that his last public act of service was for the\npoorest and most ignorant, but by no means least loved,\nof his scattered flock.\n\" He had intended to celebrate the Holy Eucharist\nlater that morning in the Lytton Chapel for the white\npeople, but was utterly unable to do so. . . . The last\ntime he celebrated the Holy Mysteries was at the altar\nin the little Mission Chapel on Ascension Day. On\nMonday in Whitsuntide he left us for Yale by the\ndoctor's orders, and the end came rapidly after that.\nCompared with the terrible time of suffering which\nclouded his last days, the time at Lytton was for him a\nseason of rest and peace, and for that we are thankful\nindeed.\"\nRemoved to Yale, he became decidedly worse,\nwith sickness off and on during the day, followed\nby sleepless nights. It was, says an account\nwritten shortly afterwards\u2014\n\"A time of terrible sufferings, a literal fighting for\nbreath. His almost ceaseless cry was, ' O God, help\nme ! ' At other times he would be whispering prayers,\nand at one of the worst attacks he repeated aloud a\npsalm of praise. This continued till Sunday, May 27th,\nand his delirious condition seemed hopeless. The parsonage at Yale, where the Bishop stayed, is close to the\nchurch, and on Trinity Sunday, as he sat in his bedroom\nwith Mrs. Sillitoe, he followed Mattins and Evensong,\njoining in all the responses. During some of the periods\nof delirium the only thing that soothed him was the reading of psalms and chapters of Holy Scripture by the hour\ntogether. The doctors had now ascertained the real\ncause of his malady, which they held to be incurable.\nWith their consent, Mrs. Sillitoe telegraphed to Victoria\nfor the Bishop's old friend and medical attendant,\nDr. Hanington. He came and remained several days,\nduring which he fought the terrible blood-poisoning, 214 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsuperintending the nursing himself. After five days an\nimprovement manifested itself, and there was a return to\nconsciousness. Again the doctor's untiring efforts brought\nhim through a collapse from extreme weakness which had\nall but taken him away. It was during this time that\naccounts reached New Westminster of his serious condition. The Archdeacon thus writes of it : ' Then there\ncame a time of almost unbearable anxiety to us all here.\nThe river rose in a few days, owing to the rapid melting\nof the snow on the mountains, to such a height that railway bridges, permanent way, telegraph lines were so\ninjured that traffic was interrupted and telegrams could\nnot be forwarded ; so that, though we knew of his illness,\nwe could get no definite intelligence as to his actual\nstate.'\n\" The whole of the lower part of Yale was under water.\nAt Ruby Creek steamers took the place of the train, carrying passengers to New Westminster, and then by train to\nVancouver. Entire places were under water, and it was\nno uncommon sight to see wooden houses sailing down\nthe Fraser at a great speed. The realization of what\nthis would mean to a colony already suffering from failure\nof trade, without doubt added to the anxiety of the\nBishop, and hastened his end. Still, there seemed real\nimprovement, and on Friday, June ist, he was considered strong enough to start for his home. He was\ncarried to the train by Doctors Hanington and McGuigan,\nattended by Mrs. Sillitoe and a nurse. They were astonished at the way in which he stood the journey, and\nfelt quite hopeful about him, holding out prospects of\nhis being in time able to get away for complete change.\nHe reached New Westminster on board one of the river\nsteamers, which had been sent by the C.P.R. to connect\nthe broken links of the railway. Mr. Abbot, general\nsuperintendent of the line, had sent his private car to\nbring him down ; but, though the car reached Yale, it\nwas unable to return because of the floods. Towards\nnight on Saturday the pains returned, and the laboured\nbreathing. All Sunday he was growing worse, and in\nL NEW WESTMINSTER.\nthe afternoon the doctor's verdict was given that there\n\u25a0 was no hope. His first thought, when he was told, was\nfor Mrs. Sillitoe. * My poor little wife,' he said, ' this\ncomes very hard upon you.' He then said how he\ntrusted she would be an example to others, showing\nhow a Christian should bear sorrow. Then he spoke\nof the affairs of the diocese as being left, he hoped,\nfairly in order. His domestic chaplain, Mr. Croucher,\nwho had given the Bishop unfailing attendance since\nthe time of his coming to Yale, and had accompanied\nhim to New Westminster, suggested his receiving the\nHoly Sacrament. The Bishop at first demurred, thinking a communion in the evening inconsistent with the\npractice and teaching of his life, but upon the chaplain's\nurging the immunity of the sick from the Church's rule,\nand the desire he and others felt to receive the Communion with him, he consented. He made immediate\npreparation, and joined devoutly in the responses all\nthrough the service. This was the last act he performed\nin full consciousness. On this Sunday notice was given\nin more than one church that the daily celebration\nwould be with special intention on behalf of the Bishop,\nand in five of the churches arrangements were made to\nhave ceaseless intercessions offered from 6 a.m. to midnight each day. The circle of the whole twenty-four\nhours could have been easily completed had it been\npossible to communicate with outlying parishes. As it\nwas, New Westminster, Sapperton, and Vancouver shared\nthe sad yet blessed and hopeful privilege between them.\nDescribing this period, the Archdeacon writes\u2014\n\" ' We all knew he whom we loved so dearly, and so\ndeservedly valued, had entered the borderland, but none\ncould tell whether it was to be for life or death. We\nasked (if it might be God's will) life, and \"Thou\ngrantedst him a long life, even for ever and ever.\"\nOnce during that anxious week I saw him for a few\nminutes, but he did not seem to know me. When\nI stood beside him and laid my hand on his head to\ngive him my blessing, he bent his head reverently, was 2i6 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nsilent for a few moments, his delirious talk ceasing, and\nthen raised his eyes to mine, but still, so far as I could\njudge, not knowing who I was.'\n\" Monday and Tuesday during this week were days of\npain, but on Wednesday the Bishop was restful. It was\nduring the closing half-hour of the last two hours' watch\nthat was being kept at S. James', Vancouver, on the\nSaturday night, that he quietly breathed his iast, and\nentered on the Lord's day, the blessed and more lasting\njoy of Paradise.\"\nExpected as the departure had been, it came\nthat Sunday morning with a great shock, not\nonly upon those who were numbered among his\nflock, but to all of every class and every creed\nwho admired and reverenced the man and his work.\nA day or two before his death one of the\nVancouver papers had the following words in its\neditorial :\u2014\n\" The very deepest interest is taken in the condition of\nhis lordship, Bishop Sillitoe. Beloved by those to whom\nhe especially ministers, he has endeared himself to all\ncreeds, and has formed a large part of the highest and\nbest life of this portion of the province. The cutting\nshort of so useful a career would be deplorable. At this\ntime, when cant and fanaticism seem to be holding then\ncarnival, broad-minded men like his lordship are wanted\nto teach the lesson of charity that is of the very essence\nof religion. Prayers are being offered up in the various\nEpiscopal churches for the Bishop's recovery, and all his\nfriends are asked to participate in the services.\" (The\nWorld, June 5 th.)\nAnd immediately after the sad event had\nbecome known another secular paper stated as\nfollows :\u2014\nE The death of Bishop Sillitoe is an event which will\nbe regretted by many besides those who are members\nof the Church to which the late Bishop belonged. NEW WESTMINSTER. 217\nIn his death the Church of England in this province\nloses not merely one of its chief pastors, but also one of\nits most energetic leaders. Zealous for the interests of\nhis Church, Bishop Sillitoe set a worthy example to the\nclergy and laymen of his diocese. The welfare and\nprosperity of the Church was a sentiment which pervaded every action of his life. In a vast diocese like\nthat of New Westminster even the ordinary performance\nof the duties of the Episcopal office is sufficient to\nabsorb all the energy which the incumbent of it may\npossess. But Bishop Sillitoe did not remain satisfied\nwith the carrying out of the mere perfunctory obligations\nimposed upon him. 'To spend and be spent' in the\nservice of the Church was his motto. The necessities of\nthe diocese, the need for more clergy and Church buildings, in order that the widely scattered settlements might\nbe afforded spiritual ministrations, were ever before\nBishop Sillitoe. Not merely did he strain every effort\nto make the Church more effective for the end for which\nit was founded 5 there is every reason to believe that\nthe anxieties and disappointments which he suffered as\nthe result of his perception of the inadequacy of the means\nat his disposal had also a serious effect on a frame not\nrobust. But he has laid well the foundations, and those\nwho may come after him will find their abilities and zeal\ntaxed to the utmost, if they carry out to the full those\nworks to the planning of which Bishop Sillitoe devoted\nthe best efforts of his life. His example will remain,\nthough he has passed away.\"\nOwing to the floods, which cut New Westminster\nfor a time completely off from Eastern Canada,\nthe news travelled slowly ; but it evoked a\nunanimous outburst of sorrow and regret, all the\nmore sincere, perhaps, because but a year before\nChurchmen there had seen him at work actively\namong them, lecturing and preaching, from city\nto city, in order that he might disseminate knowledge respecting his distant diocese. From the 218 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nmany notices in Canadian Church papers that\nfrom the Church Guardian may be quoted here\nas representative of all :\u2014\n\" The sad news of the severe loss which has fallen\nupon the whole Church of England in Canada through\nthe death of the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of New\nWestminster, on the 9th of June, only reaches us on\nthe 22nd instant, owing, doubtless, to the interruption\nof mail and telegraphic communication through the late\nfloods in British Columbia. We cannot express how deeply\nwe feel the loss which has befallen the Church. It is\nnot our custom to write words of eulogy of the dead,\ngreat or small, but there are occasions when expression\nof loss through the removal, in God's providence, of\nleaders is not only expected, but is just. And this is one\nof such occasions, for the late Lord Bishop of New\nWestminster was a Bishdp in every sense of the word\u2014\napostolic, self-denying, laborious, and devout, and one\nwho in his short episcopate (as we reckon time) has built\nsecurely, and must have left behind him an undying\nrecord. We feel, too, that the Church in Canada owes\nhim a debt of gratitude, for we think that it was, under\nGod's good guidance, largely through his influence that\na direct conflict was avoided in regard to the formation\nof the General Assembly of the Church in Canada, and\nthat that important event was finally carried through.\nThe loss, humanly speaking, is appalling ; but faith looks\nbeyond the present, and realizes that God overrules as\nwell the destiny of individuals as that of the Church,\nand that He can and will provide a worthy successor for\nthe first good, able, and devoted Bishop of this now\nbereaved See.\"\nAnd in England, where, however, the Bishop\nwas less known, the regret was real and profound.\nThe Home Committee announced the sad news\nin the following appropriate words :\u2014\n\" ' Grant them grace to witness to the Faith '\u2014thus have NEW WESTMINSTER. 219\never prayed the members of our Guild ; and God, in a\nspecial way, has answered the prayer in the case of our\nfirst Bishop. It has been granted to him to witness to\nthe Faith even unto death. In all our sorrow, in the\nbitter personal grief which so many of us feel that we\nshall no more welcome him home amongst us, we would\nfirst try and thank God for thus allowing him the lofty\nprivilege, at times permitted to the saints, to die rather\nthan give up his work and the fulfilment of his duty to\nHis Holy Church. The words of the telegram received\non June nth have a touching, simple pathos seldom\nfound in such messages : [ Bishop asleep.' A brief\nsentence, but the essence of a lengthy statement full of\ninformation. ' Asleep ' after that toiling life of activity,\nnever sparing himself, refusing to leave his post, though\npressed to do so, and warned by medical opinion of the\nprobable result. Others wanting rest were encouraged\nto go back to the old country, but, thoughtless of himself, he stayed on, not only weakened by repeated attacks\nof pneumonia, but worried by the effect on the Church\nof the commercial depression under which the Colony\nhas for some time been suffering.\"\nAnd, last to be mentioned, but by no means\nleast prized by Mrs. Sillitoe, I place the following\nletter, received from the Lytton Indians, who\nhad received so much love from the departed\nBishop :\u2014\n\"June io, 1894.\n\" The Indians very sorry because the Bishop is die,\nbecause he loves them very much and takes care of\nthem. They awful sorry Bishop die, because they all\nfeel they belong to him. The people hear he die last\nnight, and that what they are awful sorry for. From\nto-day they will pray all the time for his happiness in\nParadise. They want these three days to say prayers\nfor him till the funeral. They are sorry they have lost 220 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\ntheir things through the water, but more sorry the Bishop\nis die. They want Mrs. Sillitoe to let them know if she\nis well or not, because we love the Bishop very much,\nand we love Mrs. Sillitoe too, and they will all pray to\nGod that He will comfort her in her sorrow.\" NEW WESTMINSTER.\nCHAPTER XXVII.\nAT REST.\nThe tolling of the cathedral bell early on that\nSunday morning informed the outside world that\nthe first Bishop of New Westminster had completed\nhis labours on earth. Within the See House loving\nhands dressed the dead Bishop in his robes, and\ngathered around the private altar to find comfort\nin the Communion of Saints realized through\nCommunion with Christ in the Sacrament of His\nBody and Blood.\nAll day the bereaved parishioners and citizens\ncame to have one last look at him whose loving\npresence they had lost.\nThe body lay thus in simple state till it was\nbome by the priests of the diocese to the cathedral,\nafter Evensong on the Tuesday. At the gate\nof the cathedral grounds the little procession\nwas met by the Archdeacon of Columbia, who,\nwith the impressiveness which came from knowing\nhimself a dying man (he did not survive the\nBishop long), recited the opening sentences of the\nBurial Service.\nThe body was then laid in the chancel immediately before the altar, and a watch service,\nwhich, like the other arrangements for the funeral,\nhad been long before provided for by the Bisfe5pl$\nhimself, was commenced by the Archdeacon, and 222 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nkept up all through the night and following\nmorning.\nAt 7.30 a.m. there was a plain celebration of\nthe Holy Communion, and at nine o'clock a full\nChoral Celebration exactly like those at which the\nBishop had so often officiated and had taught his\npeople to love. With eyes closed to shut out the\nsight of the flower-laden coffin, it was difficult to\nbelieve the Bishop was not there in the living\nflesh. Indeed, the choir he had trained with so\nmuch enthusiastic self-sacrifice must have felt\nhim present. The celebrant was the Bishop of\nColumbia, Dr. Perrin, and a very large number\nof people, both clergy and laity, communicated.\nImmediately after the celebration, about 11.30,\nthe Burial Service was resumed by Bishop Perrin,\nand with deep feeling the psalms chanted and\nthe two hymns sung. The hymns were, \"The\nSaints of God ! their conflict past \" and \" For\nall the Saints who from their labours rest.\" Then,\nmany being moved to tears, the body, borne by\nthe clergy, was carried for the last time from the\nchurch, while the strains of the \"Dead March\"\npealed forth from the organ.\nThe funeral cort\u00e8ge was, perhaps, the largest\nthe city of New Westminster ever beheld. The\nbody was carried by relays of bearers, representing\nthe three city parishes of Holy Trinity, S. Barnabas',\nand S. Mary's, Sapperton, and the churches of\nVancouver. The choir, members of the Women's\nAuxiliary and other parochial organizations followed.\nThen came delegations from the Westminster Bar,\nthe Grand Lodge of Freemasons (of which the\nBishop had been an influential member), the City\nCouncil, and other public bodies. Finally came\nthe mourners and a long line of private carriages\ncontaining friends of the deceased Bishop. NEW WESTMINSTER. 223\nWhen the grave was reached, it was found to\nbe already almost covered with floral offerings of\nall kinds, tokens of respect laid by many hands,\nwhile at the head of the grave there shone in the\nsun a large cross twelve feet in height, made entirely\nof golden blossoms of the broom.\nThe service at the grave was said by Bishop\nBarker of Colorado, U.S.A., and at the close the\nhymn \"Now the labourer's task is o'er\" was\nimpressively sung by the choir. The filling in\nof the grave was done by the clergy, each one\npresent taking a turn, and then the newly raised\nmound was covered with the beautiful flowers\nbrought from the church.\nSo the tired body was left in peace while the\nthoughts of the bereaved ones went out in thankfulness to God for a noble life worthily ended, and\na noble labour worthily rewarded.\nBut \" dead, he yet speaketh ; \" and the diocese,\nunder the new ruler given her by God, will go\nforward inspired and heartened by the memory of\nhim who was called upon to lay the foundations.\nMen of all types and schools of thought were\nready to bear testimony to the value of the work\nhe had done.\nOn the Sunday following the Bishop's death,\nthe Rector of Christ Church, Vancouver, in the\ncourse of his sermon, thus summed up the loss\nthe diocese had sustained :\u2014\n' I cannot let this opportunity pass without saying at\nleast one feeble word as to the loss which this diocese\nhas sustained in the death of Bishop Sillitoe. Called\nto preside over it at a time when it was little more than\na vast and virgin 'forest, like a wise master-builder he\nlaid its foundations broad and deep\u2014foundations that\nare likely to stand the test of time. For years he toiled 224 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nin this laborious field with a zeal and devotion and\nself-denial that are beyond all praise. And he toiled\nto the very last. It is scarcely more than a month since\nhe was in our midst administering to our candidates the\nrite of Confirmation. It is not too much to say that\nhe died in harness\u2014even to say that he died a martyr\nto his deep sense of duty. No one, I am sure, could\nknow Bishop Sillitoe intimately without being charmed\nby his genial and friendly manner, and without being\nimpressed by his zeal, earnestness, and manliness. Such\nqualities\u2014the gifts of the Eternal Spirit\u2014are not likely\nsoon to die or to be forgotten. Through them, though\ndead, he yet speaketh, and will speak for many years\nto all who knew him. . . .\"\nAnd one who knew the Bishop still more\nintimately, the Rev. H. Edwardes, of Lytton, has\nwritten a testimony which I cannot forbear\nquoting\u2014\n\"Speaking for myself,\" he writes, \"it is difficult to\nknow what to say. But throughout the ' Upper Country '\nthe Bishop was appreciated very highly indeed for his\nmanly qualities and his indefatigable travel and work.\nEvery man on the road\u2014hotel-keepers, farmers, teamsters,\nroadmen\u2014knew him and respected him as a friend and\nas a man. It was the same on the railway, few men\nbeing so familiarly known, and withal so respected as\nthe Bishop throughout the rough days of construction.\n\"How well I remember when I first met him at\nthe old S. Paul's Mission House in the depths of the\nFraser Canon in 1884, and the kind brotherly manner\nin which he bade me welcome, and made me feel that\nhe was not only my Bishop, but my brother.\n\"And how patiently and laboriously he took his\npart in our Indian work whenever he could visit us\nthere or at Lytton !. We generally had a large number\nof Indians ready for him to baptize and confirm, and\nadminister discipline to \u2014 oh! such a dense, stupid,\napparently brainless crowd \u2014 and hour after hour the NEW WESTMINSTER. 225\nBishop would patiently teach and catechize them when\nmy own little stock of patience had run dry hours before,\nand my temper had grown rusty. I remember one\nnight, as he was deep in such a class of catechumens,\na lamp in the kitchen adjoining burst, and in a moment\nthe room was in flames, which were making their way\nthrough the roof of cedar shakes. There was immediately a scene of excitement and confusion, no one\nquite knowing what to do until the Bishop's common\nsense came to the rescue, and he set us to throw earth\nover the flames. He was very soon back at his teaching\nand examining, as though nothing had happened.\n\" No man was so popular up the Cariboo Road and\namongst the Cariboo people as the Bishop. He and\nMrs. Sillitoe were always welcome guests, and everywhere made themselves at home with the people they\nvisited. Very rough times they often had on the road,\nsometimes driving in great danger through raging forest\nfires, and sometimes unharnessing the horses, and themselves lifting the well-known buckboard over fallen\ntrees. In all kinds of places the Bishop was ready to\nhold service for the benefit of any handful of men he\ncame across, in bar-rooms, stores, hotels, stations, on\nthe roadside, in railway camps and cars, anywhere\nwhere his message would be received. Often he carried\na concertina, and would himself accompany the Canticles\nand hymns at these impromptu services. . . . May I\nsay in conclusion that I know no man I loved more\ntruly, no man more generously forgiving and more ready\nto forget aiso.\n\" It was that which made one love him so, I think.\nHis manly courage, his ready sympathy, his delightful\nunselfishness, his keen sense of humour, his quiet dignity,\ncombined with higher qualities still, made up a splendid\ncharacter. We have not only lost our Bishop, but our\nfriend. British Columbia has been fortunate in the\npossession of a Bishop of such powers and character as\nBishop Sillitoe, and so say hardheaded business and\nworking men of all creeds wherever I go in my travels\nm q 226 MEMOIR OF THE BISHOP OF\nin British Columbia. . . . God grant him eternal rest\nand peace.\"\nOf other and similar personal testimony from\nboth Indians and whites, from both cultured and\nunlearned, there is no lack.\nOne writes to Mrs. Sillitoe\u2014\n\" It may seem selfish to obtrude my own thoughts and\nfeelings at such a time, and yet I feel that you will care\nto know that I can never cease to thank God for the\nBishop. His wise and loving direction at a time when\nmy mind was most unsettled regarding religious questions\nhas without doubt saved my life from shipwreck, and it\nis to him I owe my present happiness in God's service.\"\nAnd another\u2014\n\" Our dear Bishop was always considerate for the views\nand perhaps the prejudices of others. I can never forget\nthe kindness and courtesy with which he always received\nme, even when asking him to do things with which he\ncould not agree. ... It may surprise you to know that\nhe was the only clergyman to whom I ever went for consolation when in trouble.\"\nAnd another\u2014\nI As one who has received from Bishop Sillitoe much\nspiritual assistance, much for which there must be always\nvery deep thankfulness, I can assure you that I must\nalways bear a very grateful remembrance of him.\"\nOnce again\u2014\nB No one knows, dear Mrs. Sillitoe, what he has been\nto us, how lovingly he has led us on to higher things.\"\nAnd for the Church at large no words can more\nfitly sum up the Bishop's character and work than\nthe following passage from the address of the\nBishop of Nova Scotia to his synod :\u2014 NEW WESTMINSTER. 227\n\"A man of solid learning and many gifts, he never\nspared himself in any way if he might do or say something which would further the work committed to his\ntrust, the establishing and extending of the Church in\nthe newly created diocese, including all the southern\nhalf of the mainland of British Columbia, and containing\nan area of one hundred and eighty-six thousand square\nmiles, a territory about eight times the size of this diocese.\nIs it any wonder that fourteen years and a half of such\nwork, in such a field, should have quite sufficed to cut\nshort, before its time, a life full of great blessing, and to\narrest a career which contained the elements of greatness ?\nAnother warm heart has ceased to beat; another encouraging presence has been withdrawn ; another cheering\nvoice has been hushed ; another workman's task is ended ;\nanother leader of God's host is fallen. ' They shall enter\ninto peace ; they shall resUin their beds, each one walking\nin his uprightness.' \"\nThere are many aspects of the Bishop's life\nwhich this imperfect memoir has not touched. If\nit were a record of the Bishop's life, rather than\nthe story of a Bishop's work, these pages would\nbe incomplete without separate chapters telling\nof Bishop Sillitoe's work as musician, his work as\nMason, his work as citizen. So full of charm as\na host was he, that we should have had to tell of\nthat unfailing humour which made his table a\nfeast of mirth, and his home the attraction of so\nmany varied types of men.\nBut these things live in the memory of many,\nand are not to be reproduced in any written word.\nSo we bring to an end this chronicle of an\nEpiscopate characterized by unceasing toil, if not\nby romantic adventure, and fruitful to all time\nin the lesson of duty heroically done in face of\nobstacles innumerable.\nWith such a Bishop's grave amongst us the 228 THE BISHOP OF NEW WESTMINSTER.\ndiocese can never be poor. As we gaze upon it\nunder the shadow of the mighty trees of the\nWestern forest it speaks to us of the continuity\nof a cause which marches on victoriously, though\nevery standard-bearer fall in the fight. We know\nthat while God has given rest to His servants, their\nwork is not done, nor can their graves be cold.\n\" Cold graves, we say ? It shall be testified\nThat living men, who burn in heart and brain,\nWithout the dead were colder. If we tried\nTo sink the past beneath our feet, be sure\nThe future would not stand.\nWho dared build temples without tombs in sight ?\nOr live without some good man's benison ?\nOr seek truth, hope for good, and strive for right,\nIf looking up, he saw not in the sun\nSome angel of the Martyrs\u00bball day long\nStanding and waiting ? \" APPENDIX\nMr. Gowen has referred in the foregoing chapters to\nthe important part taken by Bishop Sillitoe in the\norganization of a General Synod of the Chinch in\nCanada, so successfully accomplished in September,\n1893.\nAn extract from the summary of the Bishop's sermon\nat the Thanksgiving Service on that occasion has been\nquoted. His concluding words are so full of faith, and\nhope, and thankfulness, and so characteristically clear\nand to the point, that we feel sure they will interest our\nreaders, and we here append them\u2014\n\" ' God is able to do exceeding abundantly above all\nthat we ask or think' Graft these words inwardly in\nyour hearts. Read, mark, learn, and inwardly digest them.\nThen ask and think, not according to the limited horizon\nof our own senses, but according to the infinitude of\nDivine will and power. What can we learn herefrom\nrespecting the work that we have accomplished ? Well,\nlooking into the past, perhaps we have accomplished much.\nBut, looking forward to the future, what is left to be\ndone ? The Church is one from east to west. Now she\ncan speak with one voice from ocean to ocean. Now, at\nlength, she has become a power in the land. Praise be\nto God for the manifestation of His grace ! Praise be\nto Him for that ! He hath given abundantly of His\nblessing ! But He can give exceeding abundantly above\nall that we ask or think So let our demands go up\nfearlessly for more grace and blessing; so let our\nthoughts expand in the realms of faith, unwavering, unsatisfied, till we be filled with all the fulness of God, 230\nAPPENDIX.\ntill His whole power be manifested in His Church and\nin each individual soul.\n\" Let us believe in the mission of the Church and in\nthe mission of each individual Churchman; let us\nbelieve in the real indwelling of the Holy Spirit in the\nChurch and in each one of us. An indwelling of power,\nan indwelling of responsibility. Above all, let us believe\nin the possession of the Truth of God\u2014a sacred trust\nin behalf of all that are in error, as well as all that are\nin ignorance. While we rejoice in the unity wherewith\nGod has blessed us, let us never forget that it is not\nwe only that are to be one, but that all are to be one,\naccording to His will. This is our mission, and we may\nnot be satisfied so long as it is unattained. All that we\nhave done is not enough, so long as God has more for\nus to do. We have touched the outer circle of organic\nunity amongst ourselves. We have drawn a circumference of united action. At the centre is God, the\nFather, Son, and Holy Ghost. At the centre only is\nperfect unity. There alone is our end; there only\nis the full accomplishment. Now towards this centre\nmust every diocese converge, and every Churchman in\nevery diocese, each one a separate ray, sparkling and\nbright with holy endeavour and unselfish aim, hastening\non by the attractive power of the indwelling Spirit, until\nall shall be absorbed in the eternal being of God, and\nHe shall be all in all.\"\nWe also gladly insert a letter from Mrs. Jephson, of\nAyot St. Peter Rectory, Welwyn, which speaks for itself\nof the good and lasting influence left by the Bishop in\nthis little Hertfordshire village.\nThe Rev. Henry Jephson and his people have for\nmany years, with their prayers and intercessions, sent an\nextraordinary amount of help and sympathy to New\nWestminster, and have helped to cheer the hearts of\nmany clergy and workers in that distant diocese.\nMrs. Jephson says\u2014\n\" Although it is nearly twelve years since Bishop\nSillitoe first spoke on Foreign Missions at Welwyn, his APPENDIX. 231\nwords are still graven on my memory, and have been\nthe means of guiding all sorts and conditions of people,\nwho have desired to help our missions in some way, but\nyet were held back by the thought that their offerings\nmight be too small and poor.\n\"He always explained so well what is meant by the\ntrue 'spirit of missions,' and how useless large sums\ngiven spasmodically were, compared with a little, done\nearnestly and with quiet conviction.\n\" Although he was always most grateful for the least\nthing done for his diocese or himself, he did not\nbelieve much in money given from a personal interest in\nhimself, or in the particular part of the country in which\nhe worked. He used to say that at first, in the early\ndays of the diocese, he had positively suffered from\nsuch gifts, for they gradually diminished, and at last\nceased. Having a most trustful and hopeful nature,\nhe unfortunately believed that these large subscriptions\nwould always be forthcoming, and would embark on\nsome cherished scheme on the strength of them. But\nhe found that subscriptions often gradually diminish as\ninterest flags, and the elements of novelty and romance\nbecome too familiar to attract. Direct personal appeal\nwas only possible at long intervals.\n\"The Bishop gave offence several times by refusing to\npreach about his own diocese and its needs.\n'\"The pulpit is not the place,' he said, 'from which\nto plead any cause but the great one of the Christian's\nduty. That I will tell you about.'\n\" It was only at meetings he would enter into details\nof his needs, and he never thought any gathering too\nunimportant for his very best efforts.\n\" We all in Ayot remember a Sunday evening on the\nvillage green, after a hard day's work, how he stood\nunder one of the trees surrounded by the poor people\nand the children, all listening eagerly to every word he\nspoke to them.\n\" His pleading tone, when speaking of his Master's\nwork, quickly drew out the sympathies of his audience\u2014 232\nAPPENDIX.\nnot to himself\u2014but to the importance and seriousness\nof their duty to spread the knowledge of salvation.\n\" He had a way of effacing himself whenever he spoke\nof missionary work, and I can only account for his\nlasting influence in this place by the very fact that he\nput duty and high motive so conspicuously in front of\neverything else. It made us all fe\u00e9l ashamed of anything\nless than heart and soul work.\n| The first time he came to the Rectory, his sunny,\ncheery manner, and his simple ways and habits, made\nevery one feel at home with him at once.\n\"Always dignified in, and conscious of, his high office,\nnothing could be simpler than the manner of his life.\nHe carried usually a small valise containing just a\nfew necessaries, and a neat case with his robes of office,\nwhich he tried to have of the very best he could afford,\nbut for his own personal use not a luxury of any kind.\n\"These are perhaps but little things, but surely an\nindex of the character of the man who laid down his\nlife for his Master's work.\n\"With his dying lips he commended to us a certain\npart of his Indian work which he had much at heart,\nand which he had hoped to see started and flourishing\nbefore he was called away.\n\" We must always thank God for what he was allowed to\ndo here, and is doing, for, as his teaching was not of the\nsort that passes away with the teacher, we may surely\nventure to say this.\" A Selection of Works\nIN\nTHEOLOGICAL LITERATURE\nPUBLISHED by\nMessrs. LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.\nLondon : 39 Paternoster Row, E.C.\nNew York : 91 and 93 Fifth Avenue.\nBombay : 32 Hornby Road.\nAbbey and Overton.\u2014THE ENGLISH CHURCH IN THE\nEIGHTEENTH CENTURY; pBy Charles J. Abbey, M.A., Rector\nof Checkendon, Reading, and John H. Overton, D.D., Canon of\nLincoln. Crown Svo. js. 6d.\nAdams.\u2014SACRED ALLEGORIES. The Shadow of the Cross\n\u2014The Distant Hills\u2014The Old Man's Home\u2014The King's Messengers.\nBy the Rev. William Adams, M.A. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nThe four Allegories may be had separately, with Illustrations.\ni6mo. is. each.\nAids to the Inner Life.\nEdited by t\u00e2l^enble. W. H. Hutchings, M.A., Archdeacon of Cleveland, Canon of York, Rector of Kirby Misperton, and Rural Dean of\nMalton. Five Vols, 327*0, cloth limp, 6d. each; or cloth extra,\nOF THE IMITATION OF CHRIST. By Thomas X Kempis.\nTHE CHRISTIAN YEAR\nTHE DEVOUT LIFE. By St. Francis de Sales.\nTHE HIDDEN LIFE OF THE SOUL.\nTHE SPIRITUAL COMBAT. By Laurence Scupoli.\nBarnett.\u2014THE SERVICE OF GOD : Sermons, Essays, and\nAddresses. By Samuel A. Barnett, Warden of Toynbee Hall,\nWhitechapel; Canon of Bristol Cathedral; Select Preacher before\n\u2022 Oxford University. Crown Svo. 6s.\nBathe.\u2014Works by the Rev. Anthony Bathe, M.A.\nA LENT WITH JESUS. A Plain Guide for Churchmen. Containing\nReadings for Lent and Easter Week, and on the Holy Eucharist.\nAN ADVENT WITH JESUS. 327*0, is.; or in paper cover, 6d.\nWHAT I SHOULD BELIEVE. A Simple Manual of Self-Instruction\nfor Church People. Small Svo, limp, is. ; cloth gilt, zs.\nBathe and Buckham.\u2014THE CHRISTIAN'S ROAD BOOK.\n2 Parts. By the Rev. Anthony Bathe and Rev. F. H. Buckham.\nPart I. DEVOTIONS. Sewed, 6d. ; limp cloth, is. ; cloth extra, is. 6d.\nPart 11. Readings. Sewed, is. ; limp cloth, zs. ; cloth extra, y. :\nor complete in one volume, sewed, is. 6d. ; limp cloth, zs. dd. ; cloth\nextra, 3s. 6d.\n1 A SELECTION OF WORKS\n. R. M.\n\u2014Works by the Rev.\nChrist Church, Oxford.\nTHE FINAL PASSOVER : A Series of Meditati\nour Lord Jesus Christ. Small Svo.\nVol. I.\u2014The Reaction. 5*. | Vol. III.\u2014The Divine Exodus.\nBenson, M.A., Student of\nupon the Passion of\nPart n\nm\nParts I. and II. 5*. each.\nVol. IV.\u2014The Life Beyond the\nGrave. $s.\n; upon the Song of the\n3 vols. Small Svo.\nTHE MAGNIFICAT; a Series of M\u00e9dite\nBlessed Virgin Mary. Small Svo. zs.\nSPIRITUAL READINGS FOR EVERY DAY.\n3s. 6d. each.\nI. Advent. II. Christmas. III. Epiphany.\nBENEDICTUS DOMINUS : A Course of Meditations for Every Day of\nthe Year. Vol. I.\u2014Advent to Trinity. Vol. II.\u2014Trinity, Saints'\nDays, etc. Small Svo. 3s. 6d. each ; or in One Volume, 7s.\nBIBLE TEACHINGS : The Discourse at Capernaum.\u2014St. John vi. Small\nSvo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE WISDOM OF THE SON OF DAVID : An Exposition of the First\nNine Chapters of the Book of Proverbs. Small Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE MANUAL OF INTERCESSORY PRAYER. Royal 3zmo. ; cloth\nboards, is. 3d. ; cloth limp, gd.\nTHE EVANGELIST LIBRARY CATECHISM. Part I. Small Svo. 3s.\nPAROCHIAL MISSIONS. Small Svo. zs. 6d.\nBickersteth.\u2014YESTERDAY, TO-DAY, AND FOR EVER:\na Poem in Twelve Books. By Edward Henry Bickersteth, D.D.,\nLord Bishop of Exeter. One Shilling Edition, iSmo. With red borders,\ni6mt\ns.6d.\nThe Cm\nlion ds.) may still le had.\nBlunt.\u2014Works by the Rev. John Henry Blunt, D.D.\nTHE ANNOTATED BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER: Being an\nHistorical, Ritual, and Theological Commentary on the Devotional\nSystem of the Church of England, qto. zis.\nTHE COMPENDIOUS EDITION OF THE ANNOTATED BOOK\nOF COMMON PRAYER : Forming a concise Commentary on the\nDevotional System of the Church of England. Crown Svo. 10s. 6d.\nDICTIONARY OF DOCTRINAL AND HISTORICAL THEOLOGY.\nBy various Writers. Imperial Svo. zis.\nDICTIONARY OF SECTS, HERESIES, ECCLESIASTICAL PARTIES AND SCHOOLS OF RELIGIOUS THOUGHT. By various\nWriters. Imperial Svo. zis.\nTHE REFORMATION OF THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND: its\nHistory, Principles, and Results. 1574-1662. Two Vols. Svo. 345. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 3\nBlunt.\u2014Works by the Rev. John Henry Blunt, D.D.\u2014contd.\nTHE BOOK OF CHURCH LAW. Being an Exposition of the Legal\nRights and Duties of the Parochial Clergy and the Laity of the Church\nof England. Revised by Sir Walter G. F. Phillimore, Bart.,\nD.C.L., and G. Edwardes Jones, Barrister-at-Law. Crown Svo.\n7s. 6d.\nA COMPANION TO THE BIBLE : Being a Plain Commentary on\nScripture History, to the end of the Apostolic Age. Two Vols, small\nSvo. Sold separately.\nThe Old Testament.' 3s. 6d. The New Testament. 3*. 6d.\nHOUSEHOLD THEOLOGY : a Handbook of Religious Information\nrespecting the Holy Bible, the Prayer Book, the Church, etc., etc.\nPaper cover, i6mo. is. Also the Larger Edition, 3s. 6d.\nBody.\u2014Works by the Rev.George BoDY,D.D.,Canon of Durham.\nTHE LIFE OF LOVE. A Course of Lent Lectures. i6mo. zs. 6d.\nTHE SCHOOL OF CALVARY ; or, Laws of Christian Life revealed\nfrom the Cross. 167*0. zs. 6d.\nTHE LIFE OF JUSTIFICATION. i6mo. zs. 6d.\nTHE LIFE OF TEMPTATION. i6mo. zs. 6d.\nTHE PRESENT STATE OF THE FAITHFUL DEPARTED. Small\nSvo. sewed, 6d. 327*0. cloth, is.\nBoultbee.\u2014A COMMENTARY ON THE THIRTY-NINE\nARTICLES OF THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND. By the Rev.\nT. P. Boultbee, formerly Principal of the London College of Divinity,\nSt. John's Hall, Highbury. Crown Svo. 6r.\nBright.\u2014Works by William Bright, D.D., Regius Pf\u00e9\u00ef\u00ealsbri;\nof Ecclesiastical History in the University of Oxford,\nand Canon of Christ Church, Oxford.\nSOME ASPECTS OF PRIMITIVE CHURCH LIFE. Crown Svo. 6s.\nTHE ROMAN SEE IN THE EARLY CHURCH : And other Studies\nin Church History. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nWAYMARKS IN CHURCH HISTORY. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nLESSONS FROM THE LIVES OF THREE GREAT FATHERS.\nSt. Athanasius, St. Chrysostom, and St. Augustine. Crown Svo. 6s.\nTHE INCARNATION AS A MOTIVE POWER. Crown Svo. 6s.\nBright and Medd.\u2014LIBER PRECUM PUBLICARUM EC-\nCLESLE ANGLICANS. A Gulielmo Bright, S.T.P., et Petro\nGoldsmith Medd, A.M., Latine redditus. Small Svo. 7s. 6d.\nBrowne.\u2014WEARIED WITH THE BURDEN : A Book of\nDaily Readings for Lent. By Arthur Heber Browne, M.A.,\nLL.D., Rector of St. John's, Newfoundland. Crown Svo. 4t. 6d.\nBrowne.\u2014AN EXPOSITION OF THE THIRTY-NINE\nARTICLES, Historical and Doctrinal. By E. H. Browne, D.D.,\nsometime Bishop of Winchester. Svo. 16s.\nCampion and Beamont.\u2014THE PRAYER BOOK INTERLEAVED. With Historical Illustrations and Explanatory Notes\narranged parallel to the Text. By W. M. Campion, D.D., and W. J.\nBEAMONT, M.A. Small Svo. 7s. 6d. 4 A SELECTION OF WORKS\nCarter.\u2014Works by, and edited by the Rev. T. T. Carter, M.A.,\nHon. Canon of Christ Church, Oxford.\nTHE TREASURY OF DEVOTION : a Manual of Prayer for General\nand Daily Use. Compiled by a Priest.\n187*0. zs. 6d. ; cloth limp, zs. Bound with the Book of Common\nPrayer, 3-r. 6d. Red-Line Edition. Cloth extra, gilt top. iSmo,\nzs. 6d. net. Large-Type Edition. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE WAY OF LIFE : A Book of Prayers and Instruction for the Young\nat School, with a Preparation for Confirmation. Compiled by a Priest,\n187*0. is. 6d.\nTHE PATH OF HOLINESS: a First Book of Prayers, with the Service\nof the Holy Communion, for the Young. Compiled by a Priest. With\nIllustrations. 167*0. is. 6d. ; cloth limp, is.\nTH\u00c9 GUIDE TO HEAVEN j a Book of Prayers for every Want. (For\nthe Working Classes.) Compiled by a Priest. 187*0. is. 6d. ; cloth\nlimp, is. Large-Type Edition. Crown Svo. is. 6d. ; cloth limp, is.\nTHE STAR OF CHILDHOOD : a First Book of Prayers and Instruction for Children. Compiled by a Priest. With Illustrations. i6?no.\nzs. 6d.\nSacra\nA BOOK OF PRIVATE PRAYER FOR MORNING, MID-DAY, AND\nOTHER TIMES. 187*0. limp cloth, is. ; cloth, red edges, is. 3d.\nNICHOLAS FERRAR : his Household and his Friends. With Portrait\nengraved after a Picture by Cornelius Janssen at Magdalene\nCollege, Cambridge. Crown Svo. 6s.\nMANUAL OF DEVOTION FOR SISTERS OF MERCY. 8 parts in\n2 vols. 32mo. iar. Or separately :\u2014Part 1. is. 6d. Part 11. is.\nPart in. is. Part iv. zs. Part v. is. Part vi. is. Part vn. Part\nvin. is. 6d.\nHARRIET MONSELL : A Memoir of the First Mother Superior of the\nClewer Community. With Portrait. Crown Svo. zs. 6d.\nPARISH TEACHINGS. First and Second Series. CrownSvo. v.6d.\neach sold separately.\nSPIRITUAL INSTRUCTIONS. Crown Svo.\nThe Holy Eucharist. 3*. 6d. I Our Lord's Early Life. 3s. 6d.\nThe Divine Dispensations. 3s. 6d. Our Lord's Entrance on his\nThe Life of Grace. 3*. 60:. | Ministry. 3s. 6d.\nThe Religious Life. 3s. 6d.\nTHE DOCTRINE OF THE PRIESTHOOD IN THE CHURCH\nOF ENGLAND. Crown. Svo. 4s.\nTHE DOCTRINE OF CONFESSION IN THE CHURCH OF\nENGLAND. Crown Svo. 5*. ' ~\nTHE DOCTRINE OF THE HOLY EUCHARIST, drawn from the Holy\nScriptures and the Records of the Church of England. Fcp. Svo. ad\nVOWS AND THE RELIGIOUS STATE. Crown Svo. zs.\n[continued. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.\nCarter.\u2014Works by, and edited by the Rev. T. T. Carter, M.A.,\nHon. Canon of Christ Church, Oxford\u2014continued.\nCOLLECTS, EPISTLES, AND GOSPELS, Suggested for Use on\ncertain Special Occasions and Holy Days. Crown Svo. is. 6d.\nFAMILY PRAYERS. 187*0. is.\nRETREATS, with Notes of Addresses. Crown Svo. &.\nConybeare and Howson.\u2014THE LIFE AND EPISTL\u00cbK0E-:\nST. PAUL. By the Rev. W. J. Conybeare, M.A., and the Very\nRev. J. S. HOWSON, D.D. With numerous Maps and Illustrations.\nLibrary Edition. Two Vols. Svo. 21s. Students' Edition. One Vol.\nCrown Svo. 6s. Popular Edition. One Vol. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nCreighton.\u2014A HISTORY OF THE PAPACY FROM THE\nGREAT SCHISM TO THE SACK OF ROME (1378-1527). By\nRight Hon. and Right Rev. M andell Creighton, D. D., Lord Bishop\nof London. Six volumes. Crown Svo. 6s. each.\nDAY-HOURS OF THE CHURCH OF ENGLAND, THE.\nNewly Revised according to the Prayer Book and the Authorised\nTranslation of the Bible. Crown Svo. sewed, 3s. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.\nSUPPLEMENT TO THE DAY-HOURS OF THE CHURCH OF\nENGLAND, being the Service for certain Holy Days. Crown Svo.\nsewed, 3s. ; cloth, 3s. 6d.\nDevotional Series, 16mo, Red Borders. Each 2s. 6d.\nLear's (H. L. Sidney) For Days\nand Years.\nFrancis de Sales' (St.) The\nDevout Life.\nWilson's The Lord's Supper.\nBickersteth's Yesterday, To- j\nDay, and For Ever.\nChilcot's Treatise on Evil\nThoughts.\nThe Christian Year.\nHerbert's Poems and Proverbs\nKempis' (a) Of the Imitation\nof Christ.\n* These\ne Volut.\n! Lord's Supper.\n: Sales' (St.) The\nDevotional Series, 18mo, without Red Borders. Each 1\nBickersteth's Yesterday, To I [\nDay, and For Ever.\nThe Christian Year.\nKempis' (\u00e0) Of the Imitation\nHerbert's Poems and Proverbs. I *\n* These two in one Volume, zs. 6d.\nEdersheim.\u2014Works by Alfred Edersheim, M.A., D.D.j'PED.- -\nTHE LIFE AND TIMES OF JESUS THE MESSIAH. Two Vols.\nJESUS THE MESSIAH : being an Abridged Edition of 'The Life and\nTimes of Jesus the Messiah.' Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nHISTORY OF THE JEWISH NATION AFTER THE DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM UNDER TITUS. Svo. i8j. A SELECTION OF WORKS\nEllicott.\u2014Works by C. J. Ellicott, D.D., Bishop of Gloucester.\nA CRITICAL AND GRAMMATICAL COMMENTARY ON ST.\nPAUL'S EPISTLES. Greek Text, with a Critical and Grammatical\nCommentary, and a Revised English Translation. Svo.\nGalatians. Ss. 6d. Pbuxippians, Colossians, and\nEphesians. Ss. 6d. Philemon, ios. 6d.\nThessalonians. 7s. 6d.\nPastoral Epistles, ios. 6d.\nHISTORICAL LECTURES ON THE LIFE OF OUR LORD\nJESUS CHRIST. Svo. its.\nENGLISH (THE) CATHOLIC'S VADE MECUM : a Short\nManual of General Devotion. Compiled by a Priest. yuno. limp,\nPriest's Edition. 32OT0. is. 6d.\nEpochs of Church History.\u2014Edited by Right Hon.\nRev. Mandell Creighton, D.D., Lord\nLondon. Small 8vo. 2s. 6d. each.\nind Right\n\u00eeishop of\nTHB HISTORY OF THE REFORMATION IN ENGLAND. By the\nRev. Geo. G. Perry, M.A.\nTHB CHURCH OF THE EARLY\nFATHERS. By the Rev. Alfred\nPluhj\u0153r, D.D.\nTHE EVANGELICAL REVIVAL IN\nTHB EIGHTEENTH CENTURY.\nBy the Rev. J. H. Overton, D.D.\nTHE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD.\nBy the Hon. G. C Brodrioc, D.CL.\nTHE UNIVERSITY OF CAM-\nBRIDGE. By J. Bass Mollingrr,\nTHE CHURCH AND THE\nEASTERN EMPIRE. By the Rev.\nH. F. Tozer, M.A.\nTHE CHURCH AND THE ROMAN\nEMPIRE. By the Rev. A. Carr, M.A.\nTHE CHURCH AND THE PURITANS, 1570-1660. By Henry Offley\nHILDEBRAND AND HIS TIMES.\nBy the Rev. W. R. W. Stkphbns, M.A.\nTHE POPES AND THE HOHEN-\nSTAUFEN. By Ugo Balzanl\nTHE COUNTER REFORMATION.\nBy Adolfhus William Ward, Litt. D.\nWYCLIFFE AND MOVEMENTS\nFOR REFORM. By Reginald L.\nPoole, M.A.\nEUCHARISTIC MANUAL (THE). Consisting of Instructions\nand Devotions for the Holy Sacrament of the Altar. From various\nsources, j\/tmo. cloth gilt, red edges, is. Cheap Edition, limp cloth, gd.\nFaxrar.\u2014Works by Frederick W. Farrar, D.D., Dean of\nCanterbury.\nTHE BIBLE : Its Meaning and Supremacy. Svo. 151.\nALLEGORIES. With 2 ~\" IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.\n\u2014Works edited by the Rev. Thomas Vincent Fosbery,\nivi.A., sometime Vicar of St. Giles's, Reading.\nVOICES OF COMFORT. Cheap Edition. Small Svo. 3s. 6d.\nThe Larger Edition (7s. 6d.) may still le had.\nHYMNS AND POEMS FOR THE SICK AND SUFFERING. 4nr-\u25a0\u25a0\u25a0\nconnection with the Service for the Visitation of the Sick. Selected\nfrom Various Authors. Small Svo. 3s. 6d.\nlelkie.\u2014Works by J. Cunningham Geikie, D.D., LL.D., late\nVicar of St. Martin-at-Palace, Norwich.\nHOURS WITH THE BIBLE : the Scriptures in the Light of Modern\nDiscovery and Knowledge. New Edition, largely rewritten. Complete in Twelve Volumes. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. each.\nOLD TESTAMENT.\nIn Six Volumes. Sold separately. 3s. 6d. each.\nRehoboam to Hezekiah. With\nIllustrations.\nManasseh to Zedekiah. With\nthe Contemporary Prophets. With\na Map and Illustrations.\nExile to Malachi. With the\nContemporary Prophets. With\nIlh \u25a0 \u25a0\nNEW TESTAMENT.\n\/* Six Volumes. Sold separately. 3s. 6d. e\nLIFE AND WORDS OF CHRIST.\nCabinet Edition. With Map. zvols. Post Svo. 7s.\nCheap Edition, without the Notes. 1 vol. Svo. 5*.\nA SHORT LIFE OF CHRIST. With Illustrations. Crown 8\n3s. 6d. ; gilt edges, 4s. 6d.\nOLD TESTAMENT CHARACTERS. With Illustrations. Crown \u00a3\n3s. 6d.\nLANDMARKS OF OLD TESTAMENT HISTORY. Crown t\n3s. 6d.\nTHE ENGLISH REFORMATION. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nENTERING ON LIFE. A Book for Young Men. Ct\nTHE PRECIOUS PROMISES. Crown Svo. as. 8 A SELECTION OF WORKS\nGOLD DUST : a Collection of Golden Counsels for the Sancti-\n*\u00bb\u2022 The two first parts in One Volume, large type, 187*0. cloth, gilt. zs. 6d.\nParts I. II. and III. are also supplied, bound in white cloth, with red\nedges, in box, price 3*.\nGore.\u2014Works by the Rev. Charles Gore, M.A., D.D., Canon\nof Westminster.\nTHE MINISTRY OF THE CHRISTIAN CHURCH. Svo. 10s. 6d.\nROMAN CATHOLIC CLAIMS. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nHall.\u2014Works by the Right Rev. A. C. A Hall, D.D., Bishop\nof Vermont.\nTHE VIRGIN MOTHER: Retreat Addresses on the. Life of the\nBlessed Virgin Mary as told in the Gospels. With an ;\nEssay on the Virgin Birth of our Lord. Crown Svo. 4s. 6d.\nCHRIST'S TEMPTATION AND OURS. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nHall.\u2014THE KEN OTIC THEORY. Considered with Particular Reference to its Anglican Forms and Arguments. By the Rev.\nFrancis J. Hall, D.D., Instructor of Dogmatic Theology in the\nWestern Theological Seminary, Chicago, Illinois. Crown Svo. 55.\nHarrison.\u2014Works by the Rev. Alexander J. Harrison, B.D.,\nLecturer of the Christian Evidence Society.\nPROBLEMS OF CHRISTIANITY AND SCEPTICISM. Crown Svo.\n7s.6d.\nTHE CHURCH IN RELATION TO SCEPTICS : a Conversational\nGuide to Evidential Work. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE REPOSE OF FAITH, IN VIEW OF PRESENT DAY DIFFICULTIES. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nHatch.\u2014THE ORGANIZATION OF THE EARLY\nCHRISTIAN CHURCHES. Being the Bampton Lectures for 1880.\nBy Edwin Hatch, M.A., D.D., late Reader in Ecclesiastical History\nin the University of Oxford. Svo. 5*.\nHeygate \u2014THE MANUAL : a Book of Devotion. Adapted for\nGeneral Use. By the Rev. W. E. Heygate, M.A., Rector of Brigh-\nstone. i8?\u00ab0. cloth limp, is. ; boards, is. 3d. Cheap Edition, 6d.\nSmall Svo. Large Type, is. 6d. i\nIN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 9\nHolland.\u2014Works by the Rev. Henry Scott Holland, M.A.,\nCanon and Precentor of St. Paul's.\nGOD'S CITY AND THE COMING OF THE KINGDOM. Cr. Svo.\n3s. 6d.\nPLEAS AND CLAIMS FOR CHRIST. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nCREED AND CHARACTER : Sermons. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nON BEHALF OF BELIEF. Sermons. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nCHRIST OR ECCLESIASTES. Sermons. Crown Svo. zs. 6d.\nLOGIC AND LIFE, with other Sermons. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nHollings.\u2014 Works by the Rev. G. S. Hollings, Mission Priest of\nthe Society of St. John the Evangelist, Cowley, Oxford.\nTHE HEAVENLY STAIR ; or, A Ladder of the Love of God for Sinners.\nCrown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nPORTA REGALIS ; or, Considerations on Prayer. Crown Svo. limp cloth,\nis. 6d. net ; cloth boards, zs. net.\nMEDITATIONS ON THE DIVINE LIFE, THE BLESSED SACRAMENT, AND THE TRANSFIGURATION. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nCONSIDERATIONS ON THE SPIRITUAL LIFE. Suggested by\nPassages in the Collects for the Sundays in Lent. Crown Svo. zs. 6rf.\nCONSIDERATIONS ON THE WISDOM OF GOD. Crown Svo. v.\nPARADOXES OF THE LOVE OF GOD, especially as they are seen in\nthe way of the Evangelical Counsels. Crown Svo. 4J.\nONE BORN OF THE SPIRIT ; or, the Unification of our Life in God.\nHutchings.\u2014Works by the Ven. W. H. Hutchings, M.A. Archdeacon of Cleveland, Canon of York, Rector of Kirby\nMisperton, and Rural Dean of Malton.\nSERMON SKETCHES from some of the Sunday Lessons throughout\nthe Church's Year. Vols. I and II. Crown Svo. $s. each.\nTHE LIFE OF PRAYER : a Course of Lectures delivered in All Saints'\nChurch, Margaret Street, during Lent. Crown Svo. 4*. 6d.\nTHE PERSON AND WORK OF THE HOLY GHOST : a Doctrinal\nSOME ASPECTS OF THE CROSS. Crown Svo. v- \u00b0<*.\nTHE MYSTERY OF THE TEMPTATION. Lent Lectures delivered at\nSt. Mary Magdalene, Paddingto A SELECTION OF WORKS\nHutton\u2014THE CHURCH OF THE SIXTH CENTURY.\nSix Chapters in Ecclesiastical History. By William Holden\nHutton, B.D., Birkbeck Lecturer in Ecclesiastical History, Trinity\nCollege, Cambridge. With n Illustrations. Crown Svo. 6s.\nHutton.\u2014THE SOUL HERE AND HEREAFTER. By the\nRev. R. E. Hutton, Chaplain of St. Margaret's, East Grinstead.\nINHERITANCE OF THE SAINTS ; or, Thoughts on the\nCommunion of Saints and the Life of the World to come. Collected chiefly from English Writers by L. P. With a Preface by the\nRev. Henry Scott Holland, M.A. Seventh Edition. Crown Svo.\n7S. 6d.\nJameson.\u2014Works by Mrs. Jameson.\nSACRED AND LEGENDARY ART, containing Legends of the Angels\nand Archangels, the Evangelists, the Apostles. With 19 Etchings and\n3 represented in the\nFine Arts.. With n Etchings and 88 Woodcuts. Svo. ios. net.\nLEGENDS OF THE MADONNA, OR BLESSED VIRGIN MARY.\nWith 27 Etchings and 165 Woodcuts. Svo. 10s. net.\nTHE HISTORY OF OUR LORD, as exemplified in Works of Art.\nCommenced by the late Mrs. Jameson ; continued and completed by\nLady Eastlake. With 31 Etchings and 281 Woodcuts. 2 Vols.\nJennings.\u2014ECCLESIA ANGLICANA. A History of the\nChurch of Christ in England from the Earliest to the Present Times.\nBy the Rev. Arthur Charles Jennings, M.A. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nJukes.\u2014Works by ANDREW Jukes.\nTHE NEW MAN AND THE ETERNAL LIFE. Notes on the\nReiterated Amens of the Son of God. Crown Svo. 6s.\nTHE NAMES OF GOD IN HOLY SCRIPTURE : a Revelation of\nHis Nature and Relationships. Crown Svo. 4s. 6d.\nTHE TYPES OF GENESIS. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nTHE SECOND DEATH AND THE RESTITUTION OF ALL\nTHINGS. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE ORDER AND CONNEXION OF THE CHURCH'S TEACHING, as set forth in the arrangement of the Epistles and Gospels\nighout the Year.\nTHE CHRISTIAN HOME. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.\nKnox Little.\u2014Works by W. J. Knox Little, M.A, Canon\nResidentiary of Worcester, and Vicar of Hoar Cross.\nTHE PERFECT LIFE : Sermons. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nCHARACTERISTICS AND MOTIVES OF THE CHRISTIAN\nLIFE. Ten Sermons preached in Manchester Cathedral, in Lent and\nAdvent Crov.\n:.6d.\nSUNLIGHT\nIN THE CHRISTIAN LIFE.\nLear.\u2014Works by, and Edited by, H. L. Sidney Lear.\nFOR DAYS AND YEARS. A book containing a Text, Short Reading\nand Hymn for Every Day in the Church's Year. 167*0. zs. 6d. Also\n.Cheap Edition, 327*0. is.; orclothgilt, is. 6d. ; or with red borders, zs. 6c\nWEARINESS. A Book for the Languid and Lonely.\nSmall Svo. $s.\n\u2022JOY : A FRAGMENT. With a slight sketch of the Author\nCHRISTIAN BIOGRAPHIES.\nNine Vols. Cro\nwn Svo. 3s. 6d. each.\nMadame Louise de France,\nThe Reviva\n., of Priestly Life\nDaughter of Louis xv., known\nalso as the Mother T\u00e9r\u00e8se de\nSt. Augustin.\nA Dominican Artist : a Sketch of\nthe Life of the Rev. P\u00e8re Besson,\nof the Order of St. Dominic.\nin the Seventeenth Century\nin France.\nA Christian Painter of the\nNineteenth Century,\nbossuet and his contempora\nHenri Perreyve. By P\u00e8re\nRIES.\nGratry.\nSt. Francis de Sales, Bishop and\nPrince of Geneva.\nHenri Domin\nique Lacordaire.\n[continued. A SELECTION OF WORKS\nLear. \u2014Works by, and Edited by, H. L. Sidney Lear \u2014\ncontinued.\nDEVOTIONAL WORKS. Edited by H. L. Sidney Lear. New and\nUniform Editions. Nine Vols. 167*0. zs. 6d. each.\nF\u00e9nelon's Spiritual Letters to\nThe Hidden Life of the Soul.\nFenelon's Spiritual Letters to\nWomen.\nThe Light of the Conscience.\nAlso Cheap Edition, 327*0, 6d.\ncloth limp ; and u. cloth boards.\nA Selection from the Spiritual\nLetters of St. Francis de\nSales. Also Cheap Edition, 327*0,\n6d. cloth limp ; is. cloth boards.\nSelf-Renunciation. From the\nFrench.\nSt. Francis de Sales' Of the\nLove of God.\nThe Spirit of St. Francis de\nSelections from Pascal's\nLepine.\u2014THE MINISTERS OF JESUS CHRIST : a Biblical\nStudy. By the Rev. J. Foster Lepine, Curate of St. Paul's, Maidstone. Crown Svo. g\nLiddon.\u2014Works by Henry Parry Liddon, D.D., D.C.L.,LL.D.\nLIFE OF EDWARD BOUVERIE PUSEY, D.D. By Henry Parry\nLiddon, D.D., D.C.L., LL.D. Edited and prepared for publication\nby the Rev. J. O. Johnston, M.A., Principal of the Theological\nCollege, and Vicar of Cuddesdon, Oxford; the Rev. R. J. Wilson,\nD.D., late Warden of Keble College; and the Rev. W. C. E.\nNewbolt, M.A., Canon and Chancellor of St. Paul's. With Portraits\nand Illustrations. Four Vols. Svo. Vols. I. and II., 36s. Vol. III.,\niSs. Vol. IV. iSs.\nSERMONS ON SOME WORDS OF ST. PAUL. Crown Svo. M\nSERMONS PREACHED ON SPECIAL OCCASIONS, 1860-1889.\nCrown Svo. $s.\nEXPLANATORY ANALYSIS OF ST. PAUL'S FIRST EPISTLE\nTO TIMOTHY. Svo. 7s. 6d.\nCLERICAL LIFE AND WORK : Sermons. Crown Svo. $s.\nESSAYS AND ADDRESSES : Lectures on Buddhism\u2014Lectures on the\nLife of St. Paul\u2014 Papers on Dante. Crown Svo. 5s.\nEXPLANATORY ANALYSIS OF ST. PAUL'S FIRST EPISTLE\nTO TIMOTHY. Svo. 7s. 6d.\nEXPLANATORY ANALYSIS OF PAUL'S EPISTLE TO THE\nROMANS. Svo. 14s.\nSERMONS ON OLD TESTAMENT SUBJECTS. Crown Svo. 5*. .\nSERMONS ON SOME WORDS OF CHRIST. Crown Svo. M\nTHE DIVINITY OF OUR LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST..\nBeing the Bampton Lectures for 1866. Crown Svo. $s.\nADVENT IN ST. PAUL'S. Two Vols. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d. each.\nCheap Edition in one Volume. Crown Svo. 5*.\n[continued. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 13\nLiddon.\u2014Works by Henry Parry Liddon, D.D., D.C.L.,\nLL.D.\u2014continued\nCHRISTMASTIDE IN ST. PAUL'S. Crown Svo. 55.\nPASSIONTIDE SERMONS. Crown Svo. \u00a7\nEASTER IN ST. PAUL'S. Sermons bearing chiefly on the Resurrection of our Lord. Two Vols. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. each. Cheap\nEdition in one Volume. Crown Svo. $s.\none Volume. Crown Svo. 5\nTHE MAGNIFICAT. Sermons in St. Paul's. Crown Svo. zs. 6d.\nSOME ELEMENTS OF RELIGION. Lent Lectures. Small Svo.\nzs. 6d. [The Crown Svo. Edition (51. ) twov still be had.)\nSELECTIONS FROM THE WRITINGS OF. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nMAXIMS AND GLEANINGS. Crown 167*0. is.\nLuckock.\u2014Works by Herbert Mortimer Luckock, D.D.,\nDean of Lichfield.\nTHE HISTORY OF MARRIAGE, JEWISH AND CHRISTIAN, IN\nRELATION TO DIVORCE AND CERTAIN FORBIDDEN\nDEGREES. Crown Svo. 6s.\nAFTER DEATH. An Examination of the Testimony of Primitive\nTimes respecting the State of the Faithful Dead, and their Relationship\nto the Living. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE INTERMEDIATE STATE BETWEEN DEATH AND\nJUDGMENT. Being a Sequel to After Death. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nFOOTPRINTS OF THE SON OF MAN, as traced by St. Mark. Being\nEighty Portions for Private Study, Family Reading, and Instruction\nin Church. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nFOOTPRINTS OF THE APOSTLES, as traced by St. Luke in the\n\u2022 Acts. Being Sixty Portions for Private Study, and Instruction in\nChurch. A Sequel to ' Footprints of the Son of Man, as traced by\nSt. Mark.' Two Vols. Crown Svo. izs.\nTHE DIVINE LITURGY. Being the Order for Holy Communion,\nHistorically, Doctrinally, and Devotionally set forth, in Fifty Portions.\nCrown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nSTUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF THE BOOK OF COMMON\nPRAYER. The Anglican Reform\u2014The Puritan Innovations\u2014The\nElizabethan Reaction\u2014The Caroline Settlement. With Appendices.\nCrown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE BISHOPS IN THE TOWER. A Record of Stirring Events\naffecting the Church and Nonconformists from the Restoration to the\nRevolution. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d. A SELECTION OF WORKS\nMacColl.\u2014Works by the Rev. Malcolm MacColl, M.A., Canon\nResidentiary of Ripon.\nCHRISTIANITY IN RELATION TO SCIENCE AND MORALS.\nCrown Svo. 6s.\nLIFE HERE AND HEREAFTER : Sermons. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nMason.\u2014Works by A.J. Mason, D.D., Lady Margaret Professor\nof Divinity in the University of Cambridge and Canon of Canterbury.\nTHE CONDITIONS OF OUR LORD'S LIFE UPON EARTH.\nBeing the Bishop Paddock Lectures, 1896. To which is prefixed part\nof a First Professorial Lecture at Cambridge. Crown Svo. $s.\nTHE PRINCIPLES OF ECCLESIASTICAL UNITY. Four Lectures\ndelivered'\u00capt. Asaph Cathedral. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE FAITH OF THE GOSPEL. A Manual of Christian Doctrine.\nCrown Svo. 7s. 6d. Cheap Edition. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE RELATION OF CONFIRMATION TO BAPTISM. As taught\nin Holy Scripture and the Fathers. Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nMaturin.\u2014Works by the Rev. B. W. Maturin, sometime Mission\nPriest of the Society of St. John the Evangelist, Cowley.\nSOME PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF THE SPIRITUAL\nLIFE. Crown Svo. 4s. 6d.\nPRACTICAL STUDIES ON THE PARABLES OF OUR LORD.\nCrown Svo. $s.\nMedd.\u2014THE PRIEST TO THE ALTAR ; or, Aids to the\nDevout Celebration of Holy Communion, chiefly after the Ancient\nEnglish Use of Sarum. By Peter Goldsmith Medd, M.A., Canon\nof St. Alban's. Fourth Edition, revised and enlarged. Royal Svo.\nMortimer.\u2014Works by the Rev. A. G. Mortimer, D.D., Rector\nof St. Mark's, Philadelphia.\nJESUS AND THE RESURRECTION:\nCATHOLIC FAITH AND PRACTICE: A Manual of Theological\nRgl Instruction for Confirmation and First\nHELPS TO MEDITATION: Sketche\nfor Every Day in the Year.\nVol. 1. ADVENTtoTRiNiTY.8TO.7j.6rf\nVol. 11. TRmiTY to Advent. Svo.7s.6d\nSTORIES FROM GENESIS : Sermon\nTHE LAWS (\nThe Beatitud\nto God, Sel\nHAPPINESS; or,\nand our Neighbour.\nSERMONS IN MINIATURE FOR\nEXTEMPORE PREACHERS :\nSketches for Every Sunday and Holy\nNOTES ON THE SEVEN PENI-\nL PSALMS, chiefly from\nFcp. 8vo '\nLEARN OF JESUS CHRIST TO\nLord from the Cros\nIs of our\nen as Teach-\n>n for Death. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 15\nMozley.\u2014Works by J. B. Mozley, D.D.,. late Canon of Christ\nChurch, and Regius Professor of Divinity at Oxford.\nESSAYS, HISTORICAL AND THEO-\nRULING IDEAS IN EARLY AGES\nAND THEIR RELATION TO\nOLD TESTAMENT FAITH.\nSERMONS PREACHED \u00ce\nTHE UNIVERSITY U* ua-\nFORD, and on Various Occasions.\nCrown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nSERMONS, PAROCHIAL AND\nOCCASIONAL. Crownivo. 3s. 6d.\nA REVIEW OF THE BAPTISMAL\nCONTROVERSY. Crow\u00bb Svo.\nNewbolt.\u2014Works by the Rev. W. C. E. Newbolt, M.A., Canon\nand Chancellor of St. Paul's Cathedral.\nPRIESTLY IDEALS ; being a Course of Practical Lectures delivered in\nSt. Paul's Cathedral to ' Our Society' and other Clergy, in Lent, 1898.\nCOUNSELS OF FAITH AND PRACTICE: being Sermons preached\non various occasions. New and Enlarged Edition. Crown Svo. 5s.\nSPECULUM SACERDOTUM ; or, the Divine Model of the Priestly\nTen Addresses bearing o\nTHE FRUIT OF THE SPIRIT.\nthe Spiritual Life. Crown Svo. :\nTHE MAN OF GOD. Small Svo. is. 6d.\nTHE PRAYER BOOK : Its Voice and Teaching. Crown Svo. zs. 6d.\nNewman.\u2014Works by John Henry Newman, B.D., sometime\nVicar of St. Mary's, Oxford.\nLETTERS AND CORRESPONDENCE OF JOHN HENRY NEWMAN DURING HIS LIFE IN THE ENGLISH CHURCH. With\n\u00a3. ,\u00ab\u25a0 brief Autobiography. Edited, at Cardinal Newman's request, by\nAnne Mozley. 2 vols. Crown Svo. 7s.\nPAROCHIAL AND PLAIN SERMONS. Eight Vols. Cabinet Edition.\nCrown Svo. $s. each. Cheaper Edition. 3s. 6d. each.\nSELECTION, ADAPTED TO THE SEASONS OF THE ECCLESIASTICAL YEAR, from the 'Parochial and Plain Sermons,'\nCabinet Edition. Crown Svo. $s. Cheaper Edition. 3s. 6d.\nFIFTEEN SERMONS PREACHED BEFORE THE UNIVERSITY\nOF OXFORD Cabinet Edition. Crown Svo. 5s. Cheaper Edition.\n3s. 6d.\nSERMONS BEARING UPON SUBJECTS OF THE DAY. ! Cabinet\nEdition, gimun Svo. 5s. Cheaper Edition. Crown Svo. 3s. 6d.\nLECTURES ON THE DOCTRINE OF JUSTIFICATION. Cabinet\nEdition. Crown Svo. $s. Cheaper Edition. 3s. 6d.\n*\u00bb* A Complete List of Cardinal Newman's Works can be had on Application. i6 A SELECTION OF WORKS\nOsborne.\u2014Works by Edward Osborne, Mission Priest of the\nSociety of St. John the Evangelist, Cowley, Oxford.\nTHE CHILDREN'S SAVIOUR. Instructions to Children on the Life ?\nof Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. Illustrated. 167*0. zs. 6d.\nTHE SAVIOUR KING. Instructions to Children on Old Testament:;\nTypes and Illustrations of the Life of Christ. Illustrated. 167*0. zs. 6d.\nTHE CHILDREN'S FAITH. Instructions to Children on the Apostles' I\nCreed. Illustrated. 167*0. zs. 6d.\nOttley.\u2014 ASPECTS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT: being the\nBampton Lectures for 1897. By Robert Lawrence Ottley, M.A.,\nVicar of Winterbourne Bassett, Wilts ; sometime Principal of the\nPusey House. Svo. New and Cheaper Edition. 7s. 6d.\nOUTLINES OF CHURCH TEACHING : a Series of Instruc- I\ntions for the Sundays and chief Holy Days of the Christian Year. For\nthe Use of Teachers. By C. C. G. With Preface by the Very Rev.\nFrancis Paget, D.D., Dean of Christ Church, Oxford. Crown Svo. I\n3s. 6d.\nOxenden.\u2014Works by the Right Rev. Ashton Oxenden,\nsometime Bishop of Montreal.\nPLAIN SERMONS, to which is prefixed a Memorial Portrait. Crown\nSvo. s*.\n: PEACE AND ITS HINDRANCES. Crown Svo. is. sewed ; zs. cloth.\nTHE PATHWAY OF SAFETY ; or, Counsel to the Awakened. Fcap.\nSvo, large type. zs. 6d. Cheap Edition. Small type, limp, is.\nTHE EARNEST COMMUNICANT. New Red Rubric Edition.\n327*0, cloth, zs. Common Edition. 327*0. is.\nOUR CHURCH AND HER SERVICES. Fcap. Svo. zs. 6d.\nFAMILY PRAYERS FOR FOUR WEEKS. First Series. Fcap. Svo.\nzs. 6d. Second Series. Fcap. Svo. zs. 6d.\nLarge Type Edition. Two Series in one Volume, Crown Svo. 6s.\nCOTTAGE SERMONS ; or, Plain Words to the Poor. Fcap. Svo. zs. 6d.\nTHOUGHTS FOR HOLY WEEK. 167*0, cloth, is. 6d.\nDECISION. i8mo. is. 6d.\nTHE HOME BEYOND ; or, A Happy Old Age. Fcap. Svo. is. 6d.\nTHE LABOURING MAN'S BOOK. 187*0, large type, cloth, is. 6d.\nOxenham.\u2014THE VALIDITY OF PAPAL CLAIMS : Lectures\ndelivered in Rome. By F. Nutcombe Oxenham, D.D., English\nChaplain at Rome. With a Letter by His Grace the Archbishop of\nYork. Crown Svo. zs. 6d. IN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE. iy\nPaget.\u2014Works by Francis Paget, D.D., Dean of Christ Church.\nSTUDIES IN THE CHRISTIAN CHARACTER : Sermons. With an\nIntroductory Essay. Crown Svo. 6s. 6d.\nTHE SPIRIT OF DISCIPLINE : Sermons. Crown Svo. 6s. 6d.\nFACULTIES AND DIFFICULTIES FOR BELIEF AND DISBELIEF. Crown Svo. 6s. 6d.\nTHE HALLOWING OF WORK. Addresses given at Eton, January\n16-18, 1888. Small Svo. zs.\nPercival.\u2014SOME HELPS FOR SCHOOL LIFE. Sermons\npreached at Clifton College, 1862-1879. ByJ. Percival, D.D., LL.D.,\nLord Bishop of Hereford. New Edition, with New Preface. Crown\nSvo. 3s. 6d.\nPercival.\u2014THE INVOCATION OF SAINTS. Treated Theologically and Historically. By Henry R. Percival, M.A., D.D.,\nAuthor of 'A Digest of Theology,' 'The Doctrine of the Episcopal\nChurch,' etc. Crown Svo. es.\nPOCKET MANUAL OF PRAYERS FOR THE HOURS,\nETC. With the Collects from the Prayer Book. Royal 327*0. is.\nPowell.\u2014THE PRINCIPLE OF THE INCARNATION.\nWith especial Reference to the Relation between our Lord's Divine\nOmniscience and His Human Consciousness. By the Rev. H. C.\nPowell, M.A. of Oriel College, Oxford ; Rector of Wylye and Prebendary of Salisbury Cathedral. Svo. 16.J.\nPRACTICAL REFLECTIONS. By a Clergyman. With\nPrefaces by H. P. Liddon, D.D., D.C.L., and the Lord Bishop of\nLincoln. Crown Svo.\nThe Book of Genesis. 4s. 6d. I The Minor Prophets. 4s. 6d.\nThe Psalms. $s. The Holy Gospels. 4?. 60;.\nIsaiah. 4s. 6d. | Acts to Revelations. 6s.\nPRIEST'S PRAYER BOOK (THE). Containing Private\nPrayers and Intercessions ; Occasional, School, and Parochial Offices ;\nOffices for the Visitation of the Sick, with Notes, Readings, Collects,\nHymns, Litanies, etc. With a brief Pontifical. By the late Rev. R. F.\nLittledale, LL.D., D.C.L., and Rev. J. Edward Vaux, M.A.,\nF.S.A. New Edition, Revised, zoth Thousand. Post Svo. 6s. 6d.\nPullan.\u2014LECTURES ON RELIGION. By the Rev. Leighton\nPullan, M.A., Fellow of St. John's College, Lecturer in Theology at\nOriel and Queen's Colleges, Oxford. Crown Svo. 6s. 18 A SELECTION OF WORKS\nPusey.\u2014LIFE OF EDWARD BOUVERIE PUSEY, D.D.\nBy Henry Parry Liddon, D.D., D.C.L., LL.D.'JvEx\u00efit\u00e9d and prepared for publication by the Rev. J. O. Johnston, M.A., Principal\nof the Theological College, and Vicar of Cuddesdon, Oxford ; the\nRev. R. J. Wilson, D.D., late Warden of Keble College; and\nthe Rev. W. C. E. Newbolt, M.A., Canon and Chancellor of St.\nPaul's. With Portraits and Illustrations. Four Vols. Svo. Vols. I.\nandII., 36s. Vol. III., iSs. Vol. IV. iSs.\nSPIRITUAL LETTERS OF EDWARD BOUVERIE PUSEY, D.D.\nEdited and prepared for publication by the Rev. J. O. Johnston,\nM.A., Principal of the Theological College, Cuddesdon ; and the Rev.\nW. C. E. Newbolt, M.A., Canon and Chancellor of St. Paul's. Svo.\nizs. M\nRandolph.\u2014Works by B. W. Randolph, M.A., Principal of the\nTheological College and Hon. Canon of Ely.\nTHE THRESHOLD OF THE SANCTUARY : being Short Chapters\non the Inner Preparation for the Priesthood. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE LAW OF SINAI : being Devotional Addresses on the Ten Commandments delivered to Ordinands. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nRede.\u2014Works by Wyllys Rede, D.D., Rector of the Church\nof the Incarnation, and Canon of the Cathedral, Atalanta,\nSTRIVING FOR THE MASTERY : Daily Lessons for Lent. Cr. Svo.\nM\nTHE COMMUNION OF SAINTS : a Lost Link in the Chain of the\nChurch's Creed. With a Preface by Lord Halifax. Crown Svo.\n3s.6d.\nReynolds.\u2014THE SUPERNATURAL IN NATURE : A Verification by Free Use of Science. By Joseph William Reynolds,\nM.A., Past President of Sion College, Prebendary of St. Paul's\nCathedral. New and Cheaper Edition, Revised. Crown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nSanday.\u2014INSPIRATION: Eight Lectures on the Early History and Origin of the Doctrine of Biblical Inspiration. Being the\nBampton Lectures for 1893. By W. Sanday, D. D., Margaret Professor of Divinity and Canon of Christ Church, Oxford. New and\nCheaper Edition, with New Preface. Svo. 7s. 6d.\nScudamore.\u2014STEPS TO THE ALTAR : a Manual of Devotion\nfor the Blessed Eucharist. By the Rev. W. E. Scudamore, M.A.\nRoyal 327*0. is.\nOn toned paper, with red rubrics, zs : The same, with Collects, Epistles, and\nGospels, zs. 6d ; Demy 187*0. cloth, is ; Demy 187*0. cloth, large type, is. 3d ;\nImperial 327*0. limp cloth, 6d.\nSimpson\u2014THE CHURCH AND THE BIBLE. By the Rev.\nW. J. Sparrow Simpson, M.A., Vicar of St. Mark's, Regent's Park.\nCrown Svo. 3s. 6d. jjpKgypHHttgb.\nIN THEOLOGICAL LITERATURE.\n19\nStrong.\u2014CHRISTIAN ETHICS : being the Bampton Lectures\nfor 1895. By Thomas B. Strong, M.A., Student of Christ Church,\nOxford, and Examining Chaplain to the Lord Bishop of Durham.\nNew and Cheaper Edition. Svo. 7s. 6d.\nTee.\u2014THE SANCTUARY OF SUFFERING. By Eleanor\nTee, Author of 'This Everyday Life,\" etc. With a Preface by the\nRev. J. P. F. Davidson, M.A., Vicar of St. Matthias', Earl's Court;\nPresident of the ' Guild of All Souls.' Crown Svo. 7s. 6d.\nWilliams.\u2014Works by the Rev. Isaac Williams, B.D.\nA DEVOTIONAL COMMENTARY ON THE GOSPEL NARRATIVE. Eight Vols. Crown 8vo. 5*. each.\nThoughts on the Study op the I Our Lord's Ministry (Third Year).\nHoly Gospels. ThfHoiyWffk-\nA HARMONY OF THE FOUR GOSPELS. * HE f0^, \"f\u00eeK.\nOur Lord's Nativity. Oue Lord s Passion.\nOur Lord's Ministry (Second Year). I Our Lord's Resurrection.\nFEMALE CHARACTERS OF HOLY SCRIPTURE. A Series of\nSermons. Crown Svo. es.\nTHE CHARACTERS OF THE OLD TESTAMENT, Crown Svo. 5s.\nTHE APOCALYPSE. With Notes and Reflections. Crown Svo. 5*.\nSERMONS ON THE EPISTLES AND GOSPELS FOR THE SUNDAYS AND HOLY DAYS. Two Vols. Crown Svo. $s. each.\nPLAIN SERMONS ON CATECHISM. Two Vols. Cr. Svo. 5s. each.\nWilson\u2014THOUGHTS ON CONFIRMATION. By Rev. R.\nJ. Wilson, D.D., late Warden of Keble College. 167*0. is. 6d.\nWirgman.\u2014THE DOCTRINE OF CONFIRMATION^C\u00d4nU-.\nSIDERED IN RELATION TO HOLY BAPTISM AS A SACRA- .\nMENTAL ORDINANCE OF THE CATHOL\u00cfp CHURCH :\nwith a Preliminary Historical Survey of the Doctrine of the Holy\n\" Spirit. By A. Theodore Wirgman, B.D., D.C.L., Vice-Provost of\nSt. Mary's Collegiate Church, Port Elizabeth, South Africa. Cr. Svo.\n7\/. 6d.\nWordsworth.\u2014Works by Christopher Wordsworth, D.D.,\nsometime Bishop of Lincoln.\nTHE HOLY BIBLE (the Old Testament). With Notes, Introductions,\nand Index. Imperial Svo.\nVol I. The Pentateuch. 25*. Vol II. Joshua to Samuel. 15*.\nVol. III. Kings to Esther. 15s. Vol. IV. Job to Song of\nSolomon. 25*. Vol. V. Isaiah to Ezekiel. 25*. Vol. VI.\nDaniel, Minor Prophets, and Index. i$s.\nA Iso supplied in 12 Parts. Sold separately.\n[continued. 20 A SELECTION OF THEOLOGICAL WORKS.\nWordsworth.\u2014Works by Christopher Wordsworth, D.D.,\nsometime Bishop of Lincoln\u2014continued.\nTHE NEW TESTAMENT, in the Original Greek. With Notes, Introductions, and Indices. Imperial Svo.\nVol. I. Gospels and Acts of the Apostles. 23*. Vol. II.\nEpistles, Apocalypse, and Indices. 37.S,\nAlso supplied in 4 Parts. Sold separately,\nA CHURCH HISTORY TO A.D. 451. Four Vols. Crown Svo.\nVol. I. To the Council of Nicvba, a.d. 325. 8s. 6d. Vol. II.\nFrom the Council of Nicea to that of Constantinople\n6s. Vol. III. Continuation. 6s. Vol. IV. Conclusion, To\nthe Council of Chalcedon, a.d. 451. 6s.\nTHEOPHILUS ANGLICANUS: a Manual of Instruction on the\nChurch and the Anglican Branch of it. 127*0. zs, 6d.\nELEMENTS OF INSTRUCTION ON THE CHURCH. 167*0.\nis. cloth. 6d. sewed.\nTHE HOLY YEAR : Original Hymns. 167*0. zs. 6d. and is. Limp, 6d.\n\u201e WithMusic. EditedbyW. H. Monk. Square Svo. 4s. 6d.\nON THE INTERMEDIATE STATE OF THE SOUL AFTER\nDEATH. 327*0. is.\nWordsworth.\u2014Works by John Wordsworth, D.D., Lord\nBishop of Salisbury.\nTHE HOLY COMMUNION: Four Visitation Addresses. 1891.\nCrown 8vo. 3s. 6d.\nTHE ONE RELIGION : Truth, Holiness, and Peace desired by the\nNations, and revealed by Jesus Christ. Eight Lectures delivered before\nthe University of Oxford in 1881. Second Edition. CrownSvo. 7s. 6d.\nUNIVERSITY SERMONS ON GOSPEL SUBJECTS. Sm. Svo. zs. 6d.\nPRAYERS FOR USE IN COLLEGE. 167*0. is. ","@language":"en"}],"Genre":[{"@value":"Books","@language":"en"}],"Identifier":[{"@value":"F5804.3 .G62","@language":"en"},{"@value":"I-1421","@language":"en"}],"IsShownAt":[{"@value":"10.14288\/1.0342895","@language":"en"}],"Language":[{"@value":"English","@language":"en"}],"Notes":[{"@value":"Page ix misnumbered as x.
Other copies: http:\/\/www.worldcat.org\/oclc\/3322615","@language":"en"}],"Provider":[{"@value":"Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library","@language":"en"}],"Publisher":[{"@value":"London : Longmans, Green, and Co.","@language":"en"},{"@value":"New York : Longmans, Green, and Co.","@language":"en"},{"@value":"Bombay : Longmans, Green, and Co.","@language":"en"}],"Rights":[{"@value":"Images provided for research and reference use only. For permission to publish, copy, or otherwise distribute these images please contact\u00a0digital.initiatives@ubc.ca.","@language":"en"}],"SortDate":[{"@value":"1899-12-31 AD","@language":"en"},{"@value":"1899-12-31 AD","@language":"en"}],"Source":[{"@value":"Original Format: University of British Columbia. Library. Rare Books and Special Collections. F5804.3 .G62","@language":"en"}],"Subject":[{"@value":"British Columbia--History","@language":"en"}],"Title":[{"@value":"Church work in British Columbia : being a memoir of the episcopate of Acton Windeyer Sillitoe, D. D., D. C. L., first bishop of New Westminster","@language":"en"}],"Type":[{"@value":"Text","@language":"en"}],"Translation":[{"@value":"","@language":"en"}],"@id":"doi:10.14288\/1.0342895"}